Webinars

  • Click here for transcript

    00:10:36.660 –> 00:10:46.789
    Gershon Morgulis: Welcome, everyone. I am Gershon Morgulis. I am the founder of Imperial Advisory. We are a fractional CFOs.

    47
    00:10:47.040 –> 00:10:53.299
    Gershon Morgulis: And consulting firm. And we have a team of senior financial executives.

    48
    00:10:53.820 –> 00:11:02.530
    Gershon Morgulis: And we go into businesses that need our help. And we typically work either for the CFO, doing larger companies.

    49
    00:11:03.800 –> 00:11:10.440
    Gershon Morgulis: We’re helping the CFO, whether it’s with bandwidth, or some kind of special expertise, or working on a project.

    50
    00:11:12.090 –> 00:11:13.210
    Gershon Morgulis: So,

    51
    00:11:13.480 –> 00:11:21.740
    Gershon Morgulis: In home care, our work has been around, I think, a little bit of M&A and, financial planning and analysis, and

    52
    00:11:21.920 –> 00:11:24.669
    Gershon Morgulis: Variety of other things that we’ve worked on,

    53
    00:11:25.910 –> 00:11:27.760
    Gershon Morgulis: on the CFO side over there.

    54
    00:11:28.620 –> 00:11:34.420
    Gershon Morgulis: And so, there’s that. And then, with smaller companies, we work for the CEO.

    55
    00:11:35.280 –> 00:11:42.179
    Gershon Morgulis: And we typically come in as a part-time CFO, and we’ve done that in home care as well as other industries.

    56
    00:11:43.380 –> 00:11:51.550
    Gershon Morgulis: Now… I mentioned… a moment ago, we get involved in M&A, and so… hour.

    57
    00:11:51.820 –> 00:12:00.719
    Gershon Morgulis: webinars, our educational webinars, M&A is one of the things that we like to talk about and like to understand, and it’s certainly something that has been going on.

    58
    00:12:00.850 –> 00:12:04.659
    Gershon Morgulis: In the home care space, and so we were delighted.

    59
    00:12:05.470 –> 00:12:10.990
    Gershon Morgulis: that Michael agreed to come and join us today to speak to us about

    60
    00:12:11.570 –> 00:12:19.220
    Gershon Morgulis: M&A in the home care space. Michael’s got a… a lot of experience as a corporate attorney and a specialty

    61
    00:12:19.330 –> 00:12:20.220
    Gershon Morgulis: in…

    62
    00:12:20.610 –> 00:12:26.289
    Gershon Morgulis: home care, and I’ll let him tell you more about himself in a moment. I want to just take a moment to welcome

    63
    00:12:26.420 –> 00:12:29.409
    Gershon Morgulis: The people from our team who are joining us today.

    64
    00:12:29.830 –> 00:12:37.610
    Gershon Morgulis: Thank you, Brittany, for putting this together, and welcome, Stephanie and Tom, and if we have anyone else I can’t see on my screen.

    65
    00:12:37.790 –> 00:12:39.910
    Gershon Morgulis: Then, welcome to you as well.

    66
    00:12:40.900 –> 00:12:43.019
    Gershon Morgulis: There, Dean. Welcome, Dean.

    67
    00:12:44.480 –> 00:12:45.400
    Gershon Morgulis: All right.

    68
    00:12:45.790 –> 00:12:46.810
    Gershon Morgulis: So…

    69
    00:12:47.000 –> 00:12:54.830
    Gershon Morgulis: you know, I’m looking forward to learning a lot today. I hope that you’ll all learn a lot as well. Hopefully, we’ll see some of you at the upcoming home care show.

    70
    00:12:55.000 –> 00:12:58.109
    Gershon Morgulis: Got a little survey which we’ll put up in the middle here to

    71
    00:12:59.020 –> 00:13:03.830
    Gershon Morgulis: ask you a few questions, if you can answer that, that would be helpful. And, we’ll send you

    72
    00:13:03.990 –> 00:13:09.480
    Gershon Morgulis: a short survey after the event as well. Anyway… Without further ado, Michael?

    73
    00:13:10.150 –> 00:13:16.370
    Gershon Morgulis: Come, introduce yourself, and looking forward to learning a lot from you. Yeah.

    74
    00:13:16.370 –> 00:13:20.270
    Michael Weiner: Thank you, thank you. Thank you, Grisson. Thanks to, Imperial.

    75
    00:13:20.420 –> 00:13:32.229
    Michael Weiner: For, for connecting and putting this all together, I’m looking forward to, a good discussion. You know, I’m hoping, as Gershona mentioned, that we have a little bit more of a back and forth.

    76
    00:13:32.380 –> 00:13:40.799
    Michael Weiner: You know, maybe we can get through a little bit of the content, and then people can ask questions. Hopefully, we’ll monitor the…

    77
    00:13:41.030 –> 00:13:51.970
    Michael Weiner: The chat, so we’ll be able to see those, and we’ll get to some questions, we’ll move forward with content, and we’ll do the best that we can to answer questions and get you the most information that you can.

    78
    00:13:52.160 –> 00:13:56.509
    Michael Weiner: Like, like, Gershon said, I’ve been practicing

    79
    00:13:56.820 –> 00:14:10.779
    Michael Weiner: Maybe too long. I’ve been practicing for about 30 years, and primarily as a corporate and transactional attorney, so I’ve been involved in many, many transactions on both sides, the buy side and the sell side.

    80
    00:14:10.910 –> 00:14:16.009
    Michael Weiner: So I’m trying to come at this presentation from both angles.

    81
    00:14:18.130 –> 00:14:28.049
    Michael Weiner: Because I think it’s a… it’s a challenging process, it’s a process that many people are not fully conversant with, and so we’ll talk later about, you know, assembling a team, and

    82
    00:14:28.050 –> 00:14:40.189
    Michael Weiner: and putting in the right pieces so you’re able to move forward in the most non-disruptive way to your business. But as I always say when I give a conversation, I’m not giving any legal advice, I don’t…

    83
    00:14:40.260 –> 00:14:44.599
    Michael Weiner: represent anybody here? Well, maybe, maybe I do, actually, but,

    84
    00:14:44.680 –> 00:14:59.210
    Michael Weiner: But this is just for conversation, and as always, anytime you hear information from a lawyer, you should check with your own counsel and get your own team together to run it by and agree, disagree, or get into a conversation.

    85
    00:14:59.620 –> 00:15:14.669
    Michael Weiner: A lot of the con… a lot of the topics that we’re going to talk about are not necessarily, home care, healthcare specific, right? We’re talking about a process that… that is not, that, you know, that… that applies in any

    86
    00:15:14.690 –> 00:15:30.860
    Michael Weiner: particular industry, right? If somebody’s buying, thinking of buying and selling, some of the concepts that we’re talking about are going to be important, and we’ll layer in some of the more specific home care-related issues that you might come across when you’re, when you’re dealing with this environment.

    87
    00:15:31.290 –> 00:15:33.320
    Michael Weiner: In the… in the great state of New York.

    88
    00:15:33.440 –> 00:15:37.249
    Michael Weiner: So, in terms of, you know, getting to the first…

    89
    00:15:37.610 –> 00:15:49.479
    Michael Weiner: first idea, first thing that you want to think about is, what am I doing, right? Is this… am I buying? Am I selling? Is this the right strategy? What are the thoughts that might come into a buyer or a seller’s mindset

    90
    00:15:49.490 –> 00:16:01.130
    Michael Weiner: And do they have an impact as we go forward? And what’s the impact? So, if you’re, for example, if you’re a buyer, what are you looking for, right? Are you looking, are you…

    91
    00:16:01.130 –> 00:16:17.389
    Michael Weiner: An existing company in a particular industry, that you’re looking to expand your footprint, that you want to, you know, be… grow yourself through acquisition, as opposed to investing and trying to grow organically?

    92
    00:16:17.550 –> 00:16:27.639
    Michael Weiner: in New York, you know, if you are an existing agency, there are, there are ways that we’ll talk about in a little bit that will allow you to, hopefully.

    93
    00:16:28.330 –> 00:16:43.279
    Michael Weiner: make the process and the timing to get to closing go a little bit quicker. But if you are in New York, you know that the New York market is a little bit dysfunctional, a little bit challenged, based upon the Department of Health.

    94
    00:16:43.360 –> 00:16:58.089
    Michael Weiner: And the issues that they raise, and the amount of time that they can dedicate to moving applications for changes of ownership, or just things related to a transaction through their layers of bureaucracy.

    95
    00:16:58.470 –> 00:17:00.820
    Michael Weiner: You know.

    96
    00:17:01.140 –> 00:17:12.850
    Michael Weiner: There are people that look at the market and think, well, okay, home care is interesting, because home care, we know that the population generally is aging, and so this is… should be nothing but, you know, growth opportunity.

    97
    00:17:12.849 –> 00:17:21.519
    Michael Weiner: Which may be right, but part of understanding it and in home care is understanding what your potential market is.

    98
    00:17:21.520 –> 00:17:37.759
    Michael Weiner: And what you’re looking to… where you’re looking to make your money. Are you looking to develop a, you know, concierge, white glove, private pay agency? Or are you looking for something that is more driven by, let’s say, volume and Medicaid?

    99
    00:17:37.760 –> 00:17:41.890
    Michael Weiner: reimbursements. So that’s… that’s something to think about, because if you’re

    100
    00:17:41.890 –> 00:17:53.229
    Michael Weiner: If you’re going to the private pay, you need to be aware of, you know, your demographics and where you’re setting up your business. If you’re looking to take advantage of the Medicaid

    101
    00:17:53.300 –> 00:18:02.810
    Michael Weiner: dollars, you need to know that that is a very challenging environment, and there are multiple layers of additional regulatory requirements that you’re going to have to

    102
    00:18:02.810 –> 00:18:13.400
    Michael Weiner: be dealing with. So, you have to be thinking about, you know, what’s the market, what are the opportunities, and really investigate the market, especially if you’re looking into the

    103
    00:18:13.400 –> 00:18:24.369
    Michael Weiner: into receiving government funds, Medicaid funds, for your purposes of your reimbursement, because that… you have to really be committed to navigating that process.

    104
    00:18:24.830 –> 00:18:26.750
    Michael Weiner: From a seller’s standpoint.

    105
    00:18:27.500 –> 00:18:37.639
    Michael Weiner: that could be any number of things, right? Why are you looking to sell? Is it just because you happen to be in New York, and your industry, or in home care especially, you’ve got… you just…

    106
    00:18:38.040 –> 00:18:55.650
    Michael Weiner: overloaded with the regulatory requirements that you have to go through. You’re tired of looking to… having to challenge the reimbursements that you’re getting. You’re tired of having to be limited in terms of your ability to expand throughout the state.

    107
    00:18:55.720 –> 00:19:13.960
    Michael Weiner: And it’s just, you know, or you just want to retire, or you’ve just gone long enough, and you’ve spent enough time and blood, sweat, and tears in growing your business, and now you think it’s a good time to exit. And that’s another thing you’re always thinking about is, is it more of a buyer’s market, or is it more of a seller’s market?

    108
    00:19:13.960 –> 00:19:17.199
    Michael Weiner: Right, because those will always have an impact on

    109
    00:19:17.200 –> 00:19:29.270
    Michael Weiner: the valuation and maybe the potential premium that you might get, even if you’re valued at a certain level. We’ve seen that recently in the home care market in New York, is that some of the valuations have

    110
    00:19:29.950 –> 00:19:45.060
    Michael Weiner: maybe for no real supported reason, have… have gone up. Maybe it’s a supply and demand issue. But it’s… but it’s something that you have to be thinking about, and if you’re looking to… if you’re a buyer looking to get in, you should really spend a lot of time not just looking at the

    111
    00:19:45.070 –> 00:19:56.379
    Michael Weiner: business that you’re buying, but spending time looking at the regulatory environment, right? What’s new? Is there new legislation? Is there something new or proposed that’s coming down the pike?

    112
    00:19:56.480 –> 00:20:04.720
    Michael Weiner: That you might have to deal with, which might impact your ability to… to realize the return on investment that, that you’re hoping for.

    113
    00:20:05.520 –> 00:20:06.600
    Gershon Morgulis: Quick question.

    114
    00:20:06.600 –> 00:20:07.630
    Michael Weiner: Yeah, of course.

    115
    00:20:07.660 –> 00:20:12.970
    Gershon Morgulis: Does what’s going on with CDPAP cause other types of home care?

    116
    00:20:13.090 –> 00:20:14.940
    Gershon Morgulis: To sell for a premium.

    117
    00:20:16.380 –> 00:20:21.530
    Michael Weiner: we saw… And it’s probably still lingering, but we saw in the, in the run-up

    118
    00:20:21.860 –> 00:20:39.089
    Michael Weiner: to what was the initial anticipated transition date of April 1st in the consumer-directed program. For those not fully familiar, there was a radical transformation in home care, that over the last year or so was pushed through, was, you may have seen.

    119
    00:20:39.100 –> 00:20:56.200
    Michael Weiner: advertisements in TV, and on… in media, and know about court cases that are happening, and legislative hearings that have gone on to look into, you know, what happened during this whole process, but in essence, there was a… there’s… there’s additional personal care, which

    120
    00:20:56.200 –> 00:21:07.589
    Michael Weiner: for many, many, many years, that was the way that if you were getting services as a home care patient, you would get it through a traditional licensed home care services agency.

    121
    00:21:07.810 –> 00:21:13.749
    Michael Weiner: And you get personal care. And then there was always, since the early 70s.

    122
    00:21:14.190 –> 00:21:16.309
    Michael Weiner: a program called the Consumer Directed

    123
    00:21:16.500 –> 00:21:21.879
    Michael Weiner: personal assistance program, which gave some ability for a

    124
    00:21:22.180 –> 00:21:35.630
    Michael Weiner: they call consumer, which is really a patient, to be able to control their way they receive care. And there were certain allowances in the consumer-directed program, for example, that you can have certain relatives as your caregiver.

    125
    00:21:35.710 –> 00:21:46.920
    Michael Weiner: that your caregiver could perform certain tasks that a typical personal care aide was not permitted to perform. And so that

    126
    00:21:47.680 –> 00:21:58.759
    Michael Weiner: kind of, in about 2015, became part of, a benefit that, people on Medicaid were able to receive. It’s a Medicaid program.

    127
    00:21:58.880 –> 00:22:01.899
    Michael Weiner: So, what happened was that

    128
    00:22:01.950 –> 00:22:24.300
    Michael Weiner: In order to do this, the structure was that there were entities called fiscal intermediaries that would kind of manage the process between the consumers and their caregivers and the plans. And these grew over… so from 2015, I would say there were probably, you know, under 100 fiscal intermediaries, and, you know, as of probably

    129
    00:22:24.300 –> 00:22:26.169
    Michael Weiner: April of this year.

    130
    00:22:26.400 –> 00:22:40.209
    Michael Weiner: the word was that there were over 600. So what the state decided to do was consolidate that, so those 600 were consolidated… 600F fiscal intermediaries were consolidated into a single fiscal intermediary.

    131
    00:22:40.330 –> 00:22:46.010
    Michael Weiner: As you might imagine, that created an enormous backlash, enormous upheaval, disruption.

    132
    00:22:46.040 –> 00:23:04.539
    Michael Weiner: And issues, and… but so far, it’s continued, right? There were legal… there were lawsuits that were attempted. Nothing has really gotten in the way of the state and Governor Hochul’s desire to do this. And so, we’re here now, where we’ve got the single fiscal intermediary, and…

    133
    00:23:04.540 –> 00:23:18.570
    Michael Weiner: I don’t think it’s complete, but the approximately 250,000 or 280,000 consumers, and probably 400 or so thousand personal assistants or caregivers, were all transitioned to a single fiscal intermediary.

    134
    00:23:18.810 –> 00:23:25.720
    Michael Weiner: that’s the background. In terms of… in terms of the… the impact, there… there is…

    135
    00:23:25.850 –> 00:23:39.489
    Michael Weiner: There is a process by which, if you have consumers and personal assistants, they’re caregivers, who meet certain criteria and take certain tests, that there was an ability to

    136
    00:23:40.170 –> 00:23:47.370
    Michael Weiner: try to transition a consumer and a PA from a fiscal intermediary over to a licensed agency.

    137
    00:23:48.160 –> 00:23:58.110
    Michael Weiner: So, in the run-up, that’s what we saw. We saw that there were some people who were exploring that, who were interested in maybe looking into acquiring a licensed agency.

    138
    00:23:58.430 –> 00:24:05.640
    Michael Weiner: in order to facilitate this, right? They were at risk, if they stayed as a fiscal intermediary, of essentially losing their business.

    139
    00:24:05.810 –> 00:24:10.190
    Michael Weiner: Right, because they would be cut out once the full transition went through to the single fiscal intermediary.

    140
    00:24:10.610 –> 00:24:13.010
    Michael Weiner: So, as a result of that.

    141
    00:24:13.160 –> 00:24:26.639
    Michael Weiner: In the event that there was a licensed agency that came to market, or was looking to be sold, you might imagine, from a supply and demand standpoint, there were many more people who were interested in acquiring that business, and so…

    142
    00:24:26.890 –> 00:24:38.310
    Michael Weiner: had nothing necessarily to do with valuation, it had to do with scarcity, and whether or not you were able to find something and acquire it. So, we did see, I would kind of call it an irrational

    143
    00:24:38.360 –> 00:24:56.889
    Michael Weiner: valuation increase, in the months leading up to, and probably still lingers, lingers on right now. Maybe they’re dropping… the values are dropping down, a little bit, but there were, I mean, crazy valuations that had no real basis for anything other than people wanted it, and there weren’t a lot of that.

    144
    00:24:57.950 –> 00:25:01.700
    Michael Weiner: I don’t know if that answers your… your question, Gersh.

    145
    00:25:01.920 –> 00:25:03.700
    Gershon Morgulis: Yeah, I think it does. I think the…

    146
    00:25:03.920 –> 00:25:07.339
    Gershon Morgulis: Basically, it’s yes, because of scarcity.

    147
    00:25:07.840 –> 00:25:14.740
    Gershon Morgulis: And people looking to transition from one type to another, you ended up with Much more demand there, and…

    148
    00:25:14.940 –> 00:25:16.790
    Gershon Morgulis: Is that a sustained?

    149
    00:25:16.920 –> 00:25:19.320
    Gershon Morgulis: Event, or that was kind of a blip that…

    150
    00:25:19.320 –> 00:25:35.159
    Michael Weiner: I think it… I was… I was hoping it was more of a… I mean, I guess it depends on which side of the table I’m on, if I’m hoping it’s a blip, or it’s something that clients that are looking to sell are able to capitalize on. But it’s challenging, because it’s really not connected, right? It’s not connected to actual

    151
    00:25:35.200 –> 00:25:50.250
    Michael Weiner: any actual metrics that you can look at to say, okay, this is… I’m buying something, I’m getting value to it. And, you know, I mean, listen, people… people are… are interested, and there were people that came to me and said, we want to buy this, and when I asked them what the price was, they came out with crazy numbers, and I…

    152
    00:25:50.530 –> 00:25:56.050
    Michael Weiner: Blinked and looked at them, and, you know, they explained that this is what they felt they needed to do, and…

    153
    00:25:56.160 –> 00:26:01.260
    Michael Weiner: I don’t know all the times if people look into it and try to figure out, you know, the full business plan.

    154
    00:26:01.410 –> 00:26:09.219
    Michael Weiner: I know, you know, what their path is to a return on their investment, and how successful they’re going to be, but sometimes they just… they just move ahead.

    155
    00:26:10.300 –> 00:26:13.270
    Gershon Morgulis: I’m so… Can I add something to that?

    156
    00:26:13.270 –> 00:26:14.030
    Michael Weiner: Of course.

    157
    00:26:14.250 –> 00:26:28.509
    Gershon Morgulis: So, when we look at an acquisition, some of the conversation is not just about what are you buying and what was the story yesterday. Some of the conversation is about, or the thought process of the buyer is, what’s it going to be tomorrow?

    158
    00:26:28.510 –> 00:26:40.909
    Gershon Morgulis: And so, you might be buying an agency for more than that agency is worth, but if that, in the case you’re describing, maybe I have a thousand patients that I’ve already spent the time to

    159
    00:26:41.120 –> 00:26:46.680
    Gershon Morgulis: you know, to acquire and build a relationship with that I could now service under this new agency, and so…

    160
    00:26:47.720 –> 00:26:57.180
    Gershon Morgulis: Overpaying if you just look at the new agency, but if you look at the combined thing, and that enables me to continue to earn money on all these other patients, which otherwise would disappear.

    161
    00:26:58.040 –> 00:27:03.979
    Gershon Morgulis: That could potentially justify Again, I don’t know exactly what prices you were talking about, but…

    162
    00:27:05.440 –> 00:27:14.669
    Michael Weiner: No, I agree with you. I agree with you that, and that’s why, in thinking about, you know, am I deciding to buy, am I deciding to sell? If you’re deciding to buy.

    163
    00:27:14.670 –> 00:27:26.459
    Michael Weiner: I think it’s critical that you have a plan, right? You have a business plan, and you think about the markets that you’re going to try to tap into, the accessibility to be able to get certain things. If you said, hey, I want to get into

    164
    00:27:26.460 –> 00:27:30.819
    Michael Weiner: the Medicaid population, that’s what I want to do. You should know that

    165
    00:27:30.880 –> 00:27:42.019
    Michael Weiner: In order to service that population, you have to get a contract from a managed long-term care plan. And those, they don’t give those out like candy to everybody. So it’s not a simple

    166
    00:27:42.100 –> 00:27:51.580
    Michael Weiner: process to go through and get a contract. The managed long-term care plans have limitations on the numbers of contracts that they can issue, and so it really becomes a…

    167
    00:27:51.670 –> 00:27:53.190
    Michael Weiner: You know, a… a…

    168
    00:27:53.430 –> 00:28:12.629
    Michael Weiner: a challenging aspect of it, even though you might say, again, the population is aging, and so people are going to need home care, so this is a growth market, you still need to know what your obstacles to entering into the market are, and take that into account, right? And say, I’m not going to plunk down this enormous purchase price.

    169
    00:28:12.630 –> 00:28:24.130
    Michael Weiner: only to get frustrated because I’m not able to get the contract that I thought I could get, or even if I get that contract, the amount of cases that I’m getting is really not at the level that

    170
    00:28:24.130 –> 00:28:40.779
    Michael Weiner: that will make sense. So it’s a long, hard process, I think, and that… that, you know, turns into the next part of what I was wanting to talk about, in terms of, once you’ve made that decision, one side or the other, what are your next steps? To me, the next steps are that you’re looking to put a team together, right? You want to…

    171
    00:28:40.780 –> 00:29:04.390
    Michael Weiner: deal with people who know the industry, who are going to be able to give you some of that insight that I’m… that I just mentioned in terms of what the future holds, how it looks, right? You don’t want to, I mean, from… clearly, maybe I’m a little bit biased, but I think, you know, having an attorney that’s familiar with, you know, the multiple parts of what we’re talking about here. We’re talking about a transaction, right? A sale or a purchase of an entity, which

    172
    00:29:04.390 –> 00:29:08.680
    Michael Weiner: Has a certain… people have a certain background to be able to do that and advise you.

    173
    00:29:08.880 –> 00:29:25.049
    Michael Weiner: or you, can pick somebody… I’m sorry, in addition to a corporate standpoint, you’ve got a highly regulated industry. So you need to know, you know, you need to have somebody who knows and is familiar with that process, right? How do we navigate to get

    174
    00:29:25.050 –> 00:29:40.159
    Michael Weiner: from the earliest stages, to a letter of intent, to due diligence, to a purchase agreement, and then ultimately get to a successful outcome with the Department of Health to get you to the spot of that you actually are now

    175
    00:29:40.160 –> 00:29:59.130
    Michael Weiner: operating as an agency and, you know, are in good standing with the Department of Health. So, to me, having a legal team that knows how to manage all those different aspects, I think that you, hopefully, if you’re in the industry, you’re using an accounting firm that is also familiar with the treatment and how the business flows.

    176
    00:29:59.400 –> 00:30:09.090
    Michael Weiner: And it knows the different aspects, from an accounting standpoint. You have to decide if you want to, engage with a broker.

    177
    00:30:09.190 –> 00:30:25.649
    Michael Weiner: Right? What are… what are… you know, there are brokers, in my view, there are people who are brokers, or people who are finders. Right? A finder might just have… be familiar with people in the industry, and be able to talk to a few people, and will connect the dots between a buyer, and a seller.

    178
    00:30:25.790 –> 00:30:28.000
    Michael Weiner: There are brokers that are…

    179
    00:30:28.290 –> 00:30:44.099
    Michael Weiner: much more involved. There are brokers that will come in, will assess your business, from all different standards, right? Because they’ve been involved in the industry and they know what to look for. And they will really work with you to get your business in shape to be sold.

    180
    00:30:44.140 –> 00:31:00.990
    Michael Weiner: And we’ll work with you to market it to the potential targets that hopefully that they bring, right? If you’re looking to deal with a broker, you should be asking the broker what, you know, what are you bringing to the table? And you have to be thinking about what level of service you want from a broker.

    181
    00:31:02.650 –> 00:31:08.939
    Michael Weiner: If you really want somebody that’s going to market your business and has contacts in the industry, you have to ask those questions, because

    182
    00:31:09.180 –> 00:31:22.240
    Michael Weiner: In my experience, there are a lot of brokers who are more finder-like, and are not as much of a value add. But when you are talking with them, definitely ask for their

    183
    00:31:22.610 –> 00:31:24.549
    Michael Weiner: What they are capable of doing.

    184
    00:31:24.570 –> 00:31:37.990
    Michael Weiner: And, what they’re going to… what you’re going to expect from them in order to pay them the percentage. You know, don’t just… you know, sometimes they just roll out these boilerplate types of brokerage agreements, which, of course, as a lawyer, you shouldn’t,

    185
    00:31:37.990 –> 00:31:48.859
    Michael Weiner: you know, you shouldn’t be just signing blindly. You should negotiate to talk about the deliverables that they’re going to provide, when the timing of your payment

    186
    00:31:49.020 –> 00:31:56.150
    Michael Weiner: Right? We don’t want to just say you’re going to get one payment and your entire cent, because it’s usually based upon a percentage of,

    187
    00:31:56.180 –> 00:32:10.670
    Michael Weiner: of enterprise value or purchase price. You know, you want to be able to know that you’re not paying everything once you get a 10% payment on your first payment. That, in my view, shouldn’t trigger you getting 100%… the broker getting 100%.

    188
    00:32:10.720 –> 00:32:13.439
    Michael Weiner: Of the, of the brokerage commission.

    189
    00:32:13.840 –> 00:32:17.410
    Michael Weiner: But part of… part of… Gresham.

    190
    00:32:17.710 –> 00:32:23.969
    Gershon Morgulis: Question. I’ve heard people in the M&A world

    191
    00:32:24.270 –> 00:32:29.010
    Gershon Morgulis: probably brokers, but I’ve heard people say that even if you know the

    192
    00:32:29.400 –> 00:32:31.139
    Gershon Morgulis: Who you want to sell to.

    193
    00:32:31.450 –> 00:32:34.729
    Gershon Morgulis: You should still involve a broker.

    194
    00:32:35.570 –> 00:32:48.110
    Gershon Morgulis: And that there’s… besides for finding you a buyer, there are other things that you really need a broker for. Is that… have you found that to be true? And do you…

    195
    00:32:48.880 –> 00:32:51.239
    Gershon Morgulis: Do you see a difference between industries on that?

    196
    00:32:52.310 –> 00:32:57.169
    Michael Weiner: I think that can be true, but I think that goes to the vetting of the broker.

    197
    00:32:57.170 –> 00:33:12.600
    Michael Weiner: And knowing what their history is, knowing deals that they’ve been successful on, and interviewing them, right? Not to say, oh, this guy’s, you know, I hear his name on the street, or her name on the street, and that’s the right person that I should go with. I mean, I think the value-add goes

    198
    00:33:12.770 –> 00:33:17.550
    Michael Weiner: With the experience that the broker brings to the table.

    199
    00:33:17.730 –> 00:33:29.129
    Michael Weiner: Right, and if you’re… I mean, because you can argue the other way and say, I’ve had discussions for the last 5 years with so-and-so, you know, he’s interested in buying my business, and so it makes it easy to just go that way.

    200
    00:33:30.270 –> 00:33:39.949
    Michael Weiner: I think the… probably the initial reaction would be, well, I don’t need a broker for that, why would I pay somebody X percent, to just, you know, put us together when we already know that we could make this work?

    201
    00:33:40.110 –> 00:33:53.669
    Michael Weiner: So, I guess it depends on the level of, you know, of comfort that you have with a potential buyer to think whether to then analyze if you feel as if the broker can add anything to that overall transaction.

    202
    00:33:54.000 –> 00:33:58.939
    Gershon Morgulis: Well, I guess besides for more buyers, what would you… what would you want the broker to be adding?

    203
    00:33:59.790 –> 00:34:12.240
    Michael Weiner: You want the broker to basically take a look at your business. They would… they’ll sit down, they’ll speak with you, they’ll speak with your objectives, right, which could be anything, obviously, from getting the highest price.

    204
    00:34:12.340 –> 00:34:30.820
    Michael Weiner: to making sure that you’re, you know, if you’ve been in business for a long time, and you’ve got senior staff that you’re interested in keeping, making sure that there could be a home for them, right? And trying to figure out, we’ll talk about later, like, the… maybe some more of the cultural aspects, making sure that they have a buyer who

    205
    00:34:31.010 –> 00:34:49.040
    Michael Weiner: is willing to work with your business, and absorb it, buy it in a way that works for the seller, right? They could have more of those types of conversations, or know that they’ve got, you know, solid, buyers, you know, whether maybe it’s private equity or people that they’ve dealt with before.

    206
    00:34:49.040 –> 00:34:56.180
    Michael Weiner: That they’ll know that their style and their approach to the business on a go-forward basis post-closing, and that might help

    207
    00:34:56.690 –> 00:35:00.170
    Michael Weiner: Connect the dots in a better way for somebody who’s contemplating a sale.

    208
    00:35:02.260 –> 00:35:02.840
    Gershon Morgulis: Thank you.

    209
    00:35:04.360 –> 00:35:07.709
    Imperial Advisory CFOs: Sorry, one other quick question. Apologize, it’s Dean, how are you?

    210
    00:35:08.140 –> 00:35:08.810
    Michael Weiner: How are you?

    211
    00:35:09.100 –> 00:35:17.049
    Imperial Advisory CFOs: Good, how you doing? Just a quick question for you. In your experience, from the broker or the buyer’s perspective.

    212
    00:35:17.180 –> 00:35:28.339
    Imperial Advisory CFOs: what do you feel, and sorry if I’m getting ahead of it, but what do you feel is, the challenges that the seller has faced in trying to find a deal? So, in other words.

    213
    00:35:28.470 –> 00:35:31.740
    Imperial Advisory CFOs: The financials not available, or data not available.

    214
    00:35:31.870 –> 00:35:45.379
    Imperial Advisory CFOs: cultural fit, they say they’re ready, but they’re not. Like, what are the things that, typically do the buyer and the broker run into where they’re trying to make something happen, but it’s, challenging based on when the seller is at?

    215
    00:35:46.040 –> 00:35:50.429
    Michael Weiner: Yeah, I think all of those, those, those items that you, that you brought up.

    216
    00:35:51.120 –> 00:36:08.050
    Michael Weiner: are important, and it goes to… it goes to a seller’s thought process and a seller’s level of preparation, right? That was actually one of the… going to be one of the things I was just going to talk about right after this, but… so I’ll jump… just jump to it. But in terms of getting to that decision.

    217
    00:36:08.580 –> 00:36:24.710
    Michael Weiner: getting to a decision of, I’m going to sell this business, is not as simple as just, I’m going to sell this business, right? To me, in any transaction, right, it has nothing to do with home care or, you know, any particular industry. The most… one of the most important things is the work that the seller does

    218
    00:36:24.830 –> 00:36:27.920
    Michael Weiner: When they’re getting ready to put it on the market.

    219
    00:36:28.280 –> 00:36:33.160
    Michael Weiner: Right? You’re, you’re, you’re, you know, take it in a different context, right? You’re gonna sell your house.

    220
    00:36:33.170 –> 00:36:47.430
    Michael Weiner: what’s the natural thing to do? You’re gonna fix up the holes around the, you know, around the sink, maybe you’ll put on some, you know, you’ll put on a… slap on a coat of paint, right? You’re gonna do all those little things that are gonna make your home present

    221
    00:36:47.430 –> 00:36:56.899
    Michael Weiner: in the most efficient way, and you’re gonna have all your documents ready, right? And so that’s the same thing with any business, right? You’re gonna… you’re gonna spend some time to do

    222
    00:36:56.900 –> 00:37:10.769
    Michael Weiner: those things that a buyer is A going to do, B, is going to want to know that you’ve done, right? There’s, you know, when buyers walk through the door, and you as a seller are sitting there with a full

    223
    00:37:10.790 –> 00:37:26.630
    Michael Weiner: comprehensive understanding of your business, you know, the great parts, the parts that are a little bit challenging, you know, suggestions that you might have to overcome, you know, certain challenges. I mean, that’s only going to build the confidence in a buyer to know that, okay, this is somebody who’s

    224
    00:37:26.630 –> 00:37:50.349
    Michael Weiner: done what they need to do, and then that’s going to translate to, let’s say, if you get to the next stage, and you’re going to start to get into a due diligence phase of the arrangement, where your documents are going to be prepared, you’re going to have a data room, and you’re going to have everything that’s going to be set up, and it’s going to be populated in a way that, again, continues to build the confidence that I’m getting straight, you know, reliable, hopefully reliable information about this company, which means that

    225
    00:37:50.460 –> 00:38:08.010
    Michael Weiner: in the lead-up, and could be you as a seller, could be you as a seller with your, you know, team that you’ve put together, which could include the broker. You know, what are you doing? You’re doing your own financial review, you’re doing your own operations review, you’re looking at it from every angle that a buyer is looking at it from.

    226
    00:38:08.010 –> 00:38:20.209
    Michael Weiner: Right? What do my files look like, right? Have I had any audits previously? What are the reasons for those audits? Am I going… you almost… you almost want to do mini surveys, right, especially if we’re talking in the home care context, but you could say, okay, I’m going to do a mini

    227
    00:38:20.210 –> 00:38:31.490
    Michael Weiner: Department of Health cert. I’m gonna do a mini, Medicaid Inspector General cert. I’m gonna do a mini Department of Labor cert, right? You’re gonna look at your, at your files, your books, etc, to make sure that

    228
    00:38:32.020 –> 00:38:37.260
    Michael Weiner: when you open them, you see the things that you’re supposed to, right? And that can play into

    229
    00:38:37.450 –> 00:38:55.939
    Michael Weiner: when we get to later, the overall… the importance to the seller based upon the structure of the deal that gets agreed to, right? Is the seller going to be walking into your existing company? Is the seller, right, in an equity sale, let’s say, or is the… is the buyer going to be walking into, you know.

    230
    00:38:56.170 –> 00:39:05.539
    Michael Weiner: acquiring certain assets of the company. Sometimes the diligence part of it modifies itself based upon what the seller is anticipating, but

    231
    00:39:05.540 –> 00:39:23.149
    Michael Weiner: But I think that those types of things, you know, organization and having the books and records of the business in a way that is presentable, understandable, and that the seller can… or the broker can articulate to one or more buyers is a big piece, and that sometimes gets in the way of

    232
    00:39:23.180 –> 00:39:25.520
    Michael Weiner: You know, building the momentum for the transaction, right?

    233
    00:39:25.860 –> 00:39:27.060
    Imperial Advisory CFOs: Got it. Thank you.

    234
    00:39:27.930 –> 00:39:32.550
    Michael Weiner: With the team, just jumping back to assembling the team.

    235
    00:39:32.660 –> 00:39:39.190
    Michael Weiner: I think one of the… one of the most important things is to give consideration to assembling the team, because

    236
    00:39:39.430 –> 00:39:51.750
    Michael Weiner: as I mentioned earlier, the business owner who has spent, you know, however many years building its baby and creating a business that it now wants to hand off to somebody else.

    237
    00:39:52.310 –> 00:40:07.540
    Michael Weiner: you’re not familiar, and all… most of the times, you know, I’ll have the conversations with sellers, and they’ll say, well, I’ve never done this before. And the answer is, of course, you probably haven’t done it before, because you’ve been focused on building a business. And now you’ve done it successfully, and you’re ready to find somebody to hand it off to.

    238
    00:40:08.330 –> 00:40:22.939
    Michael Weiner: So, my message to people who are selling is, put your team together, have confidence in them, and go back to running your business, right? I’ve had deals, of course, that… and especially in this… in the home care industry in New York, that… that seem to linger forever.

    239
    00:40:22.990 –> 00:40:38.750
    Michael Weiner: And it has happened from time to time, where buyers will come in and they’ll see a dip, right? What happened to the numbers? Could be a variety of reasons. Could also be that the, that the, that the seller

    240
    00:40:39.280 –> 00:40:46.120
    Michael Weiner: took his eye off the ball a little… his or her eye off the ball a little bit, right? They’re immersed in the sale process.

    241
    00:40:46.290 –> 00:40:54.460
    Michael Weiner: And so maybe some of the day-to-day that they would otherwise be focused on is not getting the attention that it needs. So that’s a… to me, you know.

    242
    00:40:54.590 –> 00:41:07.939
    Michael Weiner: doing your best as a seller to maintain focus on your business and keep it at the level that it’s supposed to be at, or even grow it, is… is a big priority. I think that that should be placed at a very high on the list, if you’re

    243
    00:41:08.070 –> 00:41:09.600
    Michael Weiner: If you’re thinking about selling.

    244
    00:41:10.850 –> 00:41:17.830
    Michael Weiner: So… You’ve gone through this, you’ve assembled your team.

    245
    00:41:18.130 –> 00:41:30.009
    Michael Weiner: And then maybe you’re ready to go, and you’re saying, okay, let’s, let’s, you know, maybe the broker’s ready to bring it out to market, whatever. You have to wind up with, you talked about a,

    246
    00:41:30.010 –> 00:41:38.549
    Michael Weiner: confidentiality agreement, right? You want to have certain things in place, because typically what’s going to happen is that a potential buyer is going to want to get

    247
    00:41:38.620 –> 00:41:48.019
    Michael Weiner: a little bit of the information, right? That wouldn’t necessarily be a full-blown due diligence review, but we want to get some of the information about the company, so you need to have your confidentiality agreement

    248
    00:41:48.360 –> 00:42:03.479
    Michael Weiner: ready to go. Make sure that that, you know, covers all types of information that they are going to be receiving. Make sure it covers, you know, interpretations and notes that they take on the information that you have, and make sure you’ve got

    249
    00:42:03.480 –> 00:42:10.799
    Michael Weiner: Good, solid rights, and recourse to the extent that there is, something that happens to be disclosed inappropriately.

    250
    00:42:11.260 –> 00:42:19.329
    Michael Weiner: Also, there are times, you know, depending on the deal, you might want to vacant, and depending on the information that they’re going to get.

    251
    00:42:19.450 –> 00:42:26.959
    Michael Weiner: Is whether or not there’s language in there that would also create an agreement from a seller

    252
    00:42:27.050 –> 00:42:46.600
    Michael Weiner: to not solicit, right? Sometimes, and I advise against it, but sometimes buyers get more information or see information about workers, workforce, etc, and you obviously don’t want them to use any of the information inappropriately to impact your business in a negative way, and hopefully that’s never the case, but we all know that things happen.

    253
    00:42:51.540 –> 00:43:10.089
    Michael Weiner: The other thing that you’re going to be thinking about is valuation, right? And we mentioned valuations are, you know, sometimes a little bit off-base, they don’t necessarily have support for them, and we all have to deal with that, just like somebody wants to sell their house, and they just say, unless I get X dollars, I’m not going to sell it.

    254
    00:43:10.210 –> 00:43:18.950
    Michael Weiner: It might not be similar to the other businesses in the neighborhood, but, houses in the neighborhood, but that’s what they, what they do. You know, oftentimes, when it comes to valuation.

    255
    00:43:19.260 –> 00:43:29.669
    Michael Weiner: we talk about EBITDA, right? There’s… there’s, depending on the types of transactions, we talk about a multiple of EBITDA, as… as something that, in all industries.

    256
    00:43:30.110 –> 00:43:34.190
    Michael Weiner: Can be used as a way to get to a price.

    257
    00:43:34.390 –> 00:43:38.770
    Michael Weiner: In many industries, there’s… there’s kind of a range of multiple.

    258
    00:43:39.100 –> 00:43:50.430
    Michael Weiner: that can be applied, to… to the EBITDA to come up with a purchase price. EBITDA stands for earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization.

    259
    00:43:50.580 –> 00:43:54.560
    Michael Weiner: And it’s kind of used to… to,

    260
    00:43:54.930 –> 00:44:03.469
    Michael Weiner: To strip out, some of the variables, and to have some constant in between companies that are in a particular industry.

    261
    00:44:03.610 –> 00:44:14.339
    Michael Weiner: And so when we’re talking about EBITDA, we talk about it on one level, but really, ultimately, what you are going to get to is what we would call a normalized EBITDA, right? So, for example, if…

    262
    00:44:14.970 –> 00:44:19.800
    Michael Weiner: The owner of the business that you’re looking to buy is taking out a…

    263
    00:44:19.980 –> 00:44:30.990
    Michael Weiner: $700,000 a year salary, but if you were to acquire that business, either that salary would be, you know, much reduced, because you would put somebody else in there at a much, you know, lower rate.

    264
    00:44:30.990 –> 00:44:44.810
    Michael Weiner: Right? These are things that would be added back, right? They call it add-backs, right? You’ve probably heard the term before, add-backs. So if they’re personal, excessive personal expenses that are run through the business, salaries, additional family members who might be on the payroll, all of these things need to be looked at

    265
    00:44:44.890 –> 00:44:51.819
    Michael Weiner: when you’re… when you’re ultimately coming to your EBITDA number, to what we call, normalize it, to get it to a number that you would then

    266
    00:44:51.970 –> 00:45:10.970
    Michael Weiner: apply a multiple to. So, one-time things that have happened shouldn’t be included, right? Somebody got a loan during COVID, you know, those types of one-off types of things should be taken into account, before you wind up getting to the next stage of thinking about applying a multiple.

    267
    00:45:11.240 –> 00:45:13.910
    Michael Weiner: Christian, I don’t know if you have any thoughts about that, or if you…

    268
    00:45:15.180 –> 00:45:25.970
    Gershon Morgulis: I was actually thinking… I mean, I… I agree… completely agree with what you’re saying, and that, as I said before, it’s really about what the future

    269
    00:45:26.190 –> 00:45:29.379
    Gershon Morgulis: What the future looks like, and what the future looks like

    270
    00:45:29.610 –> 00:45:35.669
    Gershon Morgulis: means that you can’t… you can’t have all sorts of distortions. So if the owner is taking a really large salary.

    271
    00:45:36.010 –> 00:45:48.290
    Gershon Morgulis: then part of that is conceptually a distribution, something that you wouldn’t have to pay the next person, and you adjust that. Taking other money out, all those things do need to be adjusted, but on the flip side, you have

    272
    00:45:48.390 –> 00:46:01.380
    Gershon Morgulis: and this is what I actually wrote in my notes to ask you, there is this idea that sometimes people add everything back. Everything that the owner’s taking out, they add back. And that’s also not realistic, because this business is going to require someone to run it.

    273
    00:46:01.530 –> 00:46:07.560
    Michael Weiner: And so, if you completely ignore, let’s say the owner was taking a million dollars a year out, you say, oh, well, that’s an extra million dollars a year of.

    274
    00:46:07.560 –> 00:46:08.360
    Gershon Morgulis: profit.

    275
    00:46:08.490 –> 00:46:12.930
    Gershon Morgulis: It’s really not, because you’re going to have to hire someone for a few hundred thousand dollars to run this business.

    276
    00:46:14.420 –> 00:46:17.480
    Michael Weiner: Agreed, agreed, yeah. I think, I think it’s a,

    277
    00:46:17.590 –> 00:46:33.230
    Michael Weiner: I don’t say collaborative process, but I think it’s a process that would have both buyer and seller involved to really, to look through the different line items that you might come across to make a decision as to whether or not it is appropriate for an add-back, or if it’s something that is going to be an ongoing expense, that…

    278
    00:46:33.230 –> 00:46:33.770
    Gershon Morgulis: Which is…

    279
    00:46:33.770 –> 00:46:39.460
    Michael Weiner: continue and shouldn’t… shouldn’t go into the… skew the, the EBITDA in a way that’s… that’s inappropriate.

    280
    00:46:40.050 –> 00:46:40.800
    Gershon Morgulis: And…

    281
    00:46:41.000 –> 00:46:48.599
    Gershon Morgulis: And there’s really… there are other things as well. It’s not just what the owner’s taking out. A lot of it has to do with what is the environment that is

    282
    00:46:49.030 –> 00:47:07.640
    Gershon Morgulis: what’s going to be happening in the future. So, if you have a changing regulatory environment, which is going to be more expensive, then very nice, the business made X until now, every year, but it’s going to make less, maybe, because we’re going to have to spend more on dealing with regulatory stuff, hiring attorneys, dealing with lobbyists, whatever exactly it is. So it’s really about understanding

    283
    00:47:07.680 –> 00:47:14.100
    Gershon Morgulis: Understanding the future of the business, and what the current business is likely to produce, and then

    284
    00:47:14.400 –> 00:47:23.560
    Gershon Morgulis: you know, the buyer may choose sometimes to overpay because they think that they can improve the situation, or they may say, listen, the seller didn’t figure it out, who knows if I will, and…

    285
    00:47:23.760 –> 00:47:42.220
    Gershon Morgulis: There was an interesting line I once heard at a conference, put on, I’ll give a plug for Anshin, which is a large accounting firm in the Northeast, and I was at a conference they put on… it was for construction companies, but what they said is that everyone can agree on a multiple, that’s no big deal, it’s really about what to apply

    286
    00:47:42.540 –> 00:47:44.729
    Gershon Morgulis: What number to apply to the multiple?

    287
    00:47:45.130 –> 00:47:51.859
    Gershon Morgulis: So, we all agree we’re gonna pay 3 times, 4 times, 5 times, but the devil is in the details, and the details are.

    288
    00:47:52.100 –> 00:47:58.390
    Gershon Morgulis: what is this business really producing? And so we might all agree to pay four times that. That’s an easy thing to agree to, but…

    289
    00:47:58.950 –> 00:48:06.220
    Gershon Morgulis: you know, how much of what we think is gonna happen is because of what I, the buyer, am doing, versus what you, the seller, have provided.

    290
    00:48:07.280 –> 00:48:16.820
    Michael Weiner: Yeah, agreed, agreed, and I think that goes to the next thing I wanted to talk about is also… is… and it depends, I don’t… I will say that I don’t see this level of

    291
    00:48:16.920 –> 00:48:29.900
    Michael Weiner: Analysis on every deal, but, you know, oftentimes… but on some level, it really has to be, because if we’re thinking about, is there an applicable multiple that we should be applying and whatnot, what do you… you want to really get into what the quality of the earnings are.

    292
    00:48:29.930 –> 00:48:44.260
    Michael Weiner: Right? So that’s an analysis that we would typically see on bigger deals, right? They’re going to have their army of, you know, due diligence people walk through the door and really kick the tires on the business. But, you know, to understand

    293
    00:48:44.260 –> 00:48:51.979
    Michael Weiner: The… the ongoing regularity of… of the income, of the revenue that you… that you have, is important.

    294
    00:48:51.980 –> 00:49:05.199
    Michael Weiner: Right, and I’ll tell people always, they’ll say, well, I’m gonna, you know, I’m interested in this, or this is a valuation, I’m sorry, this is the multiple, or this is the price, and, you know, what does that really… what have you done to understand that, right? If in the home care context.

    295
    00:49:05.200 –> 00:49:15.159
    Michael Weiner: If you were to say, okay, here’s a business that’s generating, you know, X millions of dollars of revenue, and run your numbers, that’s great, but if you were to dig deeper and say that, well.

    296
    00:49:15.380 –> 00:49:19.889
    Michael Weiner: you know, I’m generating X dollars of revenue, Let me look and see…

    297
    00:49:20.340 –> 00:49:36.189
    Michael Weiner: what is causing me to generate that, right? Right now, maybe I have, I have a case mix that has higher hours because everybody that I am serving, or a great high percentage of who I’m serving, are 94 years old.

    298
    00:49:36.930 –> 00:49:49.129
    Michael Weiner: Right. What does that… what does that do for you, right? You might see these numbers, but if you’re… if you’re paying a lot of money, and you’re trying to figure out what your rate of return is going to be, and how long it’s going to take you to get to a certain spot.

    299
    00:49:49.130 –> 00:49:58.290
    Michael Weiner: then I don’t know how con… I think you would be much more confident if you saw that you had cases that… and the patients that you were caring for were 75 years old.

    300
    00:49:58.290 –> 00:50:12.309
    Michael Weiner: And you would think that you had a much longer runway with them, to generate revenue versus somebody who’s 94, 95, and, you know, they’re high-hour cases because, you know, they need all of these extra services, and who knows how much longer that’s going to last.

    301
    00:50:12.310 –> 00:50:18.629
    Michael Weiner: So, the idea of digging down deeper into the, into the demographics that you’re, hope, you know, acquiring.

    302
    00:50:18.630 –> 00:50:28.280
    Michael Weiner: Is really, to me, you know, a critical piece of understanding, you know, what you’re stepping into, and what the expectation might be

    303
    00:50:28.290 –> 00:50:37.759
    Michael Weiner: As opposed to just blindly coming out with a number, you know, dollar figure per case, or not taking that extra step to understand, you know.

    304
    00:50:37.790 –> 00:50:42.400
    Michael Weiner: What the basis is for revenue and the earnings of the company.

    305
    00:50:45.130 –> 00:51:00.369
    Michael Weiner: So, let’s just say we’ve gotten… we’ve gotten to a point, we’ve had a little… some conversations with somebody who might be interested in acquiring the business. You might say, okay, well, what’s… what is the next step? Typically, doesn’t have to happen all the time. Typically, you might enter into a letter of intent or a term sheet.

    306
    00:51:00.490 –> 00:51:11.280
    Michael Weiner: Right, and the letter of intent, as you may know, typically a letter of intent is, for the most part, a non-binding document. It’s really done to…

    307
    00:51:11.370 –> 00:51:28.450
    Michael Weiner: crystallize the understanding between the parties, right? You have an agreement in principle with somebody, and you’re going to say, okay, I’m gonna… based on ongoing due diligence, etc, here’s what I’m gonna pay you, here’s how I’m gonna pay it to you. It carves out a period of time for me to really dig in and do due diligence.

    308
    00:51:28.490 –> 00:51:33.219
    Michael Weiner: If I am a, if I am a buyer.

    309
    00:51:33.510 –> 00:51:44.059
    Michael Weiner: I would typically want… there are a couple of provisions in a letter of intent that are, you know, typically binding, right? One would be, let’s say, confidentiality. Excuse me.

    310
    00:51:44.930 –> 00:51:51.030
    Michael Weiner: Another would be exclusivity, no-shop exclusivity.

    311
    00:51:51.410 –> 00:51:53.330
    Michael Weiner: End of meeting poll. Okay.

    312
    00:51:53.330 –> 00:51:53.850
    Gershon Morgulis: It’s…

    313
    00:51:53.850 –> 00:51:54.430
    Michael Weiner: Wow.

    314
    00:51:54.430 –> 00:51:59.750
    Gershon Morgulis: Here, let me clarify, it’s not an end of meeting poll. We usually put it up at the end. This time, we decided we’re putting it up in the middle.

    315
    00:52:00.100 –> 00:52:04.510
    Gershon Morgulis: But, but we’re still gonna be going, and then we’re gonna leave a few minutes at the end for Q&A.

    316
    00:52:04.920 –> 00:52:05.550
    Michael Weiner: Okay.

    317
    00:52:06.080 –> 00:52:08.410
    Gershon Morgulis: But, to clarify for all of our guests.

    318
    00:52:08.530 –> 00:52:12.479
    Gershon Morgulis: Not the end of the meeting. We’ve still got lots of more, good insights coming.

    319
    00:52:12.930 –> 00:52:21.559
    Michael Weiner: So the letter of intent would have those types of provisions, right? You, as a buyer, you would want to have a binding provision that says that

    320
    00:52:21.560 –> 00:52:41.039
    Michael Weiner: during my due diligence period, maybe a little bit longer than my due diligence period, that the seller is not looking to also attract other buyers and compete with me, etc. So you’d have an exclusivity, right? The only people… the only person that the seller is going to be dealing with is the buyer, right? Let me do my due diligence, I’m spending money, I have my team coming in, etc.

    321
    00:52:41.530 –> 00:52:54.060
    Michael Weiner: There can be challenges with that, you know, what it really means, but at a minimum, you would say that that’s something that a buyer would want, is somebody to commit to the exclusive negotiations between the parties.

    322
    00:52:54.180 –> 00:52:59.000
    Michael Weiner: Right? In the, in the letter of intent, you may.

    323
    00:52:59.000 –> 00:53:04.070
    Michael Weiner: A lot of times you do come out and describe the type, right, the structure of the deal.

    324
    00:53:04.070 –> 00:53:19.130
    Michael Weiner: Am I buying your assets? Am I buying the equity of the business? Is it a merger, which we don’t see all that much. But you may give some thought to what’s the most efficient way for me to accomplish this transaction. Is it an asset deal? Is it a stock deal?

    325
    00:53:19.390 –> 00:53:28.780
    Michael Weiner: purchase price, like I said, or the formula for it, exclusivity, timing for, for due diligence, right? Your due diligence, right, that…

    326
    00:53:28.970 –> 00:53:45.400
    Michael Weiner: can go depending on, you know, the size of the business and how in-depth that somebody wants to get on the due diligence. If you’re really bringing in a team and you’re doing quality of earnings, you know, due diligence could take, you know, 90 days, right? It could take a nice chunk of time to get it done in a coherent way.

    327
    00:53:45.410 –> 00:54:04.610
    Michael Weiner: That can take shorter than that. If it’s a smaller business, and sometimes people come in and they just want to see, you know, if you’re experienced in an industry, you might just want to see these 5 things, and, you know, you might think that that tells you enough about the selling company to continue to move forward, and that it validates the pricing that you were thinking about.

    328
    00:54:04.630 –> 00:54:15.819
    Michael Weiner: But from a diligence standpoint, you’re… if I’m a buyer, I want to do everything that I can to get as into the weeds about this business as I can.

    329
    00:54:15.890 –> 00:54:31.339
    Michael Weiner: Right, so you’re gonna look into the regulatory pieces, compliance pieces, employee-related issues, is there a union involved, are they complying with the wage and hour, requirements that we know in New York are, get a little bit complicated?

    330
    00:54:31.650 –> 00:54:43.019
    Michael Weiner: Are you looking at all of their, you know, clinical, their personnel files? You know, you want to… really, if you’re a… if you happen to be an existing agency, and this is a

    331
    00:54:43.020 –> 00:54:52.429
    Michael Weiner: I’ll say a strategic acquisition, and you have a team that’s familiar with, you know, the operations and how an agency or a company should be working, you want them

    332
    00:54:52.430 –> 00:55:02.719
    Michael Weiner: To step in and really, really scrub through files that they get to understand if there are going to be exposures, because keep in mind, and again, depending on

    333
    00:55:02.840 –> 00:55:11.759
    Michael Weiner: How we do it might depend on your level of exposure, and what I mean by that is if you’re structuring it as an asset purchase.

    334
    00:55:12.540 –> 00:55:30.450
    Michael Weiner: it is… one of the reasons why you structure it as an asset purchase is that if somebody knocks on your door and says that they have some kind of a claim, you’d like to be able to point them across the street to the seller, to the company that you just bought the business from, and say, no, no, no, I didn’t take that. That’s a liability that is… remains with

    335
    00:55:30.450 –> 00:55:34.329
    Michael Weiner: you know, XYZ company, and I’m not that company.

    336
    00:55:34.510 –> 00:55:40.300
    Michael Weiner: Right? So, that’s a great thing to be able to do. If you’re buying the equity of the business.

    337
    00:55:40.690 –> 00:55:44.859
    Michael Weiner: you own that business, so if I’m buying the equity of XYZ Company.

    338
    00:55:45.100 –> 00:56:00.840
    Michael Weiner: And after I close and I own the business, somebody knocks on my door and says, XYZ, I want to sue XYZ company, that’s your company. So, you’re not able to point them across the street and say, you know, go talk to the former owners of this business. You have to take on that

    339
    00:56:01.150 –> 00:56:08.270
    Michael Weiner: Obligation, so to speak, knowing that your documents will allow you to seek indemnification.

    340
    00:56:08.320 –> 00:56:26.369
    Michael Weiner: from the seller, the person that you bought the business from, because it would be their responsibility, but it creates a more complicated process, right? It’s not you pointing somebody across the street and having them go away. You have to deal with something and then try to work through the issues of your document and your indemnification rights.

    341
    00:56:26.370 –> 00:56:37.039
    Michael Weiner: From the former, former owner of that business. I’ll talk a little bit more about that in just a sec. So, in due diligence, right, you’re gonna look at the compliance issues, like I said, clinical litigation.

    342
    00:56:37.160 –> 00:56:44.070
    Michael Weiner: Right? One of the things that we do, you know, early on, if we’re a, if we’re a buyer, is that we’re gonna run

    343
    00:56:44.240 –> 00:56:59.120
    Michael Weiner: searches on the seller, the seller’s company, do they have open litigations? Do they have liens? Do they have, you know, are they… is somebody, affiliated with the business? Have they filed for bankruptcy? You know, there are a whole variety of different things that could come up.

    344
    00:56:59.140 –> 00:57:05.200
    Michael Weiner: That would be of interest to a buyer, when they’re… when they’re doing their due diligence.

    345
    00:57:06.390 –> 00:57:12.990
    Michael Weiner: Oftentimes, people, you know, if I’m a… if I’m a buyer, I might want to interview… People?

    346
    00:57:13.300 –> 00:57:19.029
    Michael Weiner: In the business. If I’m representing a seller, I do my absolute best to try to

    347
    00:57:19.270 –> 00:57:29.239
    Michael Weiner: push that off, right? One of the things that we’re always concerned about, especially since it’s such a long process, is, you know, have I, as a seller, have I made the

    348
    00:57:29.450 –> 00:57:33.000
    Michael Weiner: The field of people who know what’s going on.

    349
    00:57:33.280 –> 00:57:37.709
    Michael Weiner: appropriately small, right? I mean, we don’t necessarily want

    350
    00:57:37.710 –> 00:57:57.380
    Michael Weiner: word getting out on the street that XYZ company is for sale, and what does that do? It creates fear in your employee base, it creates potential that business starts to drop off, it just creates a lot of noise around the transaction, so you need to be able to do your best to narrow the field and only have people who have a real need to know.

    351
    00:57:57.460 –> 00:57:59.250
    Michael Weiner: What’s going on?

    352
    00:57:59.360 –> 00:58:07.090
    Michael Weiner: Have them know, and let them know of the importance of the… maintaining the confidentiality, because this, again, can become

    353
    00:58:07.090 –> 00:58:19.830
    Michael Weiner: a big issue as you move forward, and of course, because we have New York, it’s such a long period of time to get to closing of a transaction, it really can have an impact, so it’s really something that we like to focus on and tell people to

    354
    00:58:19.970 –> 00:58:30.420
    Michael Weiner: you know, make sure the confidentiality is, that everybody’s aware of the confidentiality. The other thing that’s important, you know, I’ll put it into due diligence, but

    355
    00:58:31.010 –> 00:58:36.580
    Michael Weiner: I think it flows through the entire, process, even… and begins at the very beginning.

    356
    00:58:37.500 –> 00:58:38.840
    Michael Weiner: We often have

    357
    00:58:39.160 –> 00:58:53.749
    Michael Weiner: brokers, you’ll have lawyers, you’ll have accountants, right? And sometimes, especially if the principals are not necessarily as well-versed or experienced with the transaction. So everything flows through the team.

    358
    00:58:54.890 –> 00:59:06.019
    Michael Weiner: I don’t… yes, I understand the importance of that, but I think the… I think the most important thing that sometimes gets delayed, gets delayed, gets delayed, is the discussion between the principals.

    359
    00:59:06.100 –> 00:59:20.329
    Michael Weiner: Right? I think, and especially because we’ve got, you know, a long period of time in this particular industry, but again, this transcends home care, healthcare, this is within any transaction, is what’s the connection between the owner of the business and the buyer?

    360
    00:59:20.700 –> 00:59:27.359
    Michael Weiner: And I place a premium on that, because I think that they need to understand what

    361
    00:59:27.420 –> 00:59:44.099
    Michael Weiner: you know, the buyer needs to articulate future plans, what they’re intending to do, especially in the way we structure the deals in home care in New York. There really needs to be an understanding of what the expectation is day-to-day, once we sign our documents and until we get to closing.

    362
    00:59:44.230 –> 01:00:03.550
    Michael Weiner: what’s… what’s going on with the businesses. And I think the sooner that that level of communication is done, right, between those principals, the better. And that they really should get comfortable with each other, build trust with each other, that they know exactly what’s going to happen once we sign our documents.

    363
    01:00:04.220 –> 01:00:06.779
    Michael Weiner: Asset, we talked about asset versus equity.

    364
    01:00:07.560 –> 01:00:23.049
    Michael Weiner: asset, hopefully, right? There can be issues with the ability to say, no, I just bought those assets, and go across the street and talk to the seller, right? There are these concepts, you know, called successor liability, where, you know, somebody who’s coming after

    365
    01:00:23.050 –> 01:00:37.160
    Michael Weiner: a business might try to link the two and basically say, no, even though you bought the assets, I’m still coming after you. Sometimes governmental entities can, you know, do that, and then you have to, you know, go back and forth with your indemnification, right?

    366
    01:00:37.730 –> 01:00:40.310
    Michael Weiner: If you’re doing… if you’re doing a…

    367
    01:00:40.450 –> 01:00:50.630
    Michael Weiner: an asset transaction in New York, and we may not have enough time to get into all of this from a home care standpoint, there are ways that you can

    368
    01:00:50.970 –> 01:01:02.210
    Michael Weiner: you can circumvent the change of ownership application process, and hopefully get it done on a little bit of a quicker basis, giving it… giving, you know, recognition to the Department of Health’s dysfunction.

    369
    01:01:02.290 –> 01:01:17.690
    Michael Weiner: If you’re doing an equity transaction in New York for home care, you’re going to wind up with a CON or a change of ownership application, and unfortunately, those have been taking, you know, conservatively around 2 years to get processed.

    370
    01:01:17.760 –> 01:01:33.750
    Michael Weiner: maybe they might get through quicker. We’re hoping that in the next agenda for the Public Health and Health Planning Council, that they’ve opened the floodgates a little bit, because as it stands right now, they’ve typically been putting changes of ownership on the Council agenda at a rate of

    371
    01:01:33.750 –> 01:01:45.899
    Michael Weiner: under 10 per, per meeting, and there’s over, probably at this point, over 150 applications that are… that are sitting there, so it’s… it’s a little bit of a crazy process.

    372
    01:01:46.160 –> 01:01:47.030
    Gershon Morgulis: Michael.

    373
    01:01:47.030 –> 01:01:47.700
    Michael Weiner: Yes.

    374
    01:01:47.920 –> 01:01:53.329
    Gershon Morgulis: I just wanna… Tell you it’s about 6-7 minutes till noon.

    375
    01:01:53.760 –> 01:01:56.790
    Gershon Morgulis: And we have a bunch of questions in the chat, so…

    376
    01:01:57.090 –> 01:02:00.710
    Michael Weiner: Okay, so let’s go… so I… listen, I… as happened…

    377
    01:02:00.710 –> 01:02:01.410
    Gershon Morgulis: True.

    378
    01:02:01.570 –> 01:02:14.339
    Michael Weiner: frequently, you don’t wind up getting through everything. I’m happy, of course, to talk to anybody that wants to connect afterwards to give any more information or has questions, but I’m happy… I see that there are questions. Do you want me to look at those questions that are in the chat?

    379
    01:02:14.810 –> 01:02:18.080
    Gershon Morgulis: Sure. Or if you want, I can read them, either way.

    380
    01:02:18.300 –> 01:02:19.849
    Michael Weiner: Whatever.

    381
    01:02:21.920 –> 01:02:29.769
    Gershon Morgulis: Alright, first one, to add what Michael was speaking to, think of due diligence… think of the due diligence you would do if you wanted to buy. What would

    382
    01:02:29.930 –> 01:02:33.029
    Gershon Morgulis: you like to see. Do the due diligence with experts.

    383
    01:02:33.330 –> 01:02:36.880
    Gershon Morgulis: Libby says that, broker…

    384
    01:02:37.330 –> 01:02:40.210
    Gershon Morgulis: That, I guess, what we’re talking about is where the broker comes in to help.

    385
    01:02:40.460 –> 01:02:44.580
    Gershon Morgulis: Through the steps to prepare. As a business broker, that is part of the job.

    386
    01:02:44.910 –> 01:02:48.500
    Gershon Morgulis: And she talks about how they help you pre-qualify for SBA loans.

    387
    01:02:48.680 –> 01:02:57.620
    Gershon Morgulis: Here, question. As a potential buyer, can you discuss the differences between buying an existing agency versus attempting to be granted a new license from the DOH? I think we were just…

    388
    01:02:58.500 –> 01:03:15.869
    Michael Weiner: Yeah, I think that… I think that, unfortunately, at this point, since the… since the… after the end of the moratorium, the new application that came out, the ability to simply apply for pay your… I think it’s $2,000, and submit a initial licensure application.

    389
    01:03:15.870 –> 01:03:26.089
    Michael Weiner: Very, very, very small. What they’ve done is they’ve basically shut that down, other than if you are able to establish that there is a need, right?

    390
    01:03:26.220 –> 01:03:36.940
    Michael Weiner: I’ll qualify that a little bit, right? There are certain counties that, when they came out in 2022, that they said that there was need.

    391
    01:03:37.840 –> 01:03:57.369
    Michael Weiner: I don’t know that they’ve updated that county list, but in theory, if you go to those counties, and you might imagine that those are not counties that a lot of people want to be in, right? They’re the outskirts of the 62 counties that are in New York State. I think when they came out with the needs, I think it was 20 counties had no need, and 42 had need.

    392
    01:03:57.510 –> 01:04:04.639
    Michael Weiner: So I guess I’ll take that back a little bit. If you wanted to go up to… I’m not sure this is even one of them… Cayuga County.

    393
    01:04:04.760 –> 01:04:14.069
    Michael Weiner: And open an agency there, you, in theory, could submit an application, and they would, they would review that.

    394
    01:04:14.080 –> 01:04:26.220
    Michael Weiner: If you are doing it in a place where there is no need, you can submit it, but you have to overcome the presumption that there is no need. What they want you to do is

    395
    01:04:26.480 –> 01:04:35.589
    Michael Weiner: articulate in your application that you, based on data, right, you need to include the data in your application that is going to justify that

    396
    01:04:35.590 –> 01:04:46.559
    Michael Weiner: there is this population that is underserved, and that is waiting to get treatment, and that there are no other licensed agencies in Nassau County that could provide this service.

    397
    01:04:46.560 –> 01:04:48.540
    Michael Weiner: And… If they are…

    398
    01:04:48.660 –> 01:05:02.529
    Michael Weiner: persuaded that your data is accurate, and there is a need, and there is an underserved population of people that is sitting home and not getting care, then it’s possible that you will, they will allow your application to go through. So that’s… that’s the…

    399
    01:05:02.810 –> 01:05:09.619
    Michael Weiner: the issues that you deal with from a new license from DOH, buying an existing agency.

    400
    01:05:10.660 –> 01:05:26.559
    Michael Weiner: If you… if the existing agency is functioning, and let’s say it’s got… it has over 25 cases, and you want to buy it, you can avoid, in your… in your application for a change of ownership, you can avoid a review on a needs basis.

    401
    01:05:26.870 –> 01:05:42.379
    Michael Weiner: So, sometimes people will look to find something that’s operating at that level, sometimes people will build into their purchase that we’re not going to submit the application for the change of ownership until the company has built up to over 25.

    402
    01:05:42.610 –> 01:05:55.529
    Michael Weiner: And those, you know, those get through. Like I mentioned, the timeline for those is incredibly long. So it’s not saying that they’re off the table and they can’t get done, it’s, it’s just taking a very long time.

    403
    01:05:57.190 –> 01:05:58.169
    Michael Weiner: I see. Thank you.

    404
    01:05:58.170 –> 01:06:03.220
    Gershon Morgulis: We had a question here about state and city liabilities on the business.

    405
    01:06:04.480 –> 01:06:06.190
    Michael Weiner: How do you handle these?

    406
    01:06:06.530 –> 01:06:15.200
    Michael Weiner: Well, if… are we saying that there are liabilities… I mean, in my… from my perspective, liabilities would hopefully be addressed

    407
    01:06:17.210 –> 01:06:27.850
    Michael Weiner: as early as possible, right? If there’s… if that means that there’s an amount of purchase price, or that the, that the seller has to address them and clear them, right, that’s… that’s the best outcome.

    408
    01:06:27.850 –> 01:06:43.930
    Michael Weiner: it becomes a bit of a challenge when you’re dealing with it, if that’s not possible, right? How are you going to deal with that? Because the state or city agency that has a lien or something, that’s what I assume you’re talking about, is not going away.

    409
    01:06:44.020 –> 01:06:53.859
    Michael Weiner: And they’re going to look to the company, which they have asserted the lien against, as, you know, the company that’s, that’s responsible.

    410
    01:06:54.070 –> 01:07:09.779
    Michael Weiner: This even happens if you’re in an asset deal, right? Because what can happen, right, you can see liens and judgments that are filed that may trickle into, you know, the assets that a company has, or have coverage on an asset, and so what’s the ability

    411
    01:07:09.960 –> 01:07:28.989
    Michael Weiner: for the selling company to transfer its assets, right? If you’re a buyer, you want to make sure that the assets that you’re acquiring are free from any liens, encumbrances, you know, mortgages, you know, whatever it might be. You want clean title to be… you want to be able to get clean title to those… to those assets. So, it’s… it’s…

    412
    01:07:29.180 –> 01:07:33.460
    Michael Weiner: It’s a challenge, right? It’s a challenge. You want to extinguish those as early in the process as possible.

    413
    01:07:34.510 –> 01:07:38.149
    Gershon Morgulis: Alright, we have a couple more questions. Michael, do you have a few more minutes?

    414
    01:07:38.340 –> 01:07:39.120
    Michael Weiner: Of course.

    415
    01:07:39.290 –> 01:07:51.149
    Gershon Morgulis: Alright, so everyone, we normally wind this down at 12, you’re all welcome to leave, but you are also invited to stay. We’ll go through a few more questions, and we’ll probably wind down by around 12.05.

    416
    01:07:52.020 –> 01:08:00.129
    Gershon Morgulis: If you haven’t filled out the poll, please do that on your way out, and for anyone leaving now, thank you for joining us. Michael, thank you for

    417
    01:08:00.630 –> 01:08:02.990
    Gershon Morgulis: Hosting an amazing event. My pleasure.

    418
    01:08:02.990 –> 01:08:03.810
    Michael Weiner: Take care, everyone.

    419
    01:08:03.980 –> 01:08:10.759
    Gershon Morgulis: Let’s see. As a potential seller, what is the usual customary multiple once you have an accurate value?

    420
    01:08:12.170 –> 01:08:20.159
    Michael Weiner: It’s… it’s a little bit hard. I think… I think that goes to, the quality of earnings and whatnot. I mean, we’ve… I mean, we’ve seen more recently

    421
    01:08:20.290 –> 01:08:23.740
    Michael Weiner: That you might see a range of, you know, between

    422
    01:08:23.850 –> 01:08:35.140
    Michael Weiner: or… and… I mean, I… I mean, I guess it’s hard to say. I’ve seen, valuations as high… multiples as high as 10 or 11, but I.

    423
    01:08:35.149 –> 01:08:38.329
    Gershon Morgulis: On EBITDA, or SL discretionary?

    424
    01:08:38.680 –> 01:08:40.309
    Michael Weiner: Yeah, on EBITDA.

    425
    01:08:40.740 –> 01:08:44.609
    Michael Weiner: so… 10?

    426
    01:08:44.810 –> 01:08:46.020
    Gershon Morgulis: That seems like a very high.

    427
    01:08:46.020 –> 01:08:49.840
    Michael Weiner: Wow, 10 is probably a little bit longer ago.

    428
    01:08:49.840 –> 01:08:52.200
    Gershon Morgulis: With lower info… back with lower interest rates.

    429
    01:08:52.660 –> 01:09:02.139
    Michael Weiner: Yeah, yeah, well, I’m not sure about that one, but it’s a little bit longer ago. So, I don’t know, if you’re sitting probably in the…

    430
    01:09:02.540 –> 01:09:04.590
    Michael Weiner: You know, 4 to 7 range.

    431
    01:09:05.010 –> 01:09:08.240
    Michael Weiner: I think that’s, you know, can…

    432
    01:09:08.830 –> 01:09:15.529
    Michael Weiner: can be… you can say it with a straight face. So, maybe.

    433
    01:09:15.830 –> 01:09:19.869
    Michael Weiner: As a business broker, I tell sellers, we don’t sell potential, we sell profit.

    434
    01:09:20.359 –> 01:09:21.210
    Michael Weiner: I like that.

    435
    01:09:21.649 –> 01:09:22.239
    Gershon Morgulis: Good.

    436
    01:09:22.240 –> 01:09:23.520
    Michael Weiner: I like that.

    437
    01:09:23.819 –> 01:09:30.959
    Gershon Morgulis: Next one’s a question. Since healthcare is state-reliant, do you recommend getting a healthcare attorney from that particular state?

    438
    01:09:31.899 –> 01:09:49.989
    Michael Weiner: I think that is helpful. I, I think it is to, be able to navigate through. You know, I know that we work primarily in New York, but we have, experience in, in, in other states, and…

    439
    01:09:51.319 –> 01:10:05.629
    Michael Weiner: Right, we work in a regulatory environment, so we kind of know the directions and the issues that we need to confront, because we work in New York, which is probably the most regulated, or one of the most regulated. So, in terms of the ability to navigate through.

    440
    01:10:06.179 –> 01:10:18.229
    Michael Weiner: It probably makes more sense to have somebody who is familiar, and, like, that’s what they do. Like, I would say, if you find somebody that this is their bread and butter, and this is what they do, and you, as a client.

    441
    01:10:18.539 –> 01:10:20.009
    Michael Weiner: want to…

    442
    01:10:20.159 –> 01:10:30.939
    Michael Weiner: get an answer when you put in a call and say, is it the answer yes or no? Then I think you have to. If they’re a firm like us, which is fully capable of doing a lot of work in other places.

    443
    01:10:31.199 –> 01:10:41.469
    Michael Weiner: We don’t always, off the tip of our head, if you call me up about a New York issue, I’ll give you the answer. If you’re calling me up about an issue in another state, I’ll say, alright, I understand the question, we need to look into the answer.

    444
    01:10:41.589 –> 01:11:00.009
    Michael Weiner: So, it’s… and sometimes people decide, hey, you know what, we work with you, or you work with your trusted advisor, and you’re comfortable with the relationship, and that’s the most important thing, because you don’t want to try to figure out a relationship with new counsel, or somebody new to the game. So, it’s, it’s possible.

    445
    01:11:00.489 –> 01:11:02.909
    Michael Weiner: So…

    446
    01:11:05.040 –> 01:11:15.379
    Gershon Morgulis: We got one more question in the chat, it looks like. What do you say to a potential buyer that has a seller with a license but no insurance contracts in New York State? Is it worth buying without contracts?

    447
    01:11:17.230 –> 01:11:32.210
    Michael Weiner: Well, I think that’s dependent on the buyer. I mean, you know, you might, like we were talking about earlier, you might look at it as a, you know, as a taxi medallion, right? It’s something that is… has value just because it has value. But, like I said, if you’re looking to…

    448
    01:11:32.270 –> 01:11:48.260
    Michael Weiner: start a business, and you’re looking to get contracts with the managed long-term care plans, those… unless you have a, you know, a good relationship with a plan, and you think that that’s going to be able to leverage off of that into contracts, I think that the contract

    449
    01:11:48.410 –> 01:11:58.300
    Michael Weiner: contracting environment is very challenging now. I think that the MLTCs are getting squeezed, right? We see people getting termination notices of their contracts.

    450
    01:11:58.300 –> 01:12:11.589
    Michael Weiner: And that’s not an infrequent occurrence, and these are established people that have cases, but the caseload that they have is… is minimal, right? It’s not… it’s not that they’ve got hundreds and hundreds of cases with a particular plan.

    451
    01:12:11.610 –> 01:12:12.540
    Michael Weiner: So…

    452
    01:12:12.810 –> 01:12:19.680
    Michael Weiner: Plans are, you know, their interest is potentially in consolidating also, right? So they don’t have to deal with

    453
    01:12:19.790 –> 01:12:33.040
    Michael Weiner: you know, whatever the number is, you know, 100 different providers that they want to deal with 75. So, you know, they want to consolidate their caseload amongst ones that they think can handle the extra census.

    454
    01:12:33.120 –> 01:12:41.279
    Michael Weiner: And that’s what they want to do. So, in terms of going out and saying, I want to get a contract, it’s hard. So I think something that doesn’t have a contract.

    455
    01:12:41.690 –> 01:12:56.120
    Michael Weiner: is… is obviously, you know, you’ve got those challenges built in in the future if you want to try to get them, so I think that would play into the… into the value of it, but, of the company. But, you know, again, if somebody’s… if there’s… if you want it.

    456
    01:12:56.160 –> 01:13:01.939
    Michael Weiner: And the only people… only ones that are out there are overpriced, and they don’t have contracts, then that’s the market.

    457
    01:13:02.180 –> 01:13:04.690
    Michael Weiner: So, you might have to adjust your thinking.

    458
    01:13:07.160 –> 01:13:08.160
    Gershon Morgulis: All right.

    459
    01:13:08.710 –> 01:13:13.230
    Gershon Morgulis: Thank you. Any final questions, jump in. Otherwise…

    460
    01:13:14.060 –> 01:13:22.430
    Gershon Morgulis: Thank you all for joining us. Thank you, Michael, for… My pleasure. …teaching us a lot of really important, really important things.

    461
    01:13:22.920 –> 01:13:28.610
    Gershon Morgulis: Again, everyone, if you take… please take the survey, just… Taking a minute.

    462
    01:13:29.020 –> 01:13:32.489
    Gershon Morgulis: Michael, you don’t have to take it, but for the rest of the people,

    463
    01:13:33.080 –> 01:13:42.940
    Gershon Morgulis: Take a minute, it would be very helpful, and either way, hope to see you back again sometime soon. And if you need an attorney, reach out to Michael, or reach out to us, and we’ll put you in touch.

    464
    01:13:43.440 –> 01:13:45.529
    Gershon Morgulis: And if you need a CFO, reach out to us.

    465
    01:13:46.880 –> 01:13:49.329
    Michael Weiner: Sounds good. Thanks, Krisha. Thanks, everybody.

    466
    01:13:49.660 –> 01:13:51.549
    Gershon Morgulis: Thank you all. Have a great day. Bye-bye.

    467
    01:13:51.550 –> 01:13:52.160
    Michael Weiner: Bye-bye.

  • Click here for transcript

    Speaker (00:00)
    Welcome everyone. My name is Gershon Morgulis. I am the founder of Imperial Advisory. We are a fractional CFO firm and we provide fractional CFOs, CFO services. So we have a whole team of CFOs. Most of our CFOs have 30 to 40 years of experience and we go into businesses that need help but don’t need us on a full-time basis. So we’ll either be working for a CFO ⁓

    that might be on helping get them ready for an audit or augmenting their FP &A process. have a offering on the FP &A side as well, ⁓ guiding them through certain things as a variety of things that we do for CFOs to help support them. ⁓ Most of our business though is working with smaller companies that do not have a CFO, don’t necessarily need a full-time CFO and kind of having owner who’s trying to be their own CFO and

    not doing a great job, doesn’t have the time, et cetera, et And we go into these businesses and we help them. provide them with top-notch expertise and help them with a variety of things. So there’s the day-to-day things that we do, helping with strategy, execution, et cetera. And then there’s all sorts of things that come up on a as-needed basis. One of those things that come up on an as-needed basis is &A.

    And so that could be working for a CFO who maybe doesn’t have the internal team to do the pre-deal work or working for a CEO or sometimes even an individual that’s looking to buy a business. So a CEO that’s looking to do an add-on or an individual looking to buy a business or a business looking to prepare itself for sale. So what we find is that

    that &A can be used as a tool for growth similar to marketing or other things, or like I said, it could really be a standalone deal. And the topic today is the anatomy of a purchase agreement. But before you get to the purchase agreement, there’s often a lot of work done to understand the company, understand the target company, understand what’s going on, understand how this fits into the existing company, if it’s a company acquiring. ⁓

    And if it’s not a company acquiring, there’s still a lot of work really. I like to break it into two phases. There’s understanding what is really going on. So sometimes we find that the story that the seller is trying to spin isn’t really true. We don’t believe it. And sometimes we find that we believe the story is just not a very good story. It’s not a story worth paying for to quote one of our clients.

    If they gave us this business for free, should we take it? And that was a business that was doing 8 million revenue, wanted 8 million and wasn’t making any money. So you have both of these things and these are the things that we work on with our clients, helping them figure out if this business is something that they want or if this is a business that they, well, again, one, do we really trust what’s going on here? And the story that we’re being told and we’ve uncovered all sorts of weird things. ⁓

    And then if we believe the story, then is that something worth them buying into? Anyway, after all that, we get to the topic of today’s webinar, which is setting up a purchase agreement. Typically, that’s going to be done by an attorney. And I know we have a bunch of attorneys here. Happy to see you all. And we’re especially happy to have Avi, who is our speaker today. Avi is a partner at Rivkin Radler. He’s worked at

    bunch of different firms, I think here on Long Island. I think he’s coming to our networking event tonight. And by the way, for any of you in Nassau County, we have a networking and mastermind event tonight that we’re hosting at our office. If any of you are interested, send me a message. But anyway, back to Avi. So Avi’s been doing this for a while and…

    ⁓ and we’re very, we’re very happy to have him here. I’m looking forward to learning a lot. without further ado, Avi, take it away.

    Thank you very much Gershon. Good morning. Thank you, Imperial for having me. Good to see everybody. ⁓ Today, as Gershon said, we’re going to be talking about ⁓ &A purchase agreements. As Gershon said, buying a business can be a long and arduous journey. ⁓ There can be all sorts of ups and downs, starts and stops, and lots of decisions to make, lots of traps.

    for the unwary lots of problems to solve. And we’re going to get into a bunch of that today. ⁓ Just wanted to say at the outset with that, this program is going to be almost exclusively framed from the buyer’s perspective. But there’s also a lot to learn in here if you’re a potential seller as well. Cause like, you know, lot of the concepts are just kind of.

    zero sum shoe on one foot shoe on the other foot. So it’s important to understand the concepts regardless of what side you’re on. So Gershaw made some very good points. One very bad point that he made was that he said purchase agreements are typically prepared by an attorney. I think we should just get rid of that word typically and make sure that you have an attorney involved in this process. And I would say very importantly, whether it’s me or somebody else that you have a &A specializing

    attorney handling your &A and not someone for whom that is not what they’re doing on a day-to-day basis. ⁓ So just a piece of free advice at the top. ⁓ So the things that Gershon said that was right on point is that there’s a lot that goes into an &A that happens well before you get anywhere close to drafting, let alone signing a purchase agreement.

    So that begs the question for a program that is ostensibly about kind of an overview and at the outset of an &A and things to think about, why are we having a conversation here today about the purchase agreement? And the answer is not just because I’m a lawyer who specialized in agreements, there’s really good reasons why I think this makes sense. ⁓ And one of those reasons is that

    I’m the type of person, and I think it’s a very helpful way of thinking about things, who likes to often start at the end. ⁓ Every deal has a different start. Every deal has different journey along the way. But any transaction that ends successfully and ends with a transaction being consummated and actually happening is going to end with a purchase agreement like this. So I think it’s often very helpful to say, let’s start at the end and work backwards. And how are we going to get to that end point? And I think the purchase agreement is one of those things that

    Really provides a lot of the meat and the bones of what makes up a transaction and lets you kind of at the outset say. Here we know where we’re going to end we’re going to end with something that has all of these different components. How are we going to navigate a process and set up a process that allows us to get to that endpoint in a successful way and do so as efficiently as possible. ⁓ It almost I view the purchase agreement almost as a roadmap ⁓ because.

    It allows you to determine those friction points and those possible points of tension early on ⁓ and deal with them and see if this is even a viable deal. Because the last thing you want is to spend months and all the time and all the money that goes with that negotiating and working through all these different potential pitfalls only to then have something pop up at the one yard line and sink a deal. So to the extent you can raise these issues early,

    and understand what we’re going to have to deal with at the outset, ⁓ it could avoid that problem. The next thing why to me purchase agreement is very important is because there’s a fundamental difference between two different components of what makes a transaction. I often like to tell clients that there’s only two things that are negotiable on every &A transaction, price and terms. Price is what the business people are always focused on. They wanna know what are we paying and the seller obviously wants to know what am I getting?

    That’s the fundamental business transaction, right? That’s the main thing that everyone cares about. But there’s a whole bunch of other terms to a transaction that are often just as important ⁓ that really go fundamentally to what it is that you are buying and how are you going to protect what you are buying. And the purchase agreement is where all of those things get set out and memorialized and specified. And thirdly,

    the reason why I think purchase agreement is important, particularly for a buyer, because the purchase agreement is essentially what the buyer gets. The purchase agreement is like your deed. It’s like, it’s your piece of paper that says, hey, seller, I wrote you a check for whatever many millions of dollars, and you’ve in exchange given me your business. And the purchase agreement is the document that certifies that, that says, I now own this business. These are the rights that come along with that.

    these are the restrictions that are now placed on the seller that prevents them from pursuing this business, interfering with their business or whatever obligations they have on a going forward basis. The purchase agreement is going to be your key to go into court if anyone ever challenges your rightful ownership of this business and say, hey court, check out this agreement, this business is mine now, see, I paid money, now the business is mine. So the purchase agreement is a really important component for

    ⁓ for the buyer to think about from the beginning of the transaction. And while we are on the subject of why, ⁓ probing the why to me is also one of the most important parts of thinking about the outset of any transaction, specifically sitting with a buyer and understanding why are you doing this deal? Why are you pursuing an &A at all and this specific ⁓ &A? And the answer to that why will provide

    Potential answers to all sorts of different questions, including many of the questions that we’re going to encounter today, because the why for, let’s say, a financial acquisition being conducted by a private equity fund is very different from that of a strategic add on that a corporate buyer might be making or that an independent sponsor who is viewing this as their path towards entrepreneurship might be thinking about.

    And the why you’re doing the transaction is going to significantly impact your answers to a lot of the what’s that we’re going to deal with over the course of the next hour or so. So let’s jump into it. ⁓ Before we kind of go through the breakdown, ⁓ this is on the on the screen here. We have what I would say is the most typical purchase agreement.

    structure you’re going to see. 95 % of the time, a purchase agreement is going to be broken down into these categories. And we’re going to focus today on the ones that are highlighted and bolded. Obviously, we always start with some section of definitions, whether that’s in Article 1 or an exhibit at the end. And we’re always going to end with miscellaneous terms that most of the time, nobody reads except for the lawyers. That’s where you deal with all your severability, entire agreement, headings, all that fun stuff.

    But the real meat we’re going to be talking about are articles two through articles seven. Article two, purchase and sale. This is where we kind of really just like outset. This is the basic transaction. What are we giving? What are we getting? Articles three, closing, is going to deal with the timing of the closing, what is required to be done at the closing. And as you’ll see, depending on the timing and how a transaction is structured, ⁓ what might be happening before a closing. Articles four and five is going to deal with the

    representations and warranties that each of the parties are going to make. Typically, you would see the representations from the seller in Article 4, representations from the buyer in Article 5. Article 6 is our section on covenants. These are obligations that occur in the future. So people often confuse representations, warranties, and covenants and like use them almost interchangeably in terminology. There are actually three very distinct things.

    ⁓ Let’s say distinct representations and warranties are distinct representations and warranties versus covenants are very distinct. ⁓ Representing a representation is a statement of facts as of a moment in time. So you’re saying as of today, I am asserting that such and such is true. A warranty is a statement of fact that is future looking. So when a manufacturer warranties that their product is going to work for a year.

    They are making a statement of fact as of today with regard to something that will happen in the future. Representation is you’re saying as of today or backwards looking. A covenant is not a statement of fact. A covenant is a future obligation of a party. it’s things that starting from today, the day we’re signing this agreement and going forward, these are obligations of buyer and seller vis-a-vis this transaction. And then finally, our section on indemnification.

    Another good word for indemnification is your remedies. ⁓ This is the rights of the various parties should something go wrong. If somebody breaches the agreement in some way, or if somebody does something that they weren’t supposed to do. ⁓ So that’s our basic overview of the skeleton of the agreement. As I said, almost every typical purchase agreement is gonna, if not follow this exact order, they will all have these different sections or different components.

    ⁓ So let’s start going down this road. And we’re going to start with Article 2, purchase and sale. So as I said, purchase and sale is going to literally cover, it’s going to have a basic description of the transaction itself. What is being bought and what is it being bought for? ⁓

    And obviously, we know where it’s not always so simple as, I’m buying your business for $10 million. This is where we are going to set out the specific type of transaction that is being conducted. And so when I say, what are we buying? Typically the fundamental threshold question on any transaction is what are we buying? Are we buying the stock of the target company? Are we buying the assets? Possibly we’re doing a merger, although, you in private.

    Company transactions, closely held companies, mergers are pretty rare. So it’s not something that we’re really going to focus on today. But just have in mind that that is a third option and there are actually more options that are kind of hybrids between the various things that we’re to talk about today. But general high level focus is going to be asset sale versus stock sale. And the corollary to that is what are we going to give?

    So that comes down to what is our purchase price? And we’re going to get into a little bit more detail on the various ways that a purchase price can be comprised. So as I said, fundamental question is going to be stock sale versus asset sale. And we’re going to assume here that we’re talking about like a full buyout of an entire company here. ⁓ You could in theory have a situation where somebody is making a

    in that minority investment or even a majority investment, but they’re buying something less than the entire company. So we’re not really gonna be talking about that today. We’re going to assume in a stock sale that the buyer is buying 100 % of the stock or membership interest if it’s an LLC of the business. We’re going to assume if it’s an asset sale that this is a full enterprise, we’re not just buying a division of a company, we’re buying the whole mothership.

    Presumably we are going to be buying substantially or all of the assets of the target business. So when it comes to understanding the difference between a stock sale and an asset sale and why a buyer may favor one versus the other, spoiler alert, you wanna buy assets, but we’ll get into why. ⁓ We’re gonna focus on three overall concerns to think about.

    ⁓ The first is the legal structure. So we’ll get into a little bit of just mechanically the difference between how one works versus how the other works. ⁓ We want to very much understand the treatment of assets and liabilities, specifically liabilities, because as a buyer, ideally you want to avoid liabilities of the existing business. And then, of course, we also want to understand the difference between how taxes will be affected by

    our transaction structure. So in terms of the deal structure itself, here are some what I think are helpful pictures that I found on the internet that kind of lay out what happens on the two different types of transactions. So stock sale is for most people the simplest one to understand because almost all of us have at some point owned stock, whether it’s in our companies that we own today, but more likely

    you own some form of stock on a public security market. So if, for example, I am a shareholder of Apple and I own a hundred shares of Apple and I want to sell my stock to Gershon. Now that’s not typically what would happen. I would typically just sell it on the public market, but just to make this simpler, if you look at our stock sale picture, so we have target shares, is another word for that is what you could call shareholders. So if I’m the shareholder today, I own the shares of the target.

    Now in a stock sale, what happens is the acquirer, in this case Gershon, would send money to me, exchange for which I would send the shares to him. So the shares of Apple are exactly the same today as they are tomorrow. Everything contained in the shares of Apple are exactly the same as today and tomorrow. The only difference is that today the owner of the shares is Avi and tomorrow the the owner of the shares is Gershon. Very, very simple. An asset sale is a little bit different.

    As you see from the picture here in the asset sale, the shareholder again owns the target. However, the asset sale is really not a transaction between me and Gershon. It is a transaction between Gershon as the buyer and the target company that I own. Because when a business is owned by an entity, all of the assets, all of the liabilities, everything that makes up that

    business are housed inside the entity. I am merely the owner of the entity. I don’t have anything in my own name. ⁓ There’s good reasons for me to still be party to the transaction for other reasons, which we’ll get into, but fundamentally the transaction is happening between the target and the buyer. The target here is the seller. And what happens is that the target is going to ship off its assets to acquirer. Buyer ideally is either

    has an existing entity or forms a new entity in order to consummate this transaction. And the buyer entity is then going to send the money to Target. Now, Target is presumably going to, if not immediately, then shortly thereafter, distribute those funds up to their shareholders because the shareholders are the ones who ultimately want the money. ⁓ But fundamentally, this transaction happens at the entity level.

    And the reason why that difference is important is because of the way that assets and liabilities get treated in the two different types of transactions. So as I kind of tried to explain with a stock sale, in a stock sale, there is no change in terms of the ownership of the assets of the underlying business. So.

    If I, as I said, if I own Apple and let’s just, you let’s get rid of the Apple analogy. ⁓ I have a business, know, Sienenski incorporated is a consulting firm and we have assets. have, you know, we have goodwill. We have a customer list. have employees. We have furniture in our office. We have rights under contracts, under leases, any stock sale. All of that is staying exactly where it is. It is not moving at all today. The company is Sienenski incorporated.

    tomorrow the company will be in Sineski Incorporated. The only difference is that instead of it being owned by Sineski, it’s going to be owned by Morgulis or Morgulis. I don’t know how pronounce your name. Let’s go back to Gershaw. So the only thing that’s happening is the ownership up top is changing. Everything down below stays exactly where it is. It is not changed. And that means that all of the assets, all of the liabilities simply by operation of law,

    by just staying where they are now belong to the buyer. ⁓ And the key there is going to be the liabilities. On an asset sale by contrast, it works completely different because we are physically, not physically, physically moving all of the assets from let’s say, Sienensky incorporated now to a new entity called Sienensky 2 incorporated.

    we get to pick and choose what we wanna move. We don’t have to take all of the assets. We can take only some of them if we want. And we don’t have to take any of the liabilities. And that is really, really crucial. So in every asset purchase agreement, you are going to have a section on assets and liabilities that spells out essentially what are four categories, purchased assets and excluded assets, assumed liabilities and excluded liabilities. And this allows a buyer

    To go through the assets and liabilities of a business and come to an agreement with a seller and make a determination about what we’re taking and what we’re not taking. So, there could be that you want every single 1 of those assets, but there might also be an asset that is not really relevant to this business. ⁓ The most common thing you’ll see is that there are, you know, I’ve heard a rumor that sometimes some small businesses will have assets that.

    You know, are technically not necessarily business assets, but they are titled in the business’s name, like, you know, somebody’s car or, you know, certain memorabilia. And like, I know no one would ever, you know, they taxes or do anything like that. But like, I heard this might have happened on 1 or 2 occasions. ⁓ And typically stuff like that are not things that a buyer is going to buy in an and a transaction. Right? They don’t want the owners personal assets. There might be other.

    you know, assets in there that really, you know, sometimes we’ve seen that like, you somebody has some sort of like property investment and they just like ran it through the business and it has nothing to do with the business. ⁓ So it’s important for everyone to identify those assets and make sure that those are not being sold as part of this transaction because that’s not what this deal is about. And as I said, the more important part is the liabilities. The fundamental starting point for a buyer is we want to buy none of the liabilities. We want none of those to transfer.

    And that will usually be the default is that any liabilities that are not expressly written as assumed stay behind with the seller and remain seller’s problem. Any debts, any lawsuits that may exist for the past? Yes, Gershon. Question. I once heard that if you transfer all the assets under some situations, liabilities can automatically transfer because you can’t like completely gut a business. Is that for real?

    So there are certainly certain categories of liabilities for which we say a concept of successor liability applies. ⁓ we’re gonna deal with those in a little bit, but ⁓ to answer your question, the answer is yes. There are certain types of liabilities that cannot be escaped. The most common one is taxes, right? The government is not letting anyone get away with taxes just because you sold your business.

    So if there’s a tax liability ⁓ and you sell your business, buyer can be held liable as a successor. The same is the case for environmental. You see this very frequently in real estate transactions that buyer would step into historical liabilities of the seller. ⁓ You also see it with all sorts of employee and employee benefit liabilities. Again, the policy reason there being that

    want to protect employees and we don’t want some, you know, there was some pension that got set up and you can’t sell the business and now, you know, the seller disappears and the liability goes away. And there are ways to protect against that. the better than having a way to protect against the liability is to never have any claim that the liability is yours. So, you know, if you do an asset sale, and the reason why you want to do an asset sale is

    If let’s say a customer has a lawsuit because they bought a product from seller a year ago and today it killed somebody and they run into court and they, who are they gonna sue? They’re gonna sue everybody, right? They’re gonna sue the seller, they’re gonna sue the seller’s owner, they’re gonna hear that the business got sold, they’re gonna sue the buyer, they’re gonna sue the buyer’s owner. And the best thing that a buyer is able to do in that circumstance is to go into court and say, hey judge, this has nothing to do with me. You see here, they bought this product from,

    XYZ Inc in 2022, we’re actually ABC Corp and we weren’t even formed until 2024 when we bought this business. This has nothing to do with us. And I would say 95 out of a hundred times, you’re gonna get that thrown out immediately because you’re not the party to the lawsuit. You haven’t been properly brought into this lawsuit. It has nothing to do with you. The other important things that you want to think about and that are

    more important when it comes to an asset sale is the retitling of certain types of assets ⁓ and any consents that go along with that. Most often this is going to be in the context of a contract. ⁓ Think about your lease, right? Your lease has a provision in there that says you can’t assign it to somebody else because your landlord did a credit check on you. They vetted you ⁓ as a tenant. You can’t just call up your landlord one day and say, by the way,

    I sold the business, here’s your new tenants. Landlord is not gonna be okay with that. So when you sell your business, you’re gonna have to go to your landlord and tell them in advance, you’re gonna have to get their consent and make sure that they sign on to the assignment of the lease to the new buyer. Same will often be the case with various customer agreements, vendor agreements, and other contracts that you may have, that a seller may have that your attorney, that’s part of the diligence process are going to review those contracts and see

    You know, is there anything in here that will require the involvement and consent of a 3rd party in order to transfer title to certain assets when it comes to pieces of equipment that might be least same thing applies certain vehicles. You have to have them retitled in the name of the new entity. So that’s just some additional components that might make an asset sale a little bit more complicated, but.

    the ability to essentially walk away from those liabilities makes those extra hoops you have to jump through well, well worth it. And then finally, we’re going to talk about the tax implications of the two types of transactions. And again, here’s a situation where the general rule of thumb as a buyer is going to be you want to buy assets. From the seller’s perspective, the tax treatment is very simple.

    When you sell stock, you get long-term capital gains treatment, assuming you held the stock for more than one year, an amount equal to your gain on the stock over your basis taxed at long-term capital gains. And the same thing is going to apply for a buyer. The buyer is going to acquire a basis in the stock and

    Will not have the ability to recover its purchase price until it liquidates the business ⁓ and. The most important principle in terms of. How tax affects economics is. That an asset sale allows the buyer to start recovering their purchase price immediately, ⁓ depending on the types of assets, but because when you buy assets, you get to.

    take a step up in the basis of the value of the assets because when you sell assets, the IRS doesn’t view it as a sale of a business per se, they view it as a sale of the individual assets. So I’m not selling you the business, I’m selling you the tables and chairs of the office and the goodwill and the rights under this customer contract and the rights to employ this group of employees. And all those different assets are kind of viewed by the IRS as separate sales.

    they are therefore taxed at an amount based on the type of asset that they are. So we generally speaking divide assets into different types. We have our capital assets and we have our depreciable assets. The capital assets such as your intangibles and your goodwill get taxed at the more favorable rate. Your depreciable assets get taxed at the higher rate. So depending on

    the type of business that you have and the types of assets that the business that you’re acquiring is comprised of that will impact the exact tax rate. Usually what you end up with is some sort of hybrid between the 20 % capital gains rate and the 37 % ordinary income rate. It’s not gonna be exactly one or the other, but if you have a business that veers more towards those capital gains assets, the seller might pay 22%, whereas

    When if it’s more of a business with harder assets, ⁓ it might be on the higher end. But because of the step up in basis, because of the buyer’s ability to start depreciating certain types of those assets immediately and deducting them against their gains, the asset sale form is highly advantageous to a buyer. So because of the ability to…

    walk away from those liabilities because of the advantages on the tax side to buying assets. The starting point almost all the time for a buyer is going to be, wanna buy assets. Now that’s not always possible. First of all, as we said, there’s always a lot of very zero sum elements to this. So the reasons why an asset sale are good for a buyer also makes a stock sale good for a seller. So a seller may wanna say,

    I want to just be done with this. You’re taking the assets, you’re taking the liabilities, you’re buying the stock, period, the end. I’m not interested in an asset sale where I’m going to have to, you know, wind down and deal with stuff afterwards. Seller might say, I want my long-term capital gains. I don’t want to deal with this whole allocation and figuring out one of my different types of assets and potentially pay more. I always assume that when I sell my business, I’m going to sell the stock. I’m to just pay capital gains on the whole thing. And that’s what I’m doing.

    ⁓ And depending on your leverage or negotiating power, you may or may not have the ability to dictate the structure of the transaction. There are workarounds to solve for both of those issues. And sometimes there are elections that you can make under the tax code, such as 338 H10 or 336 E. There’s something called an F-RE-ORG. And these all give you the ability to create a

    transaction as an asset sale for tax purposes while still treating it as a stock sale for all other purposes, such as corporate purposes and legal purposes. But, you know, generally speaking, if we’re we’re using one or the other, you know, the stock sale is going to be more advantageous for the seller and asset sale for the buyer. In addition to your seller saying, I want to sell stock when we just talked about consents, it could be that a asset sale is just not practical.

    Think about a scenario where you’re buying a business that has hundreds of contracts and 75 of them need consents to assign it to a new party. Now, maybe you’ll be able to go out and get all those consents, but that seems like a lot of work and it just might not be practical. There also could be specific types of permits or government approvals that simply are not transferable. And it could take months, if not years, depending on the organization and when you have to deal with certain government.

    bodies, it could take a really long time to get the approval. And you may want to just go forward with your transaction. And that means you’re going to have to buy the stock because that’s where the permit is. That’s the entity ⁓ that is approved. That’s the EIN that’s on record. And you just might not have any choice. So yes. I want to just add one thing. And this is your talk. So correct me if I’m wrong. But we once had a client who was looking to

    potentially purchase a business and they had workers comp experience that had been building up for a long time. And they felt that that was a reason why they would buy it, even though they knew there were liabilities and skeletons in the closet. didn’t go through the transaction in end anyway, but they, at least that’s what they told me at the time. They’re like, if we want to get the benefit of this experience of the workers comp experience that won’t trade had built up like enough body of work that it

    it impacted their rates favorably. Correct. And if they were starting from scratch, even if they did somehow manage to transfer the contracts, they would end up having to charge much more or pay much more and therefore they’d lose money or be not competitive. Yeah. I mean, I don’t know a lot about workers comp. So I’ll just kind of grant your premise that that’s how it works. if that’s how it works, then that makes sense, right?

    there could be benefits to stepping into an existing company. I’ve also seen situations where an existing company has an easier time getting financing than a new company because if it’s history now, ⁓ that shouldn’t typically be the case because you should be able to show the bank that you’re taking over a going concern and that the revenue is basically then going to be and cash flows should be imputed to the new company. But depending on your underwriter, they may just look more favorably at, you know,

    a company name that has this history versus a buyer that’s starting from scratch. ⁓ OK, so for most, the most important part of the agreement is going to be the purchase price. ⁓ And we’re going to talk quickly about how we get to a purchase price. How do we, know, how much do we pay and how are we going to pay it, right? Two parts. in terms of how we determine how much to pay, ⁓

    It’s really not my area of expertise. You’re gonna probably wanna speak to someone like Gershon or to someone who’s an investment banker or broker or someone who’s in the business evaluating companies. But typically what we see is most common is a multiple of EBITDA is used to determine a purchase price. ⁓ will vary largely based on the industry that you’re in, the size of the business.

    Most typical is you see something in the range of four to eight times a multiple of EBITDA. Depending on the type of business and your type of buyer, you might use a multiple of revenue. One X revenue is the most common that I see. You also are going to want to factor in some sort of public research in terms of what are similar companies selling for the same way that a real estate valuation consultant would look at, you

    What are other properties in the neighborhood selling for? You wanna know what is a consulting business or a medical practice or a pharmaceutical company that does this type of revenue, this type of sales, this type of profit, what is that going for? Because as I said, the multiples, the variations can be different depending on geography, depending on industry. You also, depending on what type of buyer you are, this is more when you’re on a

    you know, on an add-on transaction or a corporate inquirer strategic, you have to think about potential synergies because you are not just buying necessarily this business for itself. There may be other things that this business brings to the table that fits into your existing business. ⁓ It’s not just that, you know, okay, they have a great business and we’re going to just acquire that cash flow. We may be able to grow the pie because we have other products, other services that we can sell now to a new customer base, maybe

    This company has some piece of IP that we can incorporate into one of our existing offerings. And that makes the company worth even more than how it looks on paper. ⁓ So that might also factor in. In terms of paying the purchase price, what are we going to give our seller? ⁓ Most common is we’re going to give them cash, right? But we also can frequently give them some sort of property. When we talk about property, what we are typically talking about is some sort of equity

    either in the buyer itself or somewhere in the buyer enterprise, what is called rollover equity. Very, very typical in the private equity context and becoming more and more typical in all sorts of &A contexts, especially as the price of capital gets more and more expensive over the last few years. ⁓ The ability to pay with something other than cash is very enticing to a buyer.

    There are, it’s also beneficial to seller in many ways because A, they get to defer taxes on any things that they take in equity and they don’t have to pay any tax on it until they liquidate that buyer stock. Number two is it gives seller potential upside. If seller believes in their buyer’s theory of the case, they think that this buyer is going to add value, whether it’s through infusion of capital, whether it’s through synergies, whether it’s through,

    professionalizing their business. The business that today is worth $25 million may very well be worth $50 million in three to five years. And frankly, that is what, if you’re selling to private equity, that is what they’re betting on. So this gives the seller the ability to take a piece of their ⁓ purchase price proceeds and roll it over, let it ride, and see if it can grow into even more. Similarly, buyers are often looking to

    pay whatever amount that they’re paying in cash sometime other than today. ⁓ For two main reasons. Number one, if you’re a financial person, obviously you understand fundamentally a dollar today is worth more than a dollar tomorrow. So to the extent we have an ability to defer the time when we have to pay a portion of our purchase price, that is financially beneficial. Number two is it provides you some sort of protection and whether

    We have our deferred payment being paid under a promissory note, whether it’s that we have money that is put in escrow or whether we make a portion of the purchase price subject to an earn out, which means that it’s not guaranteed. It is only paid if certain conditions are met, usually financial metrics about the business. That gives the buyer, as I said, protection because they have the ability to

    have money that’s available in the case something goes wrong. So if it turns out that this business is not what seller said it was and you have a claim against the seller, you don’t wanna have to be in a position where you have to go chase them and say, hey seller, pay me back my money. You wanna be able to say, good thing we have this escrow over here with $3 million in it that we can make a claim against or good thing that we have a promissory note or an earn out that is supposed to be paid next year that we can basically say to the seller, hey, that $2 million that we were supposed to pay you.

    we’re not paying it to you because we have a $2 million claim or we’re only paying you a million because we have a million dollar claim. ⁓ There is also typically going to be an adjustment component to your purchase price. ⁓ The two main types of adjustments, and you kind of think of this as the, you’re like kind of like your paycheck where you have the number at the top, which is the enterprise value. And then there’s the number at the bottom, which is what we’re actually paying. And

    those get adjusted either upwards or downwards ⁓ based on A, the cash and debt in the business, because most transactions are structured as what we call cash-free, debt-free, especially on a stock sale. On a stock sale, you would almost never assume long-term debt and you would almost never buy cash. I mean, it doesn’t really make sense to purchase cash, right? ⁓ It’s just, you know, I give you a dollar and you sell me a dollar. doesn’t really…

    Make any sense? So cash is typically going to always stay with the seller. Debt is always going to stay with the seller. And those get adjusted from the purchase price. So to the extent there is any cash left in the business, on a stock sale, seller doesn’t have to pull the cash out. We just increase the purchase price by the amount of the cash. And similarly, we would deduct for the amount of debt that is on the books. The more common and more complicated adjustment that we have to deal with is with respect to working capital.

    And the reason there is that buyers typically want to expect that when they buy a business, they don’t have to now write another check to fund operations of the business. They want to buy a business that’s viable and that runs itself based on its cash flows and working capital. So early on in the process, you’re always going to want to determine

    what is the working capital that this business needs? Usually you do that by determining some sort of trailing average, six months, 12 months, 18 months, and look at the history of the business and what does this business need on an average monthly basis to fund operations. And the seller is going to be expected to deliver a business that has working capital equal to that target average amount. If at closing the working capital is insufficient,

    there will be a credit towards the buyer and a reduction of the purchase price. And likewise, if the seller over delivers, they get a credit and purchase price goes up. And the working capital is usually done as an estimate at closing and then gets trued up, but they’re 90 days, 120 days down the road. ⁓ As always, I’ve front loaded the majority of this presentation. It looks like we’re… ⁓

    running low on time, so I’m going to try to make sure we get to some of the rest of this. The next section in your transaction document is going to be deal with the closing. ⁓ It’s a pretty mechanical section. It mostly just has like a list of items that needs to be delivered at closing. This is gonna be, and this is where you’re going to cover the various other transaction documents other than the purchase agreement itself.

    ⁓ So again, in terms of roadmap, this is where you want to think about what else do we need? Is there going to be a new lease that we’re going to enter into? Do we want to put in place employment agreements or equity arrangements for management? Do we need some sort of transition agreement for, you know, maybe there’s some component of the business that can’t be transferred right away and we need to figure out how that’s going to be managed during the interim. The most important consideration for this section, the closing section is

    whether or not the transaction is going to be conducted as what we call a simultaneous sign and close or as a bifurcated sign and close. A simultaneous sign and close is the more simple version and for pretty much any transaction, I would say let’s say under $100 million ⁓ is almost always gonna be the norm. And that just means the day we signed the purchase agreement is the day that we close. It all happens at the same time in one shot.

    By contrast, a bifurcated signing close is what is more common on a real estate deal, right? Think about when you bought your house. You signed a contract and then, just based on you seeing the house, and then you have to go get financing, you hire an inspector to do diligence. So in a bifurcated signed and close, we signed an agreement today with an agreement to close in the future. And it’s a real binding agreement. However, it’s subject to conditions, meaning

    seller is going to have obligations for how they operate the business in the interim and what we call our interim operating covenants. ⁓ Very important because if you’re agreeing to buy a business, you want to make sure that seller is going to conduct the business and your ordinary course that they’re not going to do anything differently. In the meantime, they’re not going to start selling off key assets or firing key employees. You want to make sure that the business that shows up at closing is the same business that we agreed to buy. The main reason why you would want to

    do a bifurcated sign and close is, as I said, if there are financing considerations ⁓ and some lenders want to see an executed purchase agreement before they will sign a commitment letter, you may also require various consents and you just want to have the ability to sometimes, sometimes you want to announce the transaction and start telling people that it occurred. So you want to have a signed binding agreement so that you can do that. ⁓

    I mentioned the hundred million dollar threshold. It’s actually a little bit higher, but I remember the exact number. If you need to get antitrust approval under the Hartscott-Rodino Act, which applies to any transaction over a certain size, that requires as well that you have a signed purchase agreement and then you have, I think, 30 or 60 days to go get that approval to make sure the transaction can proceed.

    The representations and warranties are almost always the largest section of the transaction. If you have, let’s say, a 50 page purchase agreement, you will often see that 25 to 30 of those pages are comprised of the reps and warranties. And the reps and warranties are in many ways the most important section because this is where the seller goes on the record about what the business is and what it isn’t.

    The reps and warranties, a good way to think about them is that they’re kind of your backstop to your due diligence. So you sign a letter of intent and that’s when the seller is going to start opening its books and showing you its records and telling you about everything about business, the good, the bad and the ugly and give you an ability to do quality of earnings on the financials, ⁓ review all their contracts, look to see if there’s been any litigation, any problems, any customer complaints, all of these things will be.

    uncover during due diligence. ⁓ The problem with due diligence, or I guess what would say, where due diligence is lacking is that your due diligence is only as good as what your seller gives you. When we’re dealing with private companies, there’s no public record of anything. You can’t go out and say, OK, we’re going to go. There’s no website where you can go and say, give me all of the contracts that this company is party to and tell me.

    all the problems that they have. You’re relying on the seller, the shareholders to own up to that stuff and produce it to you. Now, in a perfect world, would, know, I’m sure we’re all comfortable with the honor system and we don’t need any of this, but unfortunately that’s not the way the real world works. So what the representations do is they require the seller to back up the due diligence process by putting in writing what they’ve produced.

    So for example, you wanna know that seller has not been sued in the last three years, right? Cause I don’t wanna buy a company that gets sued all the time. So you’ll run your litigation searches. You’ll ask your seller to tell you, give me copies of any complaints of any letters that you’ve gotten from lawyers, any lawsuits that have been filed. ⁓ And you’re hopeful that they’ve complied.

    But what you wanna do in the purchase agreement is actually have seller put in writing, we’ve not been sued during the last five years, three years, 10 years, we’ve not been party to any lawsuits. During the last three years, none of our employees have made a claim of sexual harassment or discrimination. We’ve filed all of our tax returns and paid all of our taxes, things like that. So we kind of, I like to think of this process as three stages.

    You have your due diligence where you review everything, then you have your representations and warranties where the seller makes these statements. And then you have your disclosure schedules, which get attached to the representations and warranties. And that is where the seller does one of two things. Either they provide lists of things. So you may have a representation that says, set forth on schedule A is a list of all of our customer contracts.

    Set forth on exhibit B is a list of all of our employees and their salaries and their job title. You also would put on the disclosure schedules if you’re a seller, the exceptions to any of your representations and warranties, because I’ve yet to see a business that is able to make all of the representations cleanly without any exception, right? In a perfect world, a seller would be able to say, we’ve had no litigation, we’ve had no complaints, we’ve had no problems.

    But in reality, a seller needs to be able to say, have had no complaints, we’ve had no litigations, we’ve had no problems, except for the litigations, complaints, and problems that we’ve listed on exhibit C of the schedules. And that’s where it all ties together. So you have your diligence, you have your reps, and then you have your schedules. And the job of the buyer and his advisors is to make sure those all line up and that what we saw in due diligence is consistent with what?

    seller is now vouching for on the schedules because if there is something that a seller represented that was not true, buyers going to want to have the ability to get compensated for that. Our representations are typically grouped into different categories. We have our fundamental representations, we have our legal representations, and we have our business representations. Our fundamental representations, we call them that because they are

    fundamental to the business, fundamental to the transaction. Things like seller actually owns the business that it’s selling. It didn’t sell it to somebody else last week. The shareholders of the company are the three people that were claiming there’s no fourth person out there who’s going to show up next year and say, hey, I was an owner in this business and I’m entitled to a piece of the action. ⁓ The seller entity actually has title to all of the assets that it’s selling. There’s no.

    significant asset that is actually in some other entity that is in the personal name of one of the shareholders. The assets are not subject to any liens. There’s nobody else out there that has any sort of claim on anything that has to do with this business. Again, these are what we call fundamental. And the implication of them being fundamental is that typically they will survive indefinitely, which means no matter when buyer discovers that there’s a breach of one of these representations,

    And no matter the amount, buyer should be able to be made whole. Whether even if it’s in 10 years, if it turns out you didn’t really own the business, essentially a breach of a fundamental representation is another word for that is fraud. ⁓ So those will typically have the longest legs and the greatest ability to recover under. ⁓ Then we have our legal representations, which have to go towards.

    compliance with laws and these are the ones that as Gershaw mentioned earlier, at least some of these is where you may see successor liability. So you wanna be extra sensitive to these and this is why often on transactions, you will see a whole bunch of specialists get involved because these are, we’re gonna be very sensitive to a potential environmental issue or an employee benefit issue because of the successor angle.

    And then finally we have what we call our business representations. These are things that, yes. We’re running short on time. Does it make sense to continue this another time or should we just hold Q and A till 12 o’clock and wind down by then? I’m happy to do either. I’m happy to make myself available for another time if you think that makes sense. But yes, we are running low on time and there is more stuff to talk about. So it’s all super interesting and very valuable.

    We could also just continue like I am available. So it’s really up to you. Okay, so I got a 1230 no problem Well, I’ll stay and listen everyone we We generally wind these things down by noon. So we don’t want to hold you forever if any of you are interested in the In the recording so that you can get the rest of it reach out to Brittany. We are recording this and We can get you the recording

    I’m going to put up the poll now so that people, if you can answer that, that’s great. then whoever is able to stay, I will be staying. So ⁓ we’ll continue and we’ll all be in one place. Same price. Same price. Look at that. Buy one, get one 50 % off. ⁓ So I just put the poll up and I guess we’ll continue in a minute.

    Do we want to answer any questions in the internal before? yeah, that’s a good idea. Any questions up until now? We have one question, at least one question in the poll in the.

    in the chat. Have you seen situations where non-union companies purchased a union company through an asset purchase in order to not take on the liabilities? Yes. My understanding is that it’s impossible to get around. is. So I’m not sure what you mean by impossible to get around. ⁓ You can do. There’s really.

    Well, I wanted to make sure I understand your question right. So in a pension situation, there, if you sell the business, it will be treated as a withdrawal from the pension funds and withdrawal liability can become due. There are ways to structure a transaction as an asset sale when there are union liabilities. There’s a section of ERISA called section 4204.

    that allows you to, allows the buyer to assume the pension liability, ⁓ requires certain obligations. I think you need to post some sort of bond. You need the buyer needs to agree to continue contributing to the fund at the same rates for I think five years. ⁓ Seller remains secondarily liable to the fund. There’s a whole, there’s a bunch of hoops you have to jump through, but.

    an asset sale can be done in a union context. Is there a way to basically just shut out the union and the pension and make everyone walk away from the liabilities? No. ⁓ And more so on the seller side, meaning a seller can really never get away from potential liabilities of the union because they are party to the CBA and agreed to

    Apply with the CBA and make contributions to the union and they’re going to be liable for the withdrawal from the pension fund. If your question is, a purchaser avoid assuming. The liabilities, ⁓ the answer is yes. However, if they’re going to be hiring the union employees, then the union is going to require that you assume the CBA and take over that contribution.

    obligation under the pension fund. So I’m not sure if that answers your question, because I’m not sure if I completely understood it. So it doesn’t have to be a stock purchase. ⁓ It can be done as an asset purchase, but the asset purchase would almost certainly be done in a way so that the buyer is taking over the obligation. So I’m hoping I answered that. But if not, feel free to ask again or ask it differently.

    Is there any other questions? didn’t see any. Okay. So we’re talking about reps and warranties and our last category is our business representations. And these, know, unpredictably, they go to things that are more relate to the operations of the business, ⁓ the profits and losses reflected in the financial statements. ⁓ It’s very important.

    from the outset to, and this is why you wanna hire someone like Gershon as soon as possible ⁓ because financial statements are only as good as the paper they’re written on, right? You need to understand the financials. You need to dig into the financials. And very crucially, you need to understand the methodology that is used to reach the numbers in the financials. ⁓

    both from an accounting’s perspective, are they on cash basis or accrual basis? Are they done in accordance with GAAP? ⁓ Depending on the size of your business, of the business that you’re buying, the buyer will want the seller to essentially represent that the financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP. So that way we can make sure that we understand what these numbers mean. To the extent they’re not done in accordance with GAAP, what you would typically see is,

    something to the effect of this is again where the schedules come in, you would say the financials are prepared in accordance with GAAP except that set forth on schedule blank where we explain our accounting methodology. And that’s where the seller might say something like, we’re not in accordance with GAAP except we recognize deferred revenue in some weird way that is not in accordance with GAAP or we depreciate this type of asset in a certain way that again is not in accordance with GAAP.

    ⁓ And particularly when you are paying a multiple of something in the financial statements to determine your purchase price, it’s really, really important that you understand the financials and that the seller makes representations about its financials. ⁓ All the other stuff here on the list, ⁓ not as important necessarily as the financials, or at least not as fundamental to what a buyer cares about, but also really, really important to understand.

    Here’s a list of all of our contracts. We don’t have any other contracts other than these, because as a buyer, you don’t want to find out that later down the road, there was some contract that was never disclosed and was imported to this business that now you’ve not acquired the rights to. You also want the seller to represent that the contracts are all in effect, that there’s no defaults. There’s no reason to think there’s a default, right? You don’t want to

    step into a contract and then find out six months down the road that that customer hasn’t been paying in a year. And now you’ve factored into your financial analysis, the revenues from this customer that are real revenues on paper because we use a cruel method and when we make the sale, we treat it as revenue. ⁓ But if the customer doesn’t pay, that’s not worth as much.

    ⁓ So I thought according to some financial experts. Yes, Giles, did you agree with that? Yeah, if they don’t pay, it’s not revenue. That’s my position. But there’s something related to this that I, something you said a moment ago, that I once heard, was at a conference, we’ll give Anshin a shout out prior to COVID. And they had these people talking about buying and selling businesses. It was an &A conference. And they said, it’s very easy to agree on the multiple.

    The question is, what are you applying that multiple to? And that’s where all the real debate happens. Like we could all agree on four times, but if we don’t look at accounts receivable the same way, you think they’re gonna pay and I think they’re not, then what is that 4X applying to? Whether we multiply by four and that’s where all the fighting. Yeah, yeah. happens there, right. It’s it’s what is actually EBITDA, right?

    ⁓ In this business, and that’s where you want to have that rigorous quality of earnings done on your target because that’s where you’re going to discover things like. Add backs and deductions that should be made to even ⁓ based on, as I said, things that are sometimes included in the business in the financials that aren’t really part of the business and therefore should be removed. ⁓

    That’s where you may also find that there is a heavy customer concentration. You’re buying this business that has $25 million of revenue. But if half of that revenue is coming from two customers, then you’re putting, as a buyer, a lot of your eggs in those two baskets. And you’re relying on the fact that you’re going to be able to keep those customers. ⁓ And depending on whether or not your seller is sticking around and the relationships going forward, that’s not necessarily a sure thing. ⁓

    ⁓ Especially if one of those customers is seller’s brother-in-law or seller’s college buddy who’s giving him the business because why not? And now that there’s a new owner, maybe he’ll continue, maybe he won’t. And customer concentration adds risk for a buyer. So it’s really, really important to do that analysis properly, make sure you understand the financials of the company that you’re buying. ⁓ And then as we say in the reps and warranties,

    make sure that seller is willing to stand behind those financials. A seller that’s not willing to stand behind their financials ⁓ is a major, major red flag.

    ⁓ Okay, so that takes us through our representations. And these are the representations on the seller side. Buyer will typically make representations as well. Those are usually gonna be fairly plain vanilla. It’s gonna be kind of like the stuff that we talked about, the fundamental representations. know, buyer has the authority to enter into the agreement, et cetera, et cetera. To the extent that there is a rollover happening, seller may want

    some additional representations, because if you’re essentially telling them part of your consideration is the right, the opportunity to invest into the buyer business, then the seller has the decent right to say, well, then you need to tell me things about your business that I’m now acquiring 5 % of, or whatever it may be. So the buyer reps might get a little bit more.

    out depending on the situation, but usually they’re going to be pretty insubstantial.

    Okay, so next we are going to move to our covenant section. As we said before, these are the future obligations of the parties. ⁓ Generally speaking, we’re going to separate these into two main categories, the ones in the top and the ones at the bottom, the ones at the top, these first three, ⁓ we colloquially refer to these as restrictive covenants. These are essentially negative covenants. These are things that the sellers are not allowed to do.

    And this is good time to bring this up. So I mentioned earlier that even in an asset sale, you’re likely going to want the individual owners to still be party to the transaction, even though they are not really fundamentally part of the transaction, right? The fundamental transaction is occurring between the seller entity and the buyer. However, both because of confidence and also because of representations, which I should have mentioned that they are, and when we get to indemnification,

    you want the individuals on the hook personally as well. So you want them individually making the representations and warranties and being on the hook for indemnification, just because as a practical purpose, if you have a claim, you wanna be able to assert that claim against somebody other than the seller LLC or corporation, which pretty quickly after closing is not gonna have any real assets. Certainly by the time a claim arises,

    You could bring the biggest claim in the world against seller corporation. If there’s nothing there, you’re out of luck. So therefore you want to have the right to go after the individual seller and you want them to be on the hook. Same concept goes with covenants. You think about your non-compete. It’s not that I care whether or not your corporation is out of the marketplace competing with the business now. I care if you, the seller who has the reputation, has the goodwill who people know.

    has all the relationships, it’s you who I don’t want competing with me. So it’s an absolute must that the individual sellers are party to the agreement for purposes of these covenants. So non-competed and non-solicit. So most of, this is a very, probably the second most important part of what you’re buying, right? You’re buying a business. So you’re buying the assets that come with the business. But on top of that,

    What you’re really also buying is putting the seller out of business. You want exclusivity on this business. You don’t want your seller opening up a new business the next day that competes with you. That is a fundamental part of what you are paying him for. ⁓ So you are always going to have some form of non-compete. When we talk about a non-compete, we talk about three main different components.

    ⁓ in terms of what the non-compete applies to, what it restricts. We talk about the scope, we talk about geography, and we talk about duration. Duration, simple. How long does this last? How long is this restriction? ⁓ Most common starting point is five years. Five years, I would say, is probably also the most common endpoint, although depending on the situation, it can be negotiated shorter.

    very infrequently do I see it go longer than five years. But I would say three to five is really where you’re gonna end up with, I think five being the most common. Next is geography. Again, pretty straightforward. Where does it apply? If you’re a buyer, you want it to be anywhere, right? That’s, know, in an ideal world, you cannot be in this business anywhere in the world. ⁓ Now there are issues with

    There could be issues with enforceability ⁓ and there will likely also be issues with getting a buyer, a seller to agree to that ⁓ and whether or not it makes sense. And those kind of always go hand in hand. So typically what you want to think about is where has seller been in business and where is buyer going to be in business? And those are most crucial. So if this is a business that has been operating in the entire Northeast, then obviously you want the Northeast to be covered.

    If buyer has specific plans to expand into the Midwest or buyer, know, this is a strategic add on and buyers already in the Midwest. Same, same idea. You don’t want them competing with you, whether or not you can, you can extend it to places that, you know, are not really contemplated is a kind of a deal by deal basis. I mean, I, you know, when I’m on a buyer side, I typically want to see us start out as having a geographic scope that covers the entire United States.

    In 2025 with e-commerce and all that sort of stuff, again, depending on the type of business, it’s not what it once was to expand to a new market. It can be done fairly easily depending on the business that you’re in and you really don’t want to see your seller out there competing with you anywhere where you might potentially be doing business. ⁓ In terms of scope, that is going to often be the most

    heavily negotiated in terms of what are they not allowed to do? ⁓ And this is where it’s really important for us to define what is the business? ⁓ What is the business that is being sold? It is particularly important from a seller’s perspective, at least, if they are selling you only a division or a component, ⁓ or if they are in adjacent businesses that are doing something similar, the seller is going to want to be really careful to make sure that they are not

    prohibiting themselves from continuing their other businesses, right? If I have a business in related, in a same vertical, but it’s not part of this business per se, like, I sell car parts, but then I also operate a body shop and I’m just selling you the car parts business, you’re not buying the body shop. So you don’t get to tell me that I can’t fix cars, I just can’t sell parts anymore. So very important that those get negotiated and…

    very specifically drafted to, you really to protect both sides, just to make sure that everyone is on the same page in terms of what the settler is allowed to do and what they are not allowed to do. Crucial question in terms of enforceability. I know a lot of people have probably seen that there’s been, you know, developments in the law that, you know, non-competes are fading away. There was, you know, there’s attempts in jurisdictions, including the last administration tried to.

    ban them on a nationwide level. regardless of whether or not these individually hold up, there’s definitely a cultural trend against non-competes. ⁓ Importantly, almost nobody is seeking to eliminate non-competes in the context of a sale transaction. So when we talk about non-competes being banned, we’re almost always talking about them in the context of an employer-employee relationship. ⁓

    It would essentially, kind of for the reason we just talked about, it would almost destroy M &A activity if you ban non-competes in this context because who in their right mind would buy a business from someone if the person’s allowed to continue in that business? For a certain product, maybe you would, but anything that’s like a service business, you would never buy a consulting business or a law firm or a medical practice or anything like that if the doctor can just go.

    start a new practice the next day and say, hey, everybody, come see me at my new office. Stop going to my old office. It just wouldn’t make any sense at all. Non-solicit is a… How does this work with someone leaving? Leaving…

    There’s someone who I know, let’s not get too specific. There’s someone I know who was kind of like a partner in the business, not my business, but sort of a partner in the business and then left. Is he able to just tell all his clients, come with me? I’m- what contractual obligations are in place. ⁓ If he has a restriction against that, then certainly he’s-

    gonna be challenged for doing that. ⁓ Barring that, I mean, it would really, I’d say, depend on the facts and circumstances. You could conjure a case for something like torches interference with our business ⁓ and that sort of stuff, but it’s gonna depend on the facts. It’s gonna depend on how these customers got there in the first place. What did the person actually do? Because while we’re talking about soliciting,

    Soliciting has a very specific meaning. It means that I solicit you. It doesn’t mean that I do business with you. ⁓ And buyers want to prevent all of it. So when, if we’re on the buyer side, we want to see a provision that says, I’m not allowed to solicit your customers, but I’m also not allowed to even do business with your customers. And the reason for that is that solicitation is very hard to prove. ⁓

    you could claim, I didn’t solicit them, they called me. ⁓ And how are we going to establish that bar? Obviously, you could do depositions and discovery and all that stuff, and maybe you’ll uncover something, but it’s a lot easier to just say, I don’t care who solicited who, I don’t care how you ended up in business, the point is you’re in business now with each other, and I want to prevent that. ⁓ So we would say, no conducting business, I’m on the employee side, you wanna say no solicitations and no hire.

    Same reason. I don’t want to have to start digging into, know, did they just respond to an add on indeed and ended up with you or did you poach them? That’s gonna be really expensive and possibly impossible to prove. So I just want a restriction. You can’t hire my employees. Confidentiality is, you know, pretty straightforward concepts. You have a seller who’s been involved in this business for 25 years. They know everything about the business.

    You obviously don’t want them going out in the marketplace and telling anybody anything that’s proprietary or confidential about the business you just bought. So those are negative restrictive covenants. Then we have our affirmative covenants, our ⁓ obligations going forward that parties have to comply with. You may see some concept of a transition period. ⁓

    depending on your seller, depending on the business. you’re in a strategic add-on situation, you may not need this, right? If you were just essentially buying a customer list and just expanding a territory, you may be perfectly fine with your seller going away at closing as long as you have his head of sales or whoever. Or maybe not even, maybe you’re just, we got this. ⁓ But in many situations, you want some sort of time period that the seller

    is at a minimum available to you. ⁓ Now, you may have that under some sort of employment agreement or consulting agreement, depending on your business deal, but you may also wanna just have that as an obligation under the purchase agreement itself, that for a period of three months, six months, nine months, after closing, seller is going to assist with the transition of customers and the business. There might also be…

    As I said earlier, there might be specific assets or specific components of the business that are not transferable or for practical reasons doesn’t make sense to transfer. Last year I was on a transaction that was supposed to close on like November 28th and to transfer all over the employees onto new buyers payroll and benefits and all that sort of stuff on November 30th was going to be just like a massive administrative shit show.

    And it was, everyone agreed, just like it didn’t make sense to do that. The best time to really have the transition of the employees was going to be January 1st of the following year. So what we did is we built in a transition period where the employees stayed with the seller for that last 35 days. They were on seller payroll, seller benefit plan, seller everything, and buyer just cut a check to seller to basically cover the cost ⁓ of all of that ⁓ employee costs.

    ⁓ So, you know, that’s, you know, a perfect example of a transition arrangement where seller is still running a piece of the operations. In this case, payroll and employee everything, you know, HR, but buyer still owns the business. ⁓ When it comes to employees, that’s also a very important difference between stock sale and asset sale. In a stock sale, like everything else, employees stay where they are. They remain employed by

    the same employer. In an asset sale, the employees all are terminated at closing by the seller. And then depending on your business deal, usually are hired by the buyer. Now, buyer may or may not want to hire everybody. This is often going to be a point of contention. You have sellers that care and you have some sellers that don’t care.

    Every seller cares about liabilities and there’s all sorts of things that have to be done, whether it’s under worn or with regards to benefit plans or accrued vacation and PTO and various other things that are beyond the scope here that need to be done correctly in order to make sure that no one is assuming liabilities that they don’t want to. But there’s also just many sellers have the concern of they want to do right by their employees and they want to make sure that buyer commits to hire all of the employees, give them the same.

    salary and benefits at least, commit to keep them employed for some period of time. None of these are statutory obligations under the law. These are all would-be contractual obligations that a buyer would either agree to or not agree to. And it will depend on what the business deal is. Sometimes you’ll see that a buyer will agree to hire at least 90 % of the employees.

    or they’ll literally make a list sometimes. I’ve seen transactions where there’s a list of, we’re hiring everyone except for the eight people on the schedule. agreeing either we don’t need them, we don’t want them, or what happens a lot is these are people that are on payroll that just happen to be related to the sellers that are not necessarily providing value to the business that the buyer wants to pay. ⁓ So those are typically employees that you would see a buyer say, we don’t need those people.

    understanding what’s going on with those people also ties into the value of the business and what what it’s going to look like from a profitability standpoint going forward. If you have any amount of people who are not contributing to the business, the business might be worth more. You might be willing to pay more, ⁓ might be willing to pay more for it. on the other, depending on the type of business, the employees are the asset, right? You know,

    like we were talking about service businesses, that’s the main asset is the people that are the revenue comes from you having this group. ⁓ If you’re, you you’re some businesses, the sales team is, you know, this, have a rock star sales team and that’s what makes this business run. ⁓ And if we don’t have those people locked up, there is no business or at least the business is not what we think we’re buying. So, and that’s why you will frequently see the inclusion of employment agreements for key employee, the creation of an equity plan to incentivize, you know,

    key core members of management, whether that includes the seller or not, there might be a CFO, a head of sales, a head of operations who are crucial to the future operations of this business. And you wanna make sure that they are locked up, that they’re incentivized to keep producing and that they’re kind of on board with buyer’s vision to grow and improve this business and make it even more profitable. ⁓

    In terms of taxes that it really, that really just goes more to who is responsible for certain types of transfer taxes who’s responsible for filing tax returns for certain periods. ⁓ Not not something we need to dig into in great detail. And finally, we come to our indemnification section, ⁓ which is where we lay out the buyer. I mean, it’s really both sides, but.

    Typically we’re talking about the buyer because the buyer is usually gonna be the one, if there’s a claim, they’re gonna be the ones who have the claim. Indemnification provides the rights and the mechanisms under which buyer can be compensated and made whole in the event that seller reaches the agreement in some way. And the two main ways that a seller can breach an agreement, number one is they breach a representation. ⁓

    they made a representation about their business and it turns out that that was not true. So they said, you know, our financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAP. And it turns out that they prepared them in some other way and completely misrepresented what their EBITDA is. And you paid 6X at 3 million EBITDA, you gave them $18 million. And now that you run the numbers correctly, you realize that EBITDA should have only been 2.1 million and you now think they owe you $6 million.

    So that’s a breach of rep. Similarly, if they tell you, you know, all of our customer contracts are in effect, none of them are in default, turns out you call up the new customer and say, hey, good news, new buyer in town. And they’re saying, new buyer, we’re not doing business with you. You you guys sold us faulty product last year and we told the seller and they never fixed it and we’re terminating our contract. So same thing. Now you were counting on.

    $800,000 of revenue from this customer because you had a good valid contract with them, except it turns out you didn’t have a good valid contract with them because seller breached it last year. So seller is in breach of a representation. A buyer is going to have a right to be made whole. Other thing that a seller can breach is the covenant. Seller has an obligation to not compete with the business, not solicit customers, not solicit employees, but they do.

    You want to have a right to be made whole. You also will want to have some sort of equitable right to be able to go into court and get an injunction to prevent the action. So that’s a separate category. But in terms of your right to be made whole, you’ve now interfered with my business, caused me loss of revenue, and devalued it. So I have a right to bring a claim against you and get paid. And again here, who is responsible?

    very, very crucially, you want to have the individuals on the hook. mean, now, if you have a corporate seller and they have, you know, other divisions that are remaining and they have significant assets, there can be situations where you don’t need the individuals. When we’re talking about buying a closely held company, almost always you’re talking about a situation where they’re going to liquidate the corporation shortly after closing. So you need to have those sellers there to go after.

    Now, you’re also going to often have, as we talked about earlier, you’re to have your escrow, you’re going to have your deferred purchase price, you’re going to want to have the ability to go after that money that’s sitting there, but depending on the size of your claim, the escrow may or may not cover it. you know, typically you’re going to see an escrow of 10 to 20 % of the purchase price. You may have a claim up to 50 % of the purchase price. Although we’ll talk about baskets and caps in a second.

    The, when we think about indemnification, we, this is kind of like an exercise of the five W’s. So it’s the who, what, where, when, why, except not really the why or the where. So it’s the who, what, when. So the who is the company and the shareholders. The what, what are they indemnifying you for? For breaches, right? The when is, we talked about earlier, the difference between the fundamental representations and other representations. Your fundamental representations,

    the fraud-like representations. We really own this business. The company has title to the assets. You’re typically gonna see those lasting indefinitely. For a minimum, they’re gonna last as long as the statute of limitations runs. When it comes to all the other representations, those are usually gonna have a finite survival period. Most common range is between six months and 24 months with a year kind of being a good sweet spot, 12 to 18 months.

    which gives buyer that period of time to kind of suss out whether or not there are any problems with the business after closing. Frankly, to the extent that there’s a significant claim and a significant problem, it usually will be discovered fairly quickly. It’s pretty rare that this time period runs and it’s like three years later that you discover that there’s like some customer issue or employee issue that was not disclosed. So it’s usually fine.

    ⁓ But it’s, you know, obviously the longer that buyer can extend that period, the safer it is, the more time it has to make sure that it got what it bargained for. ⁓ There are typically going to be limitations. I just mentioned earlier caps and baskets. ⁓ A basket is a word that is often used in &A. It’s kind of similar to the concept of a deductible ⁓ in an insurance context.

    A buyer, a seller is often gonna say, sure, I’ll indemnify you, but like, don’t come nickel and dime me for ticky tack stuff. Like, don’t want, you can’t bring a claim against me for $500. There’s going to be a threshold at which once we pass that threshold, you could start asserting claims. Usually you see it around 1 % of the purchase price. So anything that’s immaterial, you’ll start accruing those damages, but until they cross that level, you’re not allowed to assert a claim.

    cap is on the other side of that. It’s the maximum amount that you could go after. And that is always going to be heavily negotiated. A seller wants to have some certainty that there’s an amount of their money that is completely safe. And whether or not they’re going to agree to a cap of the purchase price, which is if I’m a buyer, that’s what I want it to be. But you often will see it compromised at something like 50 % of the purchase price or 25 % of the purchase price.

    It really depends on the size of the deal as well. The larger the deal, the lower of a cap on a percentage basis that you can agree to because ⁓ if you have a $10 million deal, there’s more likely to be a 50 % claim on a $10 million deal than on a $1 billion deal. So caps are very important. And crucially, fundamental representations will typically not be bound by the caps. So when we said before, you know,

    They’re not bound by time. They’re typically also not going to be bound by these caps and baskets. there’s no, hey, I sold you the company, but I didn’t really own it. But you’re capped at 50 % of the purchase price. No, get the hell out of here. If you committed fraud and you sold me a business you didn’t own, I’m coming after you for the whole thing and more. Also my lawyer’s fees and whatever other costs I had, because you committed fraud, ⁓ you’re not going to be able to ⁓ avail yourself of any sort of cap. ⁓

    The last thing to mention here is the concept of representation and warranty insurance, ⁓ which has become incredibly popular in the last five, 10 years. ⁓ It is something that has become basically a staple of deals over a certain size. I would say, I can’t remember the last 50 million plus deal that I did that did not have representation or warranty insurance. And it’s becoming even more common.

    on smaller transactions as volume increases and insurers are becoming more comfortable insuring those deals. And what it does, it’s a really phenomenal product because it essentially ensures the breach of representations and warranties in a transaction. So rather than going after the seller for a breach, buyer goes after an insurance policy that covers up to a certain amount. Now policy obviously costs money,

    the insurance policy is going to engage its own law firm, that’s going to do its own due diligence and that’s going to cost money. So it can increase the upfront costs of a deal, but it makes everybody sleep a lot better and make sure that there’s money available in the case of a breach. ⁓ It’s also great for a buyer because it eliminates a lot of tension because frequently buyers will not even

    go after sellers or don’t want to go after sellers because it’s just like not a good look and it’s not good for business. Especially if you’re like, you if you’re a private equity buyer who’s like a serial acquirer of companies, you really don’t want to get a reputation for being a buyer that sues their sellers because then, you know, the next group of sellers are going to sell to a different fund. ⁓ This kind of allows you to have your cake and eat it too. You don’t need to bother your sellers. You don’t need to insult them. You don’t need to…

    affect their bottom line, but you can still get made whole because there’s an insurance policy in place. ⁓ So thank you. Thank you for bearing with me. I’m sorry if it went a little bit longer than people expected, but I think we covered a lot. This was valuable. ⁓ Certainly I would expect that there are questions. I’m happy to take those now if there are, but you can also feel free to

    reach out if there’s something you wanna talk about in greater detail. I’m happy to be a resource for anyone who is thinking about a transaction or just wants to learn a little bit more about anything we talked about today or any other related &A topic. ⁓ I’m happy to send my slides to Gershon and he can share them with the recording. that’s all I got. Please do, please send the slides to Brittany and I thank you all for joining. We had a few people request that story.

    Send that out. usually send out the recording to everyone, but whoever wants slides, we’ll get them that as well. ⁓ thank you, Avi, for a top notch presentation. And, ⁓ I learned a lot. I probably should listen to this again, cause I’m sure there’s, there’s some things I’ll get on the second round. ⁓ and yeah, if anyone listening to this needs help on the financial side of due diligence or needs a CFO reach out to us, we can help. we’ve got an amazing team.

    Then we’ll see you all next time. Thank you, Avi. It’s very good. Thank you. Avi, we’re going to see you tonight. I plan to. I plan to be there. All right. Looking forward to meeting everyone. Bye bye. Thank you all.

  • Click here for transcript

    Speaker (00:00)
    Welcome everyone. My name is Gershon Morgulis. I am the founder of Imperial Advisory. We are a fractional CFO firm and we provide fractional CFOs, CFO services. So we have a whole team of CFOs. Most of our CFOs have 30 to 40 years of experience and we go into businesses that need help but don’t need us on a full-time basis. So we’ll either be working for a CFO ⁓

    that might be on helping get them ready for an audit or augmenting their FP &A process. have a offering on the FP &A side as well, ⁓ guiding them through certain things as a variety of things that we do for CFOs to help support them. ⁓ Most of our business though is working with smaller companies that do not have a CFO, don’t necessarily need a full-time CFO and kind of having owner who’s trying to be their own CFO and

    not doing a great job, doesn’t have the time, et cetera, et And we go into these businesses and we help them. provide them with top-notch expertise and help them with a variety of things. So there’s the day-to-day things that we do, helping with strategy, execution, et cetera. And then there’s all sorts of things that come up on a as-needed basis. One of those things that come up on an as-needed basis is &A.

    And so that could be working for a CFO who maybe doesn’t have the internal team to do the pre-deal work or working for a CEO or sometimes even an individual that’s looking to buy a business. So a CEO that’s looking to do an add-on or an individual looking to buy a business or a business looking to prepare itself for sale. So what we find is that

    that &A can be used as a tool for growth similar to marketing or other things, or like I said, it could really be a standalone deal. And the topic today is the anatomy of a purchase agreement. But before you get to the purchase agreement, there’s often a lot of work done to understand the company, understand the target company, understand what’s going on, understand how this fits into the existing company, if it’s a company acquiring. ⁓

    And if it’s not a company acquiring, there’s still a lot of work really. I like to break it into two phases. There’s understanding what is really going on. So sometimes we find that the story that the seller is trying to spin isn’t really true. We don’t believe it. And sometimes we find that we believe the story is just not a very good story. It’s not a story worth paying for to quote one of our clients.

    If they gave us this business for free, should we take it? And that was a business that was doing 8 million revenue, wanted 8 million and wasn’t making any money. So you have both of these things and these are the things that we work on with our clients, helping them figure out if this business is something that they want or if this is a business that they, well, again, one, do we really trust what’s going on here? And the story that we’re being told and we’ve uncovered all sorts of weird things. ⁓

    And then if we believe the story, then is that something worth them buying into? Anyway, after all that, we get to the topic of today’s webinar, which is setting up a purchase agreement. Typically, that’s going to be done by an attorney. And I know we have a bunch of attorneys here. Happy to see you all. And we’re especially happy to have Avi, who is our speaker today. Avi is a partner at Rivkin Radler. He’s worked at

    bunch of different firms, I think here on Long Island. I think he’s coming to our networking event tonight. And by the way, for any of you in Nassau County, we have a networking and mastermind event tonight that we’re hosting at our office. If any of you are interested, send me a message. But anyway, back to Avi. So Avi’s been doing this for a while and…

    ⁓ and we’re very, we’re very happy to have him here. I’m looking forward to learning a lot. without further ado, Avi, take it away.

    Thank you very much Gershon. Good morning. Thank you, Imperial for having me. Good to see everybody. ⁓ Today, as Gershon said, we’re going to be talking about ⁓ &A purchase agreements. As Gershon said, buying a business can be a long and arduous journey. ⁓ There can be all sorts of ups and downs, starts and stops, and lots of decisions to make, lots of traps.

    for the unwary lots of problems to solve. And we’re going to get into a bunch of that today. ⁓ Just wanted to say at the outset with that, this program is going to be almost exclusively framed from the buyer’s perspective. But there’s also a lot to learn in here if you’re a potential seller as well. Cause like, you know, lot of the concepts are just kind of.

    zero sum shoe on one foot shoe on the other foot. So it’s important to understand the concepts regardless of what side you’re on. So Gershaw made some very good points. One very bad point that he made was that he said purchase agreements are typically prepared by an attorney. I think we should just get rid of that word typically and make sure that you have an attorney involved in this process. And I would say very importantly, whether it’s me or somebody else that you have a &A specializing

    attorney handling your &A and not someone for whom that is not what they’re doing on a day-to-day basis. ⁓ So just a piece of free advice at the top. ⁓ So the things that Gershon said that was right on point is that there’s a lot that goes into an &A that happens well before you get anywhere close to drafting, let alone signing a purchase agreement.

    So that begs the question for a program that is ostensibly about kind of an overview and at the outset of an &A and things to think about, why are we having a conversation here today about the purchase agreement? And the answer is not just because I’m a lawyer who specialized in agreements, there’s really good reasons why I think this makes sense. ⁓ And one of those reasons is that

    I’m the type of person, and I think it’s a very helpful way of thinking about things, who likes to often start at the end. ⁓ Every deal has a different start. Every deal has different journey along the way. But any transaction that ends successfully and ends with a transaction being consummated and actually happening is going to end with a purchase agreement like this. So I think it’s often very helpful to say, let’s start at the end and work backwards. And how are we going to get to that end point? And I think the purchase agreement is one of those things that

    Really provides a lot of the meat and the bones of what makes up a transaction and lets you kind of at the outset say. Here we know where we’re going to end we’re going to end with something that has all of these different components. How are we going to navigate a process and set up a process that allows us to get to that endpoint in a successful way and do so as efficiently as possible. ⁓ It almost I view the purchase agreement almost as a roadmap ⁓ because.

    It allows you to determine those friction points and those possible points of tension early on ⁓ and deal with them and see if this is even a viable deal. Because the last thing you want is to spend months and all the time and all the money that goes with that negotiating and working through all these different potential pitfalls only to then have something pop up at the one yard line and sink a deal. So to the extent you can raise these issues early,

    and understand what we’re going to have to deal with at the outset, ⁓ it could avoid that problem. The next thing why to me purchase agreement is very important is because there’s a fundamental difference between two different components of what makes a transaction. I often like to tell clients that there’s only two things that are negotiable on every &A transaction, price and terms. Price is what the business people are always focused on. They wanna know what are we paying and the seller obviously wants to know what am I getting?

    That’s the fundamental business transaction, right? That’s the main thing that everyone cares about. But there’s a whole bunch of other terms to a transaction that are often just as important ⁓ that really go fundamentally to what it is that you are buying and how are you going to protect what you are buying. And the purchase agreement is where all of those things get set out and memorialized and specified. And thirdly,

    the reason why I think purchase agreement is important, particularly for a buyer, because the purchase agreement is essentially what the buyer gets. The purchase agreement is like your deed. It’s like, it’s your piece of paper that says, hey, seller, I wrote you a check for whatever many millions of dollars, and you’ve in exchange given me your business. And the purchase agreement is the document that certifies that, that says, I now own this business. These are the rights that come along with that.

    these are the restrictions that are now placed on the seller that prevents them from pursuing this business, interfering with their business or whatever obligations they have on a going forward basis. The purchase agreement is going to be your key to go into court if anyone ever challenges your rightful ownership of this business and say, hey court, check out this agreement, this business is mine now, see, I paid money, now the business is mine. So the purchase agreement is a really important component for

    ⁓ for the buyer to think about from the beginning of the transaction. And while we are on the subject of why, ⁓ probing the why to me is also one of the most important parts of thinking about the outset of any transaction, specifically sitting with a buyer and understanding why are you doing this deal? Why are you pursuing an &A at all and this specific ⁓ &A? And the answer to that why will provide

    Potential answers to all sorts of different questions, including many of the questions that we’re going to encounter today, because the why for, let’s say, a financial acquisition being conducted by a private equity fund is very different from that of a strategic add on that a corporate buyer might be making or that an independent sponsor who is viewing this as their path towards entrepreneurship might be thinking about.

    And the why you’re doing the transaction is going to significantly impact your answers to a lot of the what’s that we’re going to deal with over the course of the next hour or so. So let’s jump into it. ⁓ Before we kind of go through the breakdown, ⁓ this is on the on the screen here. We have what I would say is the most typical purchase agreement.

    structure you’re going to see. 95 % of the time, a purchase agreement is going to be broken down into these categories. And we’re going to focus today on the ones that are highlighted and bolded. Obviously, we always start with some section of definitions, whether that’s in Article 1 or an exhibit at the end. And we’re always going to end with miscellaneous terms that most of the time, nobody reads except for the lawyers. That’s where you deal with all your severability, entire agreement, headings, all that fun stuff.

    But the real meat we’re going to be talking about are articles two through articles seven. Article two, purchase and sale. This is where we kind of really just like outset. This is the basic transaction. What are we giving? What are we getting? Articles three, closing, is going to deal with the timing of the closing, what is required to be done at the closing. And as you’ll see, depending on the timing and how a transaction is structured, ⁓ what might be happening before a closing. Articles four and five is going to deal with the

    representations and warranties that each of the parties are going to make. Typically, you would see the representations from the seller in Article 4, representations from the buyer in Article 5. Article 6 is our section on covenants. These are obligations that occur in the future. So people often confuse representations, warranties, and covenants and like use them almost interchangeably in terminology. There are actually three very distinct things.

    ⁓ Let’s say distinct representations and warranties are distinct representations and warranties versus covenants are very distinct. ⁓ Representing a representation is a statement of facts as of a moment in time. So you’re saying as of today, I am asserting that such and such is true. A warranty is a statement of fact that is future looking. So when a manufacturer warranties that their product is going to work for a year.

    They are making a statement of fact as of today with regard to something that will happen in the future. Representation is you’re saying as of today or backwards looking. A covenant is not a statement of fact. A covenant is a future obligation of a party. it’s things that starting from today, the day we’re signing this agreement and going forward, these are obligations of buyer and seller vis-a-vis this transaction. And then finally, our section on indemnification.

    Another good word for indemnification is your remedies. ⁓ This is the rights of the various parties should something go wrong. If somebody breaches the agreement in some way, or if somebody does something that they weren’t supposed to do. ⁓ So that’s our basic overview of the skeleton of the agreement. As I said, almost every typical purchase agreement is gonna, if not follow this exact order, they will all have these different sections or different components.

    ⁓ So let’s start going down this road. And we’re going to start with Article 2, purchase and sale. So as I said, purchase and sale is going to literally cover, it’s going to have a basic description of the transaction itself. What is being bought and what is it being bought for? ⁓

    And obviously, we know where it’s not always so simple as, I’m buying your business for $10 million. This is where we are going to set out the specific type of transaction that is being conducted. And so when I say, what are we buying? Typically the fundamental threshold question on any transaction is what are we buying? Are we buying the stock of the target company? Are we buying the assets? Possibly we’re doing a merger, although, you in private.

    Company transactions, closely held companies, mergers are pretty rare. So it’s not something that we’re really going to focus on today. But just have in mind that that is a third option and there are actually more options that are kind of hybrids between the various things that we’re to talk about today. But general high level focus is going to be asset sale versus stock sale. And the corollary to that is what are we going to give?

    So that comes down to what is our purchase price? And we’re going to get into a little bit more detail on the various ways that a purchase price can be comprised. So as I said, fundamental question is going to be stock sale versus asset sale. And we’re going to assume here that we’re talking about like a full buyout of an entire company here. ⁓ You could in theory have a situation where somebody is making a

    in that minority investment or even a majority investment, but they’re buying something less than the entire company. So we’re not really gonna be talking about that today. We’re going to assume in a stock sale that the buyer is buying 100 % of the stock or membership interest if it’s an LLC of the business. We’re going to assume if it’s an asset sale that this is a full enterprise, we’re not just buying a division of a company, we’re buying the whole mothership.

    Presumably we are going to be buying substantially or all of the assets of the target business. So when it comes to understanding the difference between a stock sale and an asset sale and why a buyer may favor one versus the other, spoiler alert, you wanna buy assets, but we’ll get into why. ⁓ We’re gonna focus on three overall concerns to think about.

    ⁓ The first is the legal structure. So we’ll get into a little bit of just mechanically the difference between how one works versus how the other works. ⁓ We want to very much understand the treatment of assets and liabilities, specifically liabilities, because as a buyer, ideally you want to avoid liabilities of the existing business. And then, of course, we also want to understand the difference between how taxes will be affected by

    our transaction structure. So in terms of the deal structure itself, here are some what I think are helpful pictures that I found on the internet that kind of lay out what happens on the two different types of transactions. So stock sale is for most people the simplest one to understand because almost all of us have at some point owned stock, whether it’s in our companies that we own today, but more likely

    you own some form of stock on a public security market. So if, for example, I am a shareholder of Apple and I own a hundred shares of Apple and I want to sell my stock to Gershon. Now that’s not typically what would happen. I would typically just sell it on the public market, but just to make this simpler, if you look at our stock sale picture, so we have target shares, is another word for that is what you could call shareholders. So if I’m the shareholder today, I own the shares of the target.

    Now in a stock sale, what happens is the acquirer, in this case Gershon, would send money to me, exchange for which I would send the shares to him. So the shares of Apple are exactly the same today as they are tomorrow. Everything contained in the shares of Apple are exactly the same as today and tomorrow. The only difference is that today the owner of the shares is Avi and tomorrow the the owner of the shares is Gershon. Very, very simple. An asset sale is a little bit different.

    As you see from the picture here in the asset sale, the shareholder again owns the target. However, the asset sale is really not a transaction between me and Gershon. It is a transaction between Gershon as the buyer and the target company that I own. Because when a business is owned by an entity, all of the assets, all of the liabilities, everything that makes up that

    business are housed inside the entity. I am merely the owner of the entity. I don’t have anything in my own name. ⁓ There’s good reasons for me to still be party to the transaction for other reasons, which we’ll get into, but fundamentally the transaction is happening between the target and the buyer. The target here is the seller. And what happens is that the target is going to ship off its assets to acquirer. Buyer ideally is either

    has an existing entity or forms a new entity in order to consummate this transaction. And the buyer entity is then going to send the money to Target. Now, Target is presumably going to, if not immediately, then shortly thereafter, distribute those funds up to their shareholders because the shareholders are the ones who ultimately want the money. ⁓ But fundamentally, this transaction happens at the entity level.

    And the reason why that difference is important is because of the way that assets and liabilities get treated in the two different types of transactions. So as I kind of tried to explain with a stock sale, in a stock sale, there is no change in terms of the ownership of the assets of the underlying business. So.

    If I, as I said, if I own Apple and let’s just, you let’s get rid of the Apple analogy. ⁓ I have a business, know, Sienenski incorporated is a consulting firm and we have assets. have, you know, we have goodwill. We have a customer list. have employees. We have furniture in our office. We have rights under contracts, under leases, any stock sale. All of that is staying exactly where it is. It is not moving at all today. The company is Sienenski incorporated.

    tomorrow the company will be in Sineski Incorporated. The only difference is that instead of it being owned by Sineski, it’s going to be owned by Morgulis or Morgulis. I don’t know how pronounce your name. Let’s go back to Gershaw. So the only thing that’s happening is the ownership up top is changing. Everything down below stays exactly where it is. It is not changed. And that means that all of the assets, all of the liabilities simply by operation of law,

    by just staying where they are now belong to the buyer. ⁓ And the key there is going to be the liabilities. On an asset sale by contrast, it works completely different because we are physically, not physically, physically moving all of the assets from let’s say, Sienensky incorporated now to a new entity called Sienensky 2 incorporated.

    we get to pick and choose what we wanna move. We don’t have to take all of the assets. We can take only some of them if we want. And we don’t have to take any of the liabilities. And that is really, really crucial. So in every asset purchase agreement, you are going to have a section on assets and liabilities that spells out essentially what are four categories, purchased assets and excluded assets, assumed liabilities and excluded liabilities. And this allows a buyer

    To go through the assets and liabilities of a business and come to an agreement with a seller and make a determination about what we’re taking and what we’re not taking. So, there could be that you want every single 1 of those assets, but there might also be an asset that is not really relevant to this business. ⁓ The most common thing you’ll see is that there are, you know, I’ve heard a rumor that sometimes some small businesses will have assets that.

    You know, are technically not necessarily business assets, but they are titled in the business’s name, like, you know, somebody’s car or, you know, certain memorabilia. And like, I know no one would ever, you know, they taxes or do anything like that. But like, I heard this might have happened on 1 or 2 occasions. ⁓ And typically stuff like that are not things that a buyer is going to buy in an and a transaction. Right? They don’t want the owners personal assets. There might be other.

    you know, assets in there that really, you know, sometimes we’ve seen that like, you somebody has some sort of like property investment and they just like ran it through the business and it has nothing to do with the business. ⁓ So it’s important for everyone to identify those assets and make sure that those are not being sold as part of this transaction because that’s not what this deal is about. And as I said, the more important part is the liabilities. The fundamental starting point for a buyer is we want to buy none of the liabilities. We want none of those to transfer.

    And that will usually be the default is that any liabilities that are not expressly written as assumed stay behind with the seller and remain seller’s problem. Any debts, any lawsuits that may exist for the past? Yes, Gershon. Question. I once heard that if you transfer all the assets under some situations, liabilities can automatically transfer because you can’t like completely gut a business. Is that for real?

    So there are certainly certain categories of liabilities for which we say a concept of successor liability applies. ⁓ we’re gonna deal with those in a little bit, but ⁓ to answer your question, the answer is yes. There are certain types of liabilities that cannot be escaped. The most common one is taxes, right? The government is not letting anyone get away with taxes just because you sold your business.

    So if there’s a tax liability ⁓ and you sell your business, buyer can be held liable as a successor. The same is the case for environmental. You see this very frequently in real estate transactions that buyer would step into historical liabilities of the seller. ⁓ You also see it with all sorts of employee and employee benefit liabilities. Again, the policy reason there being that

    want to protect employees and we don’t want some, you know, there was some pension that got set up and you can’t sell the business and now, you know, the seller disappears and the liability goes away. And there are ways to protect against that. the better than having a way to protect against the liability is to never have any claim that the liability is yours. So, you know, if you do an asset sale, and the reason why you want to do an asset sale is

    If let’s say a customer has a lawsuit because they bought a product from seller a year ago and today it killed somebody and they run into court and they, who are they gonna sue? They’re gonna sue everybody, right? They’re gonna sue the seller, they’re gonna sue the seller’s owner, they’re gonna hear that the business got sold, they’re gonna sue the buyer, they’re gonna sue the buyer’s owner. And the best thing that a buyer is able to do in that circumstance is to go into court and say, hey judge, this has nothing to do with me. You see here, they bought this product from,

    XYZ Inc in 2022, we’re actually ABC Corp and we weren’t even formed until 2024 when we bought this business. This has nothing to do with us. And I would say 95 out of a hundred times, you’re gonna get that thrown out immediately because you’re not the party to the lawsuit. You haven’t been properly brought into this lawsuit. It has nothing to do with you. The other important things that you want to think about and that are

    more important when it comes to an asset sale is the retitling of certain types of assets ⁓ and any consents that go along with that. Most often this is going to be in the context of a contract. ⁓ Think about your lease, right? Your lease has a provision in there that says you can’t assign it to somebody else because your landlord did a credit check on you. They vetted you ⁓ as a tenant. You can’t just call up your landlord one day and say, by the way,

    I sold the business, here’s your new tenants. Landlord is not gonna be okay with that. So when you sell your business, you’re gonna have to go to your landlord and tell them in advance, you’re gonna have to get their consent and make sure that they sign on to the assignment of the lease to the new buyer. Same will often be the case with various customer agreements, vendor agreements, and other contracts that you may have, that a seller may have that your attorney, that’s part of the diligence process are going to review those contracts and see

    You know, is there anything in here that will require the involvement and consent of a 3rd party in order to transfer title to certain assets when it comes to pieces of equipment that might be least same thing applies certain vehicles. You have to have them retitled in the name of the new entity. So that’s just some additional components that might make an asset sale a little bit more complicated, but.

    the ability to essentially walk away from those liabilities makes those extra hoops you have to jump through well, well worth it. And then finally, we’re going to talk about the tax implications of the two types of transactions. And again, here’s a situation where the general rule of thumb as a buyer is going to be you want to buy assets. From the seller’s perspective, the tax treatment is very simple.

    When you sell stock, you get long-term capital gains treatment, assuming you held the stock for more than one year, an amount equal to your gain on the stock over your basis taxed at long-term capital gains. And the same thing is going to apply for a buyer. The buyer is going to acquire a basis in the stock and

    Will not have the ability to recover its purchase price until it liquidates the business ⁓ and. The most important principle in terms of. How tax affects economics is. That an asset sale allows the buyer to start recovering their purchase price immediately, ⁓ depending on the types of assets, but because when you buy assets, you get to.

    take a step up in the basis of the value of the assets because when you sell assets, the IRS doesn’t view it as a sale of a business per se, they view it as a sale of the individual assets. So I’m not selling you the business, I’m selling you the tables and chairs of the office and the goodwill and the rights under this customer contract and the rights to employ this group of employees. And all those different assets are kind of viewed by the IRS as separate sales.

    they are therefore taxed at an amount based on the type of asset that they are. So we generally speaking divide assets into different types. We have our capital assets and we have our depreciable assets. The capital assets such as your intangibles and your goodwill get taxed at the more favorable rate. Your depreciable assets get taxed at the higher rate. So depending on

    the type of business that you have and the types of assets that the business that you’re acquiring is comprised of that will impact the exact tax rate. Usually what you end up with is some sort of hybrid between the 20 % capital gains rate and the 37 % ordinary income rate. It’s not gonna be exactly one or the other, but if you have a business that veers more towards those capital gains assets, the seller might pay 22%, whereas

    When if it’s more of a business with harder assets, ⁓ it might be on the higher end. But because of the step up in basis, because of the buyer’s ability to start depreciating certain types of those assets immediately and deducting them against their gains, the asset sale form is highly advantageous to a buyer. So because of the ability to…

    walk away from those liabilities because of the advantages on the tax side to buying assets. The starting point almost all the time for a buyer is going to be, wanna buy assets. Now that’s not always possible. First of all, as we said, there’s always a lot of very zero sum elements to this. So the reasons why an asset sale are good for a buyer also makes a stock sale good for a seller. So a seller may wanna say,

    I want to just be done with this. You’re taking the assets, you’re taking the liabilities, you’re buying the stock, period, the end. I’m not interested in an asset sale where I’m going to have to, you know, wind down and deal with stuff afterwards. Seller might say, I want my long-term capital gains. I don’t want to deal with this whole allocation and figuring out one of my different types of assets and potentially pay more. I always assume that when I sell my business, I’m going to sell the stock. I’m to just pay capital gains on the whole thing. And that’s what I’m doing.

    ⁓ And depending on your leverage or negotiating power, you may or may not have the ability to dictate the structure of the transaction. There are workarounds to solve for both of those issues. And sometimes there are elections that you can make under the tax code, such as 338 H10 or 336 E. There’s something called an F-RE-ORG. And these all give you the ability to create a

    transaction as an asset sale for tax purposes while still treating it as a stock sale for all other purposes, such as corporate purposes and legal purposes. But, you know, generally speaking, if we’re we’re using one or the other, you know, the stock sale is going to be more advantageous for the seller and asset sale for the buyer. In addition to your seller saying, I want to sell stock when we just talked about consents, it could be that a asset sale is just not practical.

    Think about a scenario where you’re buying a business that has hundreds of contracts and 75 of them need consents to assign it to a new party. Now, maybe you’ll be able to go out and get all those consents, but that seems like a lot of work and it just might not be practical. There also could be specific types of permits or government approvals that simply are not transferable. And it could take months, if not years, depending on the organization and when you have to deal with certain government.

    bodies, it could take a really long time to get the approval. And you may want to just go forward with your transaction. And that means you’re going to have to buy the stock because that’s where the permit is. That’s the entity ⁓ that is approved. That’s the EIN that’s on record. And you just might not have any choice. So yes. I want to just add one thing. And this is your talk. So correct me if I’m wrong. But we once had a client who was looking to

    potentially purchase a business and they had workers comp experience that had been building up for a long time. And they felt that that was a reason why they would buy it, even though they knew there were liabilities and skeletons in the closet. didn’t go through the transaction in end anyway, but they, at least that’s what they told me at the time. They’re like, if we want to get the benefit of this experience of the workers comp experience that won’t trade had built up like enough body of work that it

    it impacted their rates favorably. Correct. And if they were starting from scratch, even if they did somehow manage to transfer the contracts, they would end up having to charge much more or pay much more and therefore they’d lose money or be not competitive. Yeah. I mean, I don’t know a lot about workers comp. So I’ll just kind of grant your premise that that’s how it works. if that’s how it works, then that makes sense, right?

    there could be benefits to stepping into an existing company. I’ve also seen situations where an existing company has an easier time getting financing than a new company because if it’s history now, ⁓ that shouldn’t typically be the case because you should be able to show the bank that you’re taking over a going concern and that the revenue is basically then going to be and cash flows should be imputed to the new company. But depending on your underwriter, they may just look more favorably at, you know,

    a company name that has this history versus a buyer that’s starting from scratch. ⁓ OK, so for most, the most important part of the agreement is going to be the purchase price. ⁓ And we’re going to talk quickly about how we get to a purchase price. How do we, know, how much do we pay and how are we going to pay it, right? Two parts. in terms of how we determine how much to pay, ⁓

    It’s really not my area of expertise. You’re gonna probably wanna speak to someone like Gershon or to someone who’s an investment banker or broker or someone who’s in the business evaluating companies. But typically what we see is most common is a multiple of EBITDA is used to determine a purchase price. ⁓ will vary largely based on the industry that you’re in, the size of the business.

    Most typical is you see something in the range of four to eight times a multiple of EBITDA. Depending on the type of business and your type of buyer, you might use a multiple of revenue. One X revenue is the most common that I see. You also are going to want to factor in some sort of public research in terms of what are similar companies selling for the same way that a real estate valuation consultant would look at, you

    What are other properties in the neighborhood selling for? You wanna know what is a consulting business or a medical practice or a pharmaceutical company that does this type of revenue, this type of sales, this type of profit, what is that going for? Because as I said, the multiples, the variations can be different depending on geography, depending on industry. You also, depending on what type of buyer you are, this is more when you’re on a

    you know, on an add-on transaction or a corporate inquirer strategic, you have to think about potential synergies because you are not just buying necessarily this business for itself. There may be other things that this business brings to the table that fits into your existing business. ⁓ It’s not just that, you know, okay, they have a great business and we’re going to just acquire that cash flow. We may be able to grow the pie because we have other products, other services that we can sell now to a new customer base, maybe

    This company has some piece of IP that we can incorporate into one of our existing offerings. And that makes the company worth even more than how it looks on paper. ⁓ So that might also factor in. In terms of paying the purchase price, what are we going to give our seller? ⁓ Most common is we’re going to give them cash, right? But we also can frequently give them some sort of property. When we talk about property, what we are typically talking about is some sort of equity

    either in the buyer itself or somewhere in the buyer enterprise, what is called rollover equity. Very, very typical in the private equity context and becoming more and more typical in all sorts of &A contexts, especially as the price of capital gets more and more expensive over the last few years. ⁓ The ability to pay with something other than cash is very enticing to a buyer.

    There are, it’s also beneficial to seller in many ways because A, they get to defer taxes on any things that they take in equity and they don’t have to pay any tax on it until they liquidate that buyer stock. Number two is it gives seller potential upside. If seller believes in their buyer’s theory of the case, they think that this buyer is going to add value, whether it’s through infusion of capital, whether it’s through synergies, whether it’s through,

    professionalizing their business. The business that today is worth $25 million may very well be worth $50 million in three to five years. And frankly, that is what, if you’re selling to private equity, that is what they’re betting on. So this gives the seller the ability to take a piece of their ⁓ purchase price proceeds and roll it over, let it ride, and see if it can grow into even more. Similarly, buyers are often looking to

    pay whatever amount that they’re paying in cash sometime other than today. ⁓ For two main reasons. Number one, if you’re a financial person, obviously you understand fundamentally a dollar today is worth more than a dollar tomorrow. So to the extent we have an ability to defer the time when we have to pay a portion of our purchase price, that is financially beneficial. Number two is it provides you some sort of protection and whether

    We have our deferred payment being paid under a promissory note, whether it’s that we have money that is put in escrow or whether we make a portion of the purchase price subject to an earn out, which means that it’s not guaranteed. It is only paid if certain conditions are met, usually financial metrics about the business. That gives the buyer, as I said, protection because they have the ability to

    have money that’s available in the case something goes wrong. So if it turns out that this business is not what seller said it was and you have a claim against the seller, you don’t wanna have to be in a position where you have to go chase them and say, hey seller, pay me back my money. You wanna be able to say, good thing we have this escrow over here with $3 million in it that we can make a claim against or good thing that we have a promissory note or an earn out that is supposed to be paid next year that we can basically say to the seller, hey, that $2 million that we were supposed to pay you.

    we’re not paying it to you because we have a $2 million claim or we’re only paying you a million because we have a million dollar claim. ⁓ There is also typically going to be an adjustment component to your purchase price. ⁓ The two main types of adjustments, and you kind of think of this as the, you’re like kind of like your paycheck where you have the number at the top, which is the enterprise value. And then there’s the number at the bottom, which is what we’re actually paying. And

    those get adjusted either upwards or downwards ⁓ based on A, the cash and debt in the business, because most transactions are structured as what we call cash-free, debt-free, especially on a stock sale. On a stock sale, you would almost never assume long-term debt and you would almost never buy cash. I mean, it doesn’t really make sense to purchase cash, right? ⁓ It’s just, you know, I give you a dollar and you sell me a dollar. doesn’t really…

    Make any sense? So cash is typically going to always stay with the seller. Debt is always going to stay with the seller. And those get adjusted from the purchase price. So to the extent there is any cash left in the business, on a stock sale, seller doesn’t have to pull the cash out. We just increase the purchase price by the amount of the cash. And similarly, we would deduct for the amount of debt that is on the books. The more common and more complicated adjustment that we have to deal with is with respect to working capital.

    And the reason there is that buyers typically want to expect that when they buy a business, they don’t have to now write another check to fund operations of the business. They want to buy a business that’s viable and that runs itself based on its cash flows and working capital. So early on in the process, you’re always going to want to determine

    what is the working capital that this business needs? Usually you do that by determining some sort of trailing average, six months, 12 months, 18 months, and look at the history of the business and what does this business need on an average monthly basis to fund operations. And the seller is going to be expected to deliver a business that has working capital equal to that target average amount. If at closing the working capital is insufficient,

    there will be a credit towards the buyer and a reduction of the purchase price. And likewise, if the seller over delivers, they get a credit and purchase price goes up. And the working capital is usually done as an estimate at closing and then gets trued up, but they’re 90 days, 120 days down the road. ⁓ As always, I’ve front loaded the majority of this presentation. It looks like we’re… ⁓

    running low on time, so I’m going to try to make sure we get to some of the rest of this. The next section in your transaction document is going to be deal with the closing. ⁓ It’s a pretty mechanical section. It mostly just has like a list of items that needs to be delivered at closing. This is gonna be, and this is where you’re going to cover the various other transaction documents other than the purchase agreement itself.

    ⁓ So again, in terms of roadmap, this is where you want to think about what else do we need? Is there going to be a new lease that we’re going to enter into? Do we want to put in place employment agreements or equity arrangements for management? Do we need some sort of transition agreement for, you know, maybe there’s some component of the business that can’t be transferred right away and we need to figure out how that’s going to be managed during the interim. The most important consideration for this section, the closing section is

    whether or not the transaction is going to be conducted as what we call a simultaneous sign and close or as a bifurcated sign and close. A simultaneous sign and close is the more simple version and for pretty much any transaction, I would say let’s say under $100 million ⁓ is almost always gonna be the norm. And that just means the day we signed the purchase agreement is the day that we close. It all happens at the same time in one shot.

    By contrast, a bifurcated signing close is what is more common on a real estate deal, right? Think about when you bought your house. You signed a contract and then, just based on you seeing the house, and then you have to go get financing, you hire an inspector to do diligence. So in a bifurcated signed and close, we signed an agreement today with an agreement to close in the future. And it’s a real binding agreement. However, it’s subject to conditions, meaning

    seller is going to have obligations for how they operate the business in the interim and what we call our interim operating covenants. ⁓ Very important because if you’re agreeing to buy a business, you want to make sure that seller is going to conduct the business and your ordinary course that they’re not going to do anything differently. In the meantime, they’re not going to start selling off key assets or firing key employees. You want to make sure that the business that shows up at closing is the same business that we agreed to buy. The main reason why you would want to

    do a bifurcated sign and close is, as I said, if there are financing considerations ⁓ and some lenders want to see an executed purchase agreement before they will sign a commitment letter, you may also require various consents and you just want to have the ability to sometimes, sometimes you want to announce the transaction and start telling people that it occurred. So you want to have a signed binding agreement so that you can do that. ⁓

    I mentioned the hundred million dollar threshold. It’s actually a little bit higher, but I remember the exact number. If you need to get antitrust approval under the Hartscott-Rodino Act, which applies to any transaction over a certain size, that requires as well that you have a signed purchase agreement and then you have, I think, 30 or 60 days to go get that approval to make sure the transaction can proceed.

    The representations and warranties are almost always the largest section of the transaction. If you have, let’s say, a 50 page purchase agreement, you will often see that 25 to 30 of those pages are comprised of the reps and warranties. And the reps and warranties are in many ways the most important section because this is where the seller goes on the record about what the business is and what it isn’t.

    The reps and warranties, a good way to think about them is that they’re kind of your backstop to your due diligence. So you sign a letter of intent and that’s when the seller is going to start opening its books and showing you its records and telling you about everything about business, the good, the bad and the ugly and give you an ability to do quality of earnings on the financials, ⁓ review all their contracts, look to see if there’s been any litigation, any problems, any customer complaints, all of these things will be.

    uncover during due diligence. ⁓ The problem with due diligence, or I guess what would say, where due diligence is lacking is that your due diligence is only as good as what your seller gives you. When we’re dealing with private companies, there’s no public record of anything. You can’t go out and say, OK, we’re going to go. There’s no website where you can go and say, give me all of the contracts that this company is party to and tell me.

    all the problems that they have. You’re relying on the seller, the shareholders to own up to that stuff and produce it to you. Now, in a perfect world, would, know, I’m sure we’re all comfortable with the honor system and we don’t need any of this, but unfortunately that’s not the way the real world works. So what the representations do is they require the seller to back up the due diligence process by putting in writing what they’ve produced.

    So for example, you wanna know that seller has not been sued in the last three years, right? Cause I don’t wanna buy a company that gets sued all the time. So you’ll run your litigation searches. You’ll ask your seller to tell you, give me copies of any complaints of any letters that you’ve gotten from lawyers, any lawsuits that have been filed. ⁓ And you’re hopeful that they’ve complied.

    But what you wanna do in the purchase agreement is actually have seller put in writing, we’ve not been sued during the last five years, three years, 10 years, we’ve not been party to any lawsuits. During the last three years, none of our employees have made a claim of sexual harassment or discrimination. We’ve filed all of our tax returns and paid all of our taxes, things like that. So we kind of, I like to think of this process as three stages.

    You have your due diligence where you review everything, then you have your representations and warranties where the seller makes these statements. And then you have your disclosure schedules, which get attached to the representations and warranties. And that is where the seller does one of two things. Either they provide lists of things. So you may have a representation that says, set forth on schedule A is a list of all of our customer contracts.

    Set forth on exhibit B is a list of all of our employees and their salaries and their job title. You also would put on the disclosure schedules if you’re a seller, the exceptions to any of your representations and warranties, because I’ve yet to see a business that is able to make all of the representations cleanly without any exception, right? In a perfect world, a seller would be able to say, we’ve had no litigation, we’ve had no complaints, we’ve had no problems.

    But in reality, a seller needs to be able to say, have had no complaints, we’ve had no litigations, we’ve had no problems, except for the litigations, complaints, and problems that we’ve listed on exhibit C of the schedules. And that’s where it all ties together. So you have your diligence, you have your reps, and then you have your schedules. And the job of the buyer and his advisors is to make sure those all line up and that what we saw in due diligence is consistent with what?

    seller is now vouching for on the schedules because if there is something that a seller represented that was not true, buyers going to want to have the ability to get compensated for that. Our representations are typically grouped into different categories. We have our fundamental representations, we have our legal representations, and we have our business representations. Our fundamental representations, we call them that because they are

    fundamental to the business, fundamental to the transaction. Things like seller actually owns the business that it’s selling. It didn’t sell it to somebody else last week. The shareholders of the company are the three people that were claiming there’s no fourth person out there who’s going to show up next year and say, hey, I was an owner in this business and I’m entitled to a piece of the action. ⁓ The seller entity actually has title to all of the assets that it’s selling. There’s no.

    significant asset that is actually in some other entity that is in the personal name of one of the shareholders. The assets are not subject to any liens. There’s nobody else out there that has any sort of claim on anything that has to do with this business. Again, these are what we call fundamental. And the implication of them being fundamental is that typically they will survive indefinitely, which means no matter when buyer discovers that there’s a breach of one of these representations,

    And no matter the amount, buyer should be able to be made whole. Whether even if it’s in 10 years, if it turns out you didn’t really own the business, essentially a breach of a fundamental representation is another word for that is fraud. ⁓ So those will typically have the longest legs and the greatest ability to recover under. ⁓ Then we have our legal representations, which have to go towards.

    compliance with laws and these are the ones that as Gershaw mentioned earlier, at least some of these is where you may see successor liability. So you wanna be extra sensitive to these and this is why often on transactions, you will see a whole bunch of specialists get involved because these are, we’re gonna be very sensitive to a potential environmental issue or an employee benefit issue because of the successor angle.

    And then finally we have what we call our business representations. These are things that, yes. We’re running short on time. Does it make sense to continue this another time or should we just hold Q and A till 12 o’clock and wind down by then? I’m happy to do either. I’m happy to make myself available for another time if you think that makes sense. But yes, we are running low on time and there is more stuff to talk about. So it’s all super interesting and very valuable.

    We could also just continue like I am available. So it’s really up to you. Okay, so I got a 1230 no problem Well, I’ll stay and listen everyone we We generally wind these things down by noon. So we don’t want to hold you forever if any of you are interested in the In the recording so that you can get the rest of it reach out to Brittany. We are recording this and We can get you the recording

    I’m going to put up the poll now so that people, if you can answer that, that’s great. then whoever is able to stay, I will be staying. So ⁓ we’ll continue and we’ll all be in one place. Same price. Same price. Look at that. Buy one, get one 50 % off. ⁓ So I just put the poll up and I guess we’ll continue in a minute.

    Do we want to answer any questions in the internal before? yeah, that’s a good idea. Any questions up until now? We have one question, at least one question in the poll in the.

    in the chat. Have you seen situations where non-union companies purchased a union company through an asset purchase in order to not take on the liabilities? Yes. My understanding is that it’s impossible to get around. is. So I’m not sure what you mean by impossible to get around. ⁓ You can do. There’s really.

    Well, I wanted to make sure I understand your question right. So in a pension situation, there, if you sell the business, it will be treated as a withdrawal from the pension funds and withdrawal liability can become due. There are ways to structure a transaction as an asset sale when there are union liabilities. There’s a section of ERISA called section 4204.

    that allows you to, allows the buyer to assume the pension liability, ⁓ requires certain obligations. I think you need to post some sort of bond. You need the buyer needs to agree to continue contributing to the fund at the same rates for I think five years. ⁓ Seller remains secondarily liable to the fund. There’s a whole, there’s a bunch of hoops you have to jump through, but.

    an asset sale can be done in a union context. Is there a way to basically just shut out the union and the pension and make everyone walk away from the liabilities? No. ⁓ And more so on the seller side, meaning a seller can really never get away from potential liabilities of the union because they are party to the CBA and agreed to

    Apply with the CBA and make contributions to the union and they’re going to be liable for the withdrawal from the pension fund. If your question is, a purchaser avoid assuming. The liabilities, ⁓ the answer is yes. However, if they’re going to be hiring the union employees, then the union is going to require that you assume the CBA and take over that contribution.

    obligation under the pension fund. So I’m not sure if that answers your question, because I’m not sure if I completely understood it. So it doesn’t have to be a stock purchase. ⁓ It can be done as an asset purchase, but the asset purchase would almost certainly be done in a way so that the buyer is taking over the obligation. So I’m hoping I answered that. But if not, feel free to ask again or ask it differently.

    Is there any other questions? didn’t see any. Okay. So we’re talking about reps and warranties and our last category is our business representations. And these, know, unpredictably, they go to things that are more relate to the operations of the business, ⁓ the profits and losses reflected in the financial statements. ⁓ It’s very important.

    from the outset to, and this is why you wanna hire someone like Gershon as soon as possible ⁓ because financial statements are only as good as the paper they’re written on, right? You need to understand the financials. You need to dig into the financials. And very crucially, you need to understand the methodology that is used to reach the numbers in the financials. ⁓

    both from an accounting’s perspective, are they on cash basis or accrual basis? Are they done in accordance with GAAP? ⁓ Depending on the size of your business, of the business that you’re buying, the buyer will want the seller to essentially represent that the financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP. So that way we can make sure that we understand what these numbers mean. To the extent they’re not done in accordance with GAAP, what you would typically see is,

    something to the effect of this is again where the schedules come in, you would say the financials are prepared in accordance with GAAP except that set forth on schedule blank where we explain our accounting methodology. And that’s where the seller might say something like, we’re not in accordance with GAAP except we recognize deferred revenue in some weird way that is not in accordance with GAAP or we depreciate this type of asset in a certain way that again is not in accordance with GAAP.

    ⁓ And particularly when you are paying a multiple of something in the financial statements to determine your purchase price, it’s really, really important that you understand the financials and that the seller makes representations about its financials. ⁓ All the other stuff here on the list, ⁓ not as important necessarily as the financials, or at least not as fundamental to what a buyer cares about, but also really, really important to understand.

    Here’s a list of all of our contracts. We don’t have any other contracts other than these, because as a buyer, you don’t want to find out that later down the road, there was some contract that was never disclosed and was imported to this business that now you’ve not acquired the rights to. You also want the seller to represent that the contracts are all in effect, that there’s no defaults. There’s no reason to think there’s a default, right? You don’t want to

    step into a contract and then find out six months down the road that that customer hasn’t been paying in a year. And now you’ve factored into your financial analysis, the revenues from this customer that are real revenues on paper because we use a cruel method and when we make the sale, we treat it as revenue. ⁓ But if the customer doesn’t pay, that’s not worth as much.

    ⁓ So I thought according to some financial experts. Yes, Giles, did you agree with that? Yeah, if they don’t pay, it’s not revenue. That’s my position. But there’s something related to this that I, something you said a moment ago, that I once heard, was at a conference, we’ll give Anshin a shout out prior to COVID. And they had these people talking about buying and selling businesses. It was an &A conference. And they said, it’s very easy to agree on the multiple.

    The question is, what are you applying that multiple to? And that’s where all the real debate happens. Like we could all agree on four times, but if we don’t look at accounts receivable the same way, you think they’re gonna pay and I think they’re not, then what is that 4X applying to? Whether we multiply by four and that’s where all the fighting. Yeah, yeah. happens there, right. It’s it’s what is actually EBITDA, right?

    ⁓ In this business, and that’s where you want to have that rigorous quality of earnings done on your target because that’s where you’re going to discover things like. Add backs and deductions that should be made to even ⁓ based on, as I said, things that are sometimes included in the business in the financials that aren’t really part of the business and therefore should be removed. ⁓

    That’s where you may also find that there is a heavy customer concentration. You’re buying this business that has $25 million of revenue. But if half of that revenue is coming from two customers, then you’re putting, as a buyer, a lot of your eggs in those two baskets. And you’re relying on the fact that you’re going to be able to keep those customers. ⁓ And depending on whether or not your seller is sticking around and the relationships going forward, that’s not necessarily a sure thing. ⁓

    ⁓ Especially if one of those customers is seller’s brother-in-law or seller’s college buddy who’s giving him the business because why not? And now that there’s a new owner, maybe he’ll continue, maybe he won’t. And customer concentration adds risk for a buyer. So it’s really, really important to do that analysis properly, make sure you understand the financials of the company that you’re buying. ⁓ And then as we say in the reps and warranties,

    make sure that seller is willing to stand behind those financials. A seller that’s not willing to stand behind their financials ⁓ is a major, major red flag.

    ⁓ Okay, so that takes us through our representations. And these are the representations on the seller side. Buyer will typically make representations as well. Those are usually gonna be fairly plain vanilla. It’s gonna be kind of like the stuff that we talked about, the fundamental representations. know, buyer has the authority to enter into the agreement, et cetera, et cetera. To the extent that there is a rollover happening, seller may want

    some additional representations, because if you’re essentially telling them part of your consideration is the right, the opportunity to invest into the buyer business, then the seller has the decent right to say, well, then you need to tell me things about your business that I’m now acquiring 5 % of, or whatever it may be. So the buyer reps might get a little bit more.

    out depending on the situation, but usually they’re going to be pretty insubstantial.

    Okay, so next we are going to move to our covenant section. As we said before, these are the future obligations of the parties. ⁓ Generally speaking, we’re going to separate these into two main categories, the ones in the top and the ones at the bottom, the ones at the top, these first three, ⁓ we colloquially refer to these as restrictive covenants. These are essentially negative covenants. These are things that the sellers are not allowed to do.

    And this is good time to bring this up. So I mentioned earlier that even in an asset sale, you’re likely going to want the individual owners to still be party to the transaction, even though they are not really fundamentally part of the transaction, right? The fundamental transaction is occurring between the seller entity and the buyer. However, both because of confidence and also because of representations, which I should have mentioned that they are, and when we get to indemnification,

    you want the individuals on the hook personally as well. So you want them individually making the representations and warranties and being on the hook for indemnification, just because as a practical purpose, if you have a claim, you wanna be able to assert that claim against somebody other than the seller LLC or corporation, which pretty quickly after closing is not gonna have any real assets. Certainly by the time a claim arises,

    You could bring the biggest claim in the world against seller corporation. If there’s nothing there, you’re out of luck. So therefore you want to have the right to go after the individual seller and you want them to be on the hook. Same concept goes with covenants. You think about your non-compete. It’s not that I care whether or not your corporation is out of the marketplace competing with the business now. I care if you, the seller who has the reputation, has the goodwill who people know.

    has all the relationships, it’s you who I don’t want competing with me. So it’s an absolute must that the individual sellers are party to the agreement for purposes of these covenants. So non-competed and non-solicit. So most of, this is a very, probably the second most important part of what you’re buying, right? You’re buying a business. So you’re buying the assets that come with the business. But on top of that,

    What you’re really also buying is putting the seller out of business. You want exclusivity on this business. You don’t want your seller opening up a new business the next day that competes with you. That is a fundamental part of what you are paying him for. ⁓ So you are always going to have some form of non-compete. When we talk about a non-compete, we talk about three main different components.

    ⁓ in terms of what the non-compete applies to, what it restricts. We talk about the scope, we talk about geography, and we talk about duration. Duration, simple. How long does this last? How long is this restriction? ⁓ Most common starting point is five years. Five years, I would say, is probably also the most common endpoint, although depending on the situation, it can be negotiated shorter.

    very infrequently do I see it go longer than five years. But I would say three to five is really where you’re gonna end up with, I think five being the most common. Next is geography. Again, pretty straightforward. Where does it apply? If you’re a buyer, you want it to be anywhere, right? That’s, know, in an ideal world, you cannot be in this business anywhere in the world. ⁓ Now there are issues with

    There could be issues with enforceability ⁓ and there will likely also be issues with getting a buyer, a seller to agree to that ⁓ and whether or not it makes sense. And those kind of always go hand in hand. So typically what you want to think about is where has seller been in business and where is buyer going to be in business? And those are most crucial. So if this is a business that has been operating in the entire Northeast, then obviously you want the Northeast to be covered.

    If buyer has specific plans to expand into the Midwest or buyer, know, this is a strategic add on and buyers already in the Midwest. Same, same idea. You don’t want them competing with you, whether or not you can, you can extend it to places that, you know, are not really contemplated is a kind of a deal by deal basis. I mean, I, you know, when I’m on a buyer side, I typically want to see us start out as having a geographic scope that covers the entire United States.

    In 2025 with e-commerce and all that sort of stuff, again, depending on the type of business, it’s not what it once was to expand to a new market. It can be done fairly easily depending on the business that you’re in and you really don’t want to see your seller out there competing with you anywhere where you might potentially be doing business. ⁓ In terms of scope, that is going to often be the most

    heavily negotiated in terms of what are they not allowed to do? ⁓ And this is where it’s really important for us to define what is the business? ⁓ What is the business that is being sold? It is particularly important from a seller’s perspective, at least, if they are selling you only a division or a component, ⁓ or if they are in adjacent businesses that are doing something similar, the seller is going to want to be really careful to make sure that they are not

    prohibiting themselves from continuing their other businesses, right? If I have a business in related, in a same vertical, but it’s not part of this business per se, like, I sell car parts, but then I also operate a body shop and I’m just selling you the car parts business, you’re not buying the body shop. So you don’t get to tell me that I can’t fix cars, I just can’t sell parts anymore. So very important that those get negotiated and…

    very specifically drafted to, you really to protect both sides, just to make sure that everyone is on the same page in terms of what the settler is allowed to do and what they are not allowed to do. Crucial question in terms of enforceability. I know a lot of people have probably seen that there’s been, you know, developments in the law that, you know, non-competes are fading away. There was, you know, there’s attempts in jurisdictions, including the last administration tried to.

    ban them on a nationwide level. regardless of whether or not these individually hold up, there’s definitely a cultural trend against non-competes. ⁓ Importantly, almost nobody is seeking to eliminate non-competes in the context of a sale transaction. So when we talk about non-competes being banned, we’re almost always talking about them in the context of an employer-employee relationship. ⁓

    It would essentially, kind of for the reason we just talked about, it would almost destroy M &A activity if you ban non-competes in this context because who in their right mind would buy a business from someone if the person’s allowed to continue in that business? For a certain product, maybe you would, but anything that’s like a service business, you would never buy a consulting business or a law firm or a medical practice or anything like that if the doctor can just go.

    start a new practice the next day and say, hey, everybody, come see me at my new office. Stop going to my old office. It just wouldn’t make any sense at all. Non-solicit is a… How does this work with someone leaving? Leaving…

    There’s someone who I know, let’s not get too specific. There’s someone I know who was kind of like a partner in the business, not my business, but sort of a partner in the business and then left. Is he able to just tell all his clients, come with me? I’m- what contractual obligations are in place. ⁓ If he has a restriction against that, then certainly he’s-

    gonna be challenged for doing that. ⁓ Barring that, I mean, it would really, I’d say, depend on the facts and circumstances. You could conjure a case for something like torches interference with our business ⁓ and that sort of stuff, but it’s gonna depend on the facts. It’s gonna depend on how these customers got there in the first place. What did the person actually do? Because while we’re talking about soliciting,

    Soliciting has a very specific meaning. It means that I solicit you. It doesn’t mean that I do business with you. ⁓ And buyers want to prevent all of it. So when, if we’re on the buyer side, we want to see a provision that says, I’m not allowed to solicit your customers, but I’m also not allowed to even do business with your customers. And the reason for that is that solicitation is very hard to prove. ⁓

    you could claim, I didn’t solicit them, they called me. ⁓ And how are we going to establish that bar? Obviously, you could do depositions and discovery and all that stuff, and maybe you’ll uncover something, but it’s a lot easier to just say, I don’t care who solicited who, I don’t care how you ended up in business, the point is you’re in business now with each other, and I want to prevent that. ⁓ So we would say, no conducting business, I’m on the employee side, you wanna say no solicitations and no hire.

    Same reason. I don’t want to have to start digging into, know, did they just respond to an add on indeed and ended up with you or did you poach them? That’s gonna be really expensive and possibly impossible to prove. So I just want a restriction. You can’t hire my employees. Confidentiality is, you know, pretty straightforward concepts. You have a seller who’s been involved in this business for 25 years. They know everything about the business.

    You obviously don’t want them going out in the marketplace and telling anybody anything that’s proprietary or confidential about the business you just bought. So those are negative restrictive covenants. Then we have our affirmative covenants, our ⁓ obligations going forward that parties have to comply with. You may see some concept of a transition period. ⁓

    depending on your seller, depending on the business. you’re in a strategic add-on situation, you may not need this, right? If you were just essentially buying a customer list and just expanding a territory, you may be perfectly fine with your seller going away at closing as long as you have his head of sales or whoever. Or maybe not even, maybe you’re just, we got this. ⁓ But in many situations, you want some sort of time period that the seller

    is at a minimum available to you. ⁓ Now, you may have that under some sort of employment agreement or consulting agreement, depending on your business deal, but you may also wanna just have that as an obligation under the purchase agreement itself, that for a period of three months, six months, nine months, after closing, seller is going to assist with the transition of customers and the business. There might also be…

    As I said earlier, there might be specific assets or specific components of the business that are not transferable or for practical reasons doesn’t make sense to transfer. Last year I was on a transaction that was supposed to close on like November 28th and to transfer all over the employees onto new buyers payroll and benefits and all that sort of stuff on November 30th was going to be just like a massive administrative shit show.

    And it was, everyone agreed, just like it didn’t make sense to do that. The best time to really have the transition of the employees was going to be January 1st of the following year. So what we did is we built in a transition period where the employees stayed with the seller for that last 35 days. They were on seller payroll, seller benefit plan, seller everything, and buyer just cut a check to seller to basically cover the cost ⁓ of all of that ⁓ employee costs.

    ⁓ So, you know, that’s, you know, a perfect example of a transition arrangement where seller is still running a piece of the operations. In this case, payroll and employee everything, you know, HR, but buyer still owns the business. ⁓ When it comes to employees, that’s also a very important difference between stock sale and asset sale. In a stock sale, like everything else, employees stay where they are. They remain employed by

    the same employer. In an asset sale, the employees all are terminated at closing by the seller. And then depending on your business deal, usually are hired by the buyer. Now, buyer may or may not want to hire everybody. This is often going to be a point of contention. You have sellers that care and you have some sellers that don’t care.

    Every seller cares about liabilities and there’s all sorts of things that have to be done, whether it’s under worn or with regards to benefit plans or accrued vacation and PTO and various other things that are beyond the scope here that need to be done correctly in order to make sure that no one is assuming liabilities that they don’t want to. But there’s also just many sellers have the concern of they want to do right by their employees and they want to make sure that buyer commits to hire all of the employees, give them the same.

    salary and benefits at least, commit to keep them employed for some period of time. None of these are statutory obligations under the law. These are all would-be contractual obligations that a buyer would either agree to or not agree to. And it will depend on what the business deal is. Sometimes you’ll see that a buyer will agree to hire at least 90 % of the employees.

    or they’ll literally make a list sometimes. I’ve seen transactions where there’s a list of, we’re hiring everyone except for the eight people on the schedule. agreeing either we don’t need them, we don’t want them, or what happens a lot is these are people that are on payroll that just happen to be related to the sellers that are not necessarily providing value to the business that the buyer wants to pay. ⁓ So those are typically employees that you would see a buyer say, we don’t need those people.

    understanding what’s going on with those people also ties into the value of the business and what what it’s going to look like from a profitability standpoint going forward. If you have any amount of people who are not contributing to the business, the business might be worth more. You might be willing to pay more, ⁓ might be willing to pay more for it. on the other, depending on the type of business, the employees are the asset, right? You know,

    like we were talking about service businesses, that’s the main asset is the people that are the revenue comes from you having this group. ⁓ If you’re, you you’re some businesses, the sales team is, you know, this, have a rock star sales team and that’s what makes this business run. ⁓ And if we don’t have those people locked up, there is no business or at least the business is not what we think we’re buying. So, and that’s why you will frequently see the inclusion of employment agreements for key employee, the creation of an equity plan to incentivize, you know,

    key core members of management, whether that includes the seller or not, there might be a CFO, a head of sales, a head of operations who are crucial to the future operations of this business. And you wanna make sure that they are locked up, that they’re incentivized to keep producing and that they’re kind of on board with buyer’s vision to grow and improve this business and make it even more profitable. ⁓

    In terms of taxes that it really, that really just goes more to who is responsible for certain types of transfer taxes who’s responsible for filing tax returns for certain periods. ⁓ Not not something we need to dig into in great detail. And finally, we come to our indemnification section, ⁓ which is where we lay out the buyer. I mean, it’s really both sides, but.

    Typically we’re talking about the buyer because the buyer is usually gonna be the one, if there’s a claim, they’re gonna be the ones who have the claim. Indemnification provides the rights and the mechanisms under which buyer can be compensated and made whole in the event that seller reaches the agreement in some way. And the two main ways that a seller can breach an agreement, number one is they breach a representation. ⁓

    they made a representation about their business and it turns out that that was not true. So they said, you know, our financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAP. And it turns out that they prepared them in some other way and completely misrepresented what their EBITDA is. And you paid 6X at 3 million EBITDA, you gave them $18 million. And now that you run the numbers correctly, you realize that EBITDA should have only been 2.1 million and you now think they owe you $6 million.

    So that’s a breach of rep. Similarly, if they tell you, you know, all of our customer contracts are in effect, none of them are in default, turns out you call up the new customer and say, hey, good news, new buyer in town. And they’re saying, new buyer, we’re not doing business with you. You you guys sold us faulty product last year and we told the seller and they never fixed it and we’re terminating our contract. So same thing. Now you were counting on.

    $800,000 of revenue from this customer because you had a good valid contract with them, except it turns out you didn’t have a good valid contract with them because seller breached it last year. So seller is in breach of a representation. A buyer is going to have a right to be made whole. Other thing that a seller can breach is the covenant. Seller has an obligation to not compete with the business, not solicit customers, not solicit employees, but they do.

    You want to have a right to be made whole. You also will want to have some sort of equitable right to be able to go into court and get an injunction to prevent the action. So that’s a separate category. But in terms of your right to be made whole, you’ve now interfered with my business, caused me loss of revenue, and devalued it. So I have a right to bring a claim against you and get paid. And again here, who is responsible?

    very, very crucially, you want to have the individuals on the hook. mean, now, if you have a corporate seller and they have, you know, other divisions that are remaining and they have significant assets, there can be situations where you don’t need the individuals. When we’re talking about buying a closely held company, almost always you’re talking about a situation where they’re going to liquidate the corporation shortly after closing. So you need to have those sellers there to go after.

    Now, you’re also going to often have, as we talked about earlier, you’re to have your escrow, you’re going to have your deferred purchase price, you’re going to want to have the ability to go after that money that’s sitting there, but depending on the size of your claim, the escrow may or may not cover it. you know, typically you’re going to see an escrow of 10 to 20 % of the purchase price. You may have a claim up to 50 % of the purchase price. Although we’ll talk about baskets and caps in a second.

    The, when we think about indemnification, we, this is kind of like an exercise of the five W’s. So it’s the who, what, where, when, why, except not really the why or the where. So it’s the who, what, when. So the who is the company and the shareholders. The what, what are they indemnifying you for? For breaches, right? The when is, we talked about earlier, the difference between the fundamental representations and other representations. Your fundamental representations,

    the fraud-like representations. We really own this business. The company has title to the assets. You’re typically gonna see those lasting indefinitely. For a minimum, they’re gonna last as long as the statute of limitations runs. When it comes to all the other representations, those are usually gonna have a finite survival period. Most common range is between six months and 24 months with a year kind of being a good sweet spot, 12 to 18 months.

    which gives buyer that period of time to kind of suss out whether or not there are any problems with the business after closing. Frankly, to the extent that there’s a significant claim and a significant problem, it usually will be discovered fairly quickly. It’s pretty rare that this time period runs and it’s like three years later that you discover that there’s like some customer issue or employee issue that was not disclosed. So it’s usually fine.

    ⁓ But it’s, you know, obviously the longer that buyer can extend that period, the safer it is, the more time it has to make sure that it got what it bargained for. ⁓ There are typically going to be limitations. I just mentioned earlier caps and baskets. ⁓ A basket is a word that is often used in &A. It’s kind of similar to the concept of a deductible ⁓ in an insurance context.

    A buyer, a seller is often gonna say, sure, I’ll indemnify you, but like, don’t come nickel and dime me for ticky tack stuff. Like, don’t want, you can’t bring a claim against me for $500. There’s going to be a threshold at which once we pass that threshold, you could start asserting claims. Usually you see it around 1 % of the purchase price. So anything that’s immaterial, you’ll start accruing those damages, but until they cross that level, you’re not allowed to assert a claim.

    cap is on the other side of that. It’s the maximum amount that you could go after. And that is always going to be heavily negotiated. A seller wants to have some certainty that there’s an amount of their money that is completely safe. And whether or not they’re going to agree to a cap of the purchase price, which is if I’m a buyer, that’s what I want it to be. But you often will see it compromised at something like 50 % of the purchase price or 25 % of the purchase price.

    It really depends on the size of the deal as well. The larger the deal, the lower of a cap on a percentage basis that you can agree to because ⁓ if you have a $10 million deal, there’s more likely to be a 50 % claim on a $10 million deal than on a $1 billion deal. So caps are very important. And crucially, fundamental representations will typically not be bound by the caps. So when we said before, you know,

    They’re not bound by time. They’re typically also not going to be bound by these caps and baskets. there’s no, hey, I sold you the company, but I didn’t really own it. But you’re capped at 50 % of the purchase price. No, get the hell out of here. If you committed fraud and you sold me a business you didn’t own, I’m coming after you for the whole thing and more. Also my lawyer’s fees and whatever other costs I had, because you committed fraud, ⁓ you’re not going to be able to ⁓ avail yourself of any sort of cap. ⁓

    The last thing to mention here is the concept of representation and warranty insurance, ⁓ which has become incredibly popular in the last five, 10 years. ⁓ It is something that has become basically a staple of deals over a certain size. I would say, I can’t remember the last 50 million plus deal that I did that did not have representation or warranty insurance. And it’s becoming even more common.

    on smaller transactions as volume increases and insurers are becoming more comfortable insuring those deals. And what it does, it’s a really phenomenal product because it essentially ensures the breach of representations and warranties in a transaction. So rather than going after the seller for a breach, buyer goes after an insurance policy that covers up to a certain amount. Now policy obviously costs money,

    the insurance policy is going to engage its own law firm, that’s going to do its own due diligence and that’s going to cost money. So it can increase the upfront costs of a deal, but it makes everybody sleep a lot better and make sure that there’s money available in the case of a breach. ⁓ It’s also great for a buyer because it eliminates a lot of tension because frequently buyers will not even

    go after sellers or don’t want to go after sellers because it’s just like not a good look and it’s not good for business. Especially if you’re like, you if you’re a private equity buyer who’s like a serial acquirer of companies, you really don’t want to get a reputation for being a buyer that sues their sellers because then, you know, the next group of sellers are going to sell to a different fund. ⁓ This kind of allows you to have your cake and eat it too. You don’t need to bother your sellers. You don’t need to insult them. You don’t need to…

    affect their bottom line, but you can still get made whole because there’s an insurance policy in place. ⁓ So thank you. Thank you for bearing with me. I’m sorry if it went a little bit longer than people expected, but I think we covered a lot. This was valuable. ⁓ Certainly I would expect that there are questions. I’m happy to take those now if there are, but you can also feel free to

    reach out if there’s something you wanna talk about in greater detail. I’m happy to be a resource for anyone who is thinking about a transaction or just wants to learn a little bit more about anything we talked about today or any other related &A topic. ⁓ I’m happy to send my slides to Gershon and he can share them with the recording. that’s all I got. Please do, please send the slides to Brittany and I thank you all for joining. We had a few people request that story.

    Send that out. usually send out the recording to everyone, but whoever wants slides, we’ll get them that as well. ⁓ thank you, Avi, for a top notch presentation. And, ⁓ I learned a lot. I probably should listen to this again, cause I’m sure there’s, there’s some things I’ll get on the second round. ⁓ and yeah, if anyone listening to this needs help on the financial side of due diligence or needs a CFO reach out to us, we can help. we’ve got an amazing team.

    Then we’ll see you all next time. Thank you, Avi. It’s very good. Thank you. Avi, we’re going to see you tonight. I plan to. I plan to be there. All right. Looking forward to meeting everyone. Bye bye. Thank you all.

  • Click here for transcript

    Speaker (00:00)
    Welcome everyone. My name is Gershon Morgulis. I am the founder of Imperial Advisory. We are a fractional CFO firm and we provide fractional CFOs, CFO services. So we have a whole team of CFOs. Most of our CFOs have 30 to 40 years of experience and we go into businesses that need help but don’t need us on a full-time basis. So we’ll either be working for a CFO ⁓

    that might be on helping get them ready for an audit or augmenting their FP &A process. have a offering on the FP &A side as well, ⁓ guiding them through certain things as a variety of things that we do for CFOs to help support them. ⁓ Most of our business though is working with smaller companies that do not have a CFO, don’t necessarily need a full-time CFO and kind of having owner who’s trying to be their own CFO and

    not doing a great job, doesn’t have the time, et cetera, et And we go into these businesses and we help them. provide them with top-notch expertise and help them with a variety of things. So there’s the day-to-day things that we do, helping with strategy, execution, et cetera. And then there’s all sorts of things that come up on a as-needed basis. One of those things that come up on an as-needed basis is &A.

    And so that could be working for a CFO who maybe doesn’t have the internal team to do the pre-deal work or working for a CEO or sometimes even an individual that’s looking to buy a business. So a CEO that’s looking to do an add-on or an individual looking to buy a business or a business looking to prepare itself for sale. So what we find is that

    that &A can be used as a tool for growth similar to marketing or other things, or like I said, it could really be a standalone deal. And the topic today is the anatomy of a purchase agreement. But before you get to the purchase agreement, there’s often a lot of work done to understand the company, understand the target company, understand what’s going on, understand how this fits into the existing company, if it’s a company acquiring. ⁓

    And if it’s not a company acquiring, there’s still a lot of work really. I like to break it into two phases. There’s understanding what is really going on. So sometimes we find that the story that the seller is trying to spin isn’t really true. We don’t believe it. And sometimes we find that we believe the story is just not a very good story. It’s not a story worth paying for to quote one of our clients.

    If they gave us this business for free, should we take it? And that was a business that was doing 8 million revenue, wanted 8 million and wasn’t making any money. So you have both of these things and these are the things that we work on with our clients, helping them figure out if this business is something that they want or if this is a business that they, well, again, one, do we really trust what’s going on here? And the story that we’re being told and we’ve uncovered all sorts of weird things. ⁓

    And then if we believe the story, then is that something worth them buying into? Anyway, after all that, we get to the topic of today’s webinar, which is setting up a purchase agreement. Typically, that’s going to be done by an attorney. And I know we have a bunch of attorneys here. Happy to see you all. And we’re especially happy to have Avi, who is our speaker today. Avi is a partner at Rivkin Radler. He’s worked at

    bunch of different firms, I think here on Long Island. I think he’s coming to our networking event tonight. And by the way, for any of you in Nassau County, we have a networking and mastermind event tonight that we’re hosting at our office. If any of you are interested, send me a message. But anyway, back to Avi. So Avi’s been doing this for a while and…

    ⁓ and we’re very, we’re very happy to have him here. I’m looking forward to learning a lot. without further ado, Avi, take it away.

    Thank you very much Gershon. Good morning. Thank you, Imperial for having me. Good to see everybody. ⁓ Today, as Gershon said, we’re going to be talking about ⁓ &A purchase agreements. As Gershon said, buying a business can be a long and arduous journey. ⁓ There can be all sorts of ups and downs, starts and stops, and lots of decisions to make, lots of traps.

    for the unwary lots of problems to solve. And we’re going to get into a bunch of that today. ⁓ Just wanted to say at the outset with that, this program is going to be almost exclusively framed from the buyer’s perspective. But there’s also a lot to learn in here if you’re a potential seller as well. Cause like, you know, lot of the concepts are just kind of.

    zero sum shoe on one foot shoe on the other foot. So it’s important to understand the concepts regardless of what side you’re on. So Gershaw made some very good points. One very bad point that he made was that he said purchase agreements are typically prepared by an attorney. I think we should just get rid of that word typically and make sure that you have an attorney involved in this process. And I would say very importantly, whether it’s me or somebody else that you have a &A specializing

    attorney handling your &A and not someone for whom that is not what they’re doing on a day-to-day basis. ⁓ So just a piece of free advice at the top. ⁓ So the things that Gershon said that was right on point is that there’s a lot that goes into an &A that happens well before you get anywhere close to drafting, let alone signing a purchase agreement.

    So that begs the question for a program that is ostensibly about kind of an overview and at the outset of an &A and things to think about, why are we having a conversation here today about the purchase agreement? And the answer is not just because I’m a lawyer who specialized in agreements, there’s really good reasons why I think this makes sense. ⁓ And one of those reasons is that

    I’m the type of person, and I think it’s a very helpful way of thinking about things, who likes to often start at the end. ⁓ Every deal has a different start. Every deal has different journey along the way. But any transaction that ends successfully and ends with a transaction being consummated and actually happening is going to end with a purchase agreement like this. So I think it’s often very helpful to say, let’s start at the end and work backwards. And how are we going to get to that end point? And I think the purchase agreement is one of those things that

    Really provides a lot of the meat and the bones of what makes up a transaction and lets you kind of at the outset say. Here we know where we’re going to end we’re going to end with something that has all of these different components. How are we going to navigate a process and set up a process that allows us to get to that endpoint in a successful way and do so as efficiently as possible. ⁓ It almost I view the purchase agreement almost as a roadmap ⁓ because.

    It allows you to determine those friction points and those possible points of tension early on ⁓ and deal with them and see if this is even a viable deal. Because the last thing you want is to spend months and all the time and all the money that goes with that negotiating and working through all these different potential pitfalls only to then have something pop up at the one yard line and sink a deal. So to the extent you can raise these issues early,

    and understand what we’re going to have to deal with at the outset, ⁓ it could avoid that problem. The next thing why to me purchase agreement is very important is because there’s a fundamental difference between two different components of what makes a transaction. I often like to tell clients that there’s only two things that are negotiable on every &A transaction, price and terms. Price is what the business people are always focused on. They wanna know what are we paying and the seller obviously wants to know what am I getting?

    That’s the fundamental business transaction, right? That’s the main thing that everyone cares about. But there’s a whole bunch of other terms to a transaction that are often just as important ⁓ that really go fundamentally to what it is that you are buying and how are you going to protect what you are buying. And the purchase agreement is where all of those things get set out and memorialized and specified. And thirdly,

    the reason why I think purchase agreement is important, particularly for a buyer, because the purchase agreement is essentially what the buyer gets. The purchase agreement is like your deed. It’s like, it’s your piece of paper that says, hey, seller, I wrote you a check for whatever many millions of dollars, and you’ve in exchange given me your business. And the purchase agreement is the document that certifies that, that says, I now own this business. These are the rights that come along with that.

    these are the restrictions that are now placed on the seller that prevents them from pursuing this business, interfering with their business or whatever obligations they have on a going forward basis. The purchase agreement is going to be your key to go into court if anyone ever challenges your rightful ownership of this business and say, hey court, check out this agreement, this business is mine now, see, I paid money, now the business is mine. So the purchase agreement is a really important component for

    ⁓ for the buyer to think about from the beginning of the transaction. And while we are on the subject of why, ⁓ probing the why to me is also one of the most important parts of thinking about the outset of any transaction, specifically sitting with a buyer and understanding why are you doing this deal? Why are you pursuing an &A at all and this specific ⁓ &A? And the answer to that why will provide

    Potential answers to all sorts of different questions, including many of the questions that we’re going to encounter today, because the why for, let’s say, a financial acquisition being conducted by a private equity fund is very different from that of a strategic add on that a corporate buyer might be making or that an independent sponsor who is viewing this as their path towards entrepreneurship might be thinking about.

    And the why you’re doing the transaction is going to significantly impact your answers to a lot of the what’s that we’re going to deal with over the course of the next hour or so. So let’s jump into it. ⁓ Before we kind of go through the breakdown, ⁓ this is on the on the screen here. We have what I would say is the most typical purchase agreement.

    structure you’re going to see. 95 % of the time, a purchase agreement is going to be broken down into these categories. And we’re going to focus today on the ones that are highlighted and bolded. Obviously, we always start with some section of definitions, whether that’s in Article 1 or an exhibit at the end. And we’re always going to end with miscellaneous terms that most of the time, nobody reads except for the lawyers. That’s where you deal with all your severability, entire agreement, headings, all that fun stuff.

    But the real meat we’re going to be talking about are articles two through articles seven. Article two, purchase and sale. This is where we kind of really just like outset. This is the basic transaction. What are we giving? What are we getting? Articles three, closing, is going to deal with the timing of the closing, what is required to be done at the closing. And as you’ll see, depending on the timing and how a transaction is structured, ⁓ what might be happening before a closing. Articles four and five is going to deal with the

    representations and warranties that each of the parties are going to make. Typically, you would see the representations from the seller in Article 4, representations from the buyer in Article 5. Article 6 is our section on covenants. These are obligations that occur in the future. So people often confuse representations, warranties, and covenants and like use them almost interchangeably in terminology. There are actually three very distinct things.

    ⁓ Let’s say distinct representations and warranties are distinct representations and warranties versus covenants are very distinct. ⁓ Representing a representation is a statement of facts as of a moment in time. So you’re saying as of today, I am asserting that such and such is true. A warranty is a statement of fact that is future looking. So when a manufacturer warranties that their product is going to work for a year.

    They are making a statement of fact as of today with regard to something that will happen in the future. Representation is you’re saying as of today or backwards looking. A covenant is not a statement of fact. A covenant is a future obligation of a party. it’s things that starting from today, the day we’re signing this agreement and going forward, these are obligations of buyer and seller vis-a-vis this transaction. And then finally, our section on indemnification.

    Another good word for indemnification is your remedies. ⁓ This is the rights of the various parties should something go wrong. If somebody breaches the agreement in some way, or if somebody does something that they weren’t supposed to do. ⁓ So that’s our basic overview of the skeleton of the agreement. As I said, almost every typical purchase agreement is gonna, if not follow this exact order, they will all have these different sections or different components.

    ⁓ So let’s start going down this road. And we’re going to start with Article 2, purchase and sale. So as I said, purchase and sale is going to literally cover, it’s going to have a basic description of the transaction itself. What is being bought and what is it being bought for? ⁓

    And obviously, we know where it’s not always so simple as, I’m buying your business for $10 million. This is where we are going to set out the specific type of transaction that is being conducted. And so when I say, what are we buying? Typically the fundamental threshold question on any transaction is what are we buying? Are we buying the stock of the target company? Are we buying the assets? Possibly we’re doing a merger, although, you in private.

    Company transactions, closely held companies, mergers are pretty rare. So it’s not something that we’re really going to focus on today. But just have in mind that that is a third option and there are actually more options that are kind of hybrids between the various things that we’re to talk about today. But general high level focus is going to be asset sale versus stock sale. And the corollary to that is what are we going to give?

    So that comes down to what is our purchase price? And we’re going to get into a little bit more detail on the various ways that a purchase price can be comprised. So as I said, fundamental question is going to be stock sale versus asset sale. And we’re going to assume here that we’re talking about like a full buyout of an entire company here. ⁓ You could in theory have a situation where somebody is making a

    in that minority investment or even a majority investment, but they’re buying something less than the entire company. So we’re not really gonna be talking about that today. We’re going to assume in a stock sale that the buyer is buying 100 % of the stock or membership interest if it’s an LLC of the business. We’re going to assume if it’s an asset sale that this is a full enterprise, we’re not just buying a division of a company, we’re buying the whole mothership.

    Presumably we are going to be buying substantially or all of the assets of the target business. So when it comes to understanding the difference between a stock sale and an asset sale and why a buyer may favor one versus the other, spoiler alert, you wanna buy assets, but we’ll get into why. ⁓ We’re gonna focus on three overall concerns to think about.

    ⁓ The first is the legal structure. So we’ll get into a little bit of just mechanically the difference between how one works versus how the other works. ⁓ We want to very much understand the treatment of assets and liabilities, specifically liabilities, because as a buyer, ideally you want to avoid liabilities of the existing business. And then, of course, we also want to understand the difference between how taxes will be affected by

    our transaction structure. So in terms of the deal structure itself, here are some what I think are helpful pictures that I found on the internet that kind of lay out what happens on the two different types of transactions. So stock sale is for most people the simplest one to understand because almost all of us have at some point owned stock, whether it’s in our companies that we own today, but more likely

    you own some form of stock on a public security market. So if, for example, I am a shareholder of Apple and I own a hundred shares of Apple and I want to sell my stock to Gershon. Now that’s not typically what would happen. I would typically just sell it on the public market, but just to make this simpler, if you look at our stock sale picture, so we have target shares, is another word for that is what you could call shareholders. So if I’m the shareholder today, I own the shares of the target.

    Now in a stock sale, what happens is the acquirer, in this case Gershon, would send money to me, exchange for which I would send the shares to him. So the shares of Apple are exactly the same today as they are tomorrow. Everything contained in the shares of Apple are exactly the same as today and tomorrow. The only difference is that today the owner of the shares is Avi and tomorrow the the owner of the shares is Gershon. Very, very simple. An asset sale is a little bit different.

    As you see from the picture here in the asset sale, the shareholder again owns the target. However, the asset sale is really not a transaction between me and Gershon. It is a transaction between Gershon as the buyer and the target company that I own. Because when a business is owned by an entity, all of the assets, all of the liabilities, everything that makes up that

    business are housed inside the entity. I am merely the owner of the entity. I don’t have anything in my own name. ⁓ There’s good reasons for me to still be party to the transaction for other reasons, which we’ll get into, but fundamentally the transaction is happening between the target and the buyer. The target here is the seller. And what happens is that the target is going to ship off its assets to acquirer. Buyer ideally is either

    has an existing entity or forms a new entity in order to consummate this transaction. And the buyer entity is then going to send the money to Target. Now, Target is presumably going to, if not immediately, then shortly thereafter, distribute those funds up to their shareholders because the shareholders are the ones who ultimately want the money. ⁓ But fundamentally, this transaction happens at the entity level.

    And the reason why that difference is important is because of the way that assets and liabilities get treated in the two different types of transactions. So as I kind of tried to explain with a stock sale, in a stock sale, there is no change in terms of the ownership of the assets of the underlying business. So.

    If I, as I said, if I own Apple and let’s just, you let’s get rid of the Apple analogy. ⁓ I have a business, know, Sienenski incorporated is a consulting firm and we have assets. have, you know, we have goodwill. We have a customer list. have employees. We have furniture in our office. We have rights under contracts, under leases, any stock sale. All of that is staying exactly where it is. It is not moving at all today. The company is Sienenski incorporated.

    tomorrow the company will be in Sineski Incorporated. The only difference is that instead of it being owned by Sineski, it’s going to be owned by Morgulis or Morgulis. I don’t know how pronounce your name. Let’s go back to Gershaw. So the only thing that’s happening is the ownership up top is changing. Everything down below stays exactly where it is. It is not changed. And that means that all of the assets, all of the liabilities simply by operation of law,

    by just staying where they are now belong to the buyer. ⁓ And the key there is going to be the liabilities. On an asset sale by contrast, it works completely different because we are physically, not physically, physically moving all of the assets from let’s say, Sienensky incorporated now to a new entity called Sienensky 2 incorporated.

    we get to pick and choose what we wanna move. We don’t have to take all of the assets. We can take only some of them if we want. And we don’t have to take any of the liabilities. And that is really, really crucial. So in every asset purchase agreement, you are going to have a section on assets and liabilities that spells out essentially what are four categories, purchased assets and excluded assets, assumed liabilities and excluded liabilities. And this allows a buyer

    To go through the assets and liabilities of a business and come to an agreement with a seller and make a determination about what we’re taking and what we’re not taking. So, there could be that you want every single 1 of those assets, but there might also be an asset that is not really relevant to this business. ⁓ The most common thing you’ll see is that there are, you know, I’ve heard a rumor that sometimes some small businesses will have assets that.

    You know, are technically not necessarily business assets, but they are titled in the business’s name, like, you know, somebody’s car or, you know, certain memorabilia. And like, I know no one would ever, you know, they taxes or do anything like that. But like, I heard this might have happened on 1 or 2 occasions. ⁓ And typically stuff like that are not things that a buyer is going to buy in an and a transaction. Right? They don’t want the owners personal assets. There might be other.

    you know, assets in there that really, you know, sometimes we’ve seen that like, you somebody has some sort of like property investment and they just like ran it through the business and it has nothing to do with the business. ⁓ So it’s important for everyone to identify those assets and make sure that those are not being sold as part of this transaction because that’s not what this deal is about. And as I said, the more important part is the liabilities. The fundamental starting point for a buyer is we want to buy none of the liabilities. We want none of those to transfer.

    And that will usually be the default is that any liabilities that are not expressly written as assumed stay behind with the seller and remain seller’s problem. Any debts, any lawsuits that may exist for the past? Yes, Gershon. Question. I once heard that if you transfer all the assets under some situations, liabilities can automatically transfer because you can’t like completely gut a business. Is that for real?

    So there are certainly certain categories of liabilities for which we say a concept of successor liability applies. ⁓ we’re gonna deal with those in a little bit, but ⁓ to answer your question, the answer is yes. There are certain types of liabilities that cannot be escaped. The most common one is taxes, right? The government is not letting anyone get away with taxes just because you sold your business.

    So if there’s a tax liability ⁓ and you sell your business, buyer can be held liable as a successor. The same is the case for environmental. You see this very frequently in real estate transactions that buyer would step into historical liabilities of the seller. ⁓ You also see it with all sorts of employee and employee benefit liabilities. Again, the policy reason there being that

    want to protect employees and we don’t want some, you know, there was some pension that got set up and you can’t sell the business and now, you know, the seller disappears and the liability goes away. And there are ways to protect against that. the better than having a way to protect against the liability is to never have any claim that the liability is yours. So, you know, if you do an asset sale, and the reason why you want to do an asset sale is

    If let’s say a customer has a lawsuit because they bought a product from seller a year ago and today it killed somebody and they run into court and they, who are they gonna sue? They’re gonna sue everybody, right? They’re gonna sue the seller, they’re gonna sue the seller’s owner, they’re gonna hear that the business got sold, they’re gonna sue the buyer, they’re gonna sue the buyer’s owner. And the best thing that a buyer is able to do in that circumstance is to go into court and say, hey judge, this has nothing to do with me. You see here, they bought this product from,

    XYZ Inc in 2022, we’re actually ABC Corp and we weren’t even formed until 2024 when we bought this business. This has nothing to do with us. And I would say 95 out of a hundred times, you’re gonna get that thrown out immediately because you’re not the party to the lawsuit. You haven’t been properly brought into this lawsuit. It has nothing to do with you. The other important things that you want to think about and that are

    more important when it comes to an asset sale is the retitling of certain types of assets ⁓ and any consents that go along with that. Most often this is going to be in the context of a contract. ⁓ Think about your lease, right? Your lease has a provision in there that says you can’t assign it to somebody else because your landlord did a credit check on you. They vetted you ⁓ as a tenant. You can’t just call up your landlord one day and say, by the way,

    I sold the business, here’s your new tenants. Landlord is not gonna be okay with that. So when you sell your business, you’re gonna have to go to your landlord and tell them in advance, you’re gonna have to get their consent and make sure that they sign on to the assignment of the lease to the new buyer. Same will often be the case with various customer agreements, vendor agreements, and other contracts that you may have, that a seller may have that your attorney, that’s part of the diligence process are going to review those contracts and see

    You know, is there anything in here that will require the involvement and consent of a 3rd party in order to transfer title to certain assets when it comes to pieces of equipment that might be least same thing applies certain vehicles. You have to have them retitled in the name of the new entity. So that’s just some additional components that might make an asset sale a little bit more complicated, but.

    the ability to essentially walk away from those liabilities makes those extra hoops you have to jump through well, well worth it. And then finally, we’re going to talk about the tax implications of the two types of transactions. And again, here’s a situation where the general rule of thumb as a buyer is going to be you want to buy assets. From the seller’s perspective, the tax treatment is very simple.

    When you sell stock, you get long-term capital gains treatment, assuming you held the stock for more than one year, an amount equal to your gain on the stock over your basis taxed at long-term capital gains. And the same thing is going to apply for a buyer. The buyer is going to acquire a basis in the stock and

    Will not have the ability to recover its purchase price until it liquidates the business ⁓ and. The most important principle in terms of. How tax affects economics is. That an asset sale allows the buyer to start recovering their purchase price immediately, ⁓ depending on the types of assets, but because when you buy assets, you get to.

    take a step up in the basis of the value of the assets because when you sell assets, the IRS doesn’t view it as a sale of a business per se, they view it as a sale of the individual assets. So I’m not selling you the business, I’m selling you the tables and chairs of the office and the goodwill and the rights under this customer contract and the rights to employ this group of employees. And all those different assets are kind of viewed by the IRS as separate sales.

    they are therefore taxed at an amount based on the type of asset that they are. So we generally speaking divide assets into different types. We have our capital assets and we have our depreciable assets. The capital assets such as your intangibles and your goodwill get taxed at the more favorable rate. Your depreciable assets get taxed at the higher rate. So depending on

    the type of business that you have and the types of assets that the business that you’re acquiring is comprised of that will impact the exact tax rate. Usually what you end up with is some sort of hybrid between the 20 % capital gains rate and the 37 % ordinary income rate. It’s not gonna be exactly one or the other, but if you have a business that veers more towards those capital gains assets, the seller might pay 22%, whereas

    When if it’s more of a business with harder assets, ⁓ it might be on the higher end. But because of the step up in basis, because of the buyer’s ability to start depreciating certain types of those assets immediately and deducting them against their gains, the asset sale form is highly advantageous to a buyer. So because of the ability to…

    walk away from those liabilities because of the advantages on the tax side to buying assets. The starting point almost all the time for a buyer is going to be, wanna buy assets. Now that’s not always possible. First of all, as we said, there’s always a lot of very zero sum elements to this. So the reasons why an asset sale are good for a buyer also makes a stock sale good for a seller. So a seller may wanna say,

    I want to just be done with this. You’re taking the assets, you’re taking the liabilities, you’re buying the stock, period, the end. I’m not interested in an asset sale where I’m going to have to, you know, wind down and deal with stuff afterwards. Seller might say, I want my long-term capital gains. I don’t want to deal with this whole allocation and figuring out one of my different types of assets and potentially pay more. I always assume that when I sell my business, I’m going to sell the stock. I’m to just pay capital gains on the whole thing. And that’s what I’m doing.

    ⁓ And depending on your leverage or negotiating power, you may or may not have the ability to dictate the structure of the transaction. There are workarounds to solve for both of those issues. And sometimes there are elections that you can make under the tax code, such as 338 H10 or 336 E. There’s something called an F-RE-ORG. And these all give you the ability to create a

    transaction as an asset sale for tax purposes while still treating it as a stock sale for all other purposes, such as corporate purposes and legal purposes. But, you know, generally speaking, if we’re we’re using one or the other, you know, the stock sale is going to be more advantageous for the seller and asset sale for the buyer. In addition to your seller saying, I want to sell stock when we just talked about consents, it could be that a asset sale is just not practical.

    Think about a scenario where you’re buying a business that has hundreds of contracts and 75 of them need consents to assign it to a new party. Now, maybe you’ll be able to go out and get all those consents, but that seems like a lot of work and it just might not be practical. There also could be specific types of permits or government approvals that simply are not transferable. And it could take months, if not years, depending on the organization and when you have to deal with certain government.

    bodies, it could take a really long time to get the approval. And you may want to just go forward with your transaction. And that means you’re going to have to buy the stock because that’s where the permit is. That’s the entity ⁓ that is approved. That’s the EIN that’s on record. And you just might not have any choice. So yes. I want to just add one thing. And this is your talk. So correct me if I’m wrong. But we once had a client who was looking to

    potentially purchase a business and they had workers comp experience that had been building up for a long time. And they felt that that was a reason why they would buy it, even though they knew there were liabilities and skeletons in the closet. didn’t go through the transaction in end anyway, but they, at least that’s what they told me at the time. They’re like, if we want to get the benefit of this experience of the workers comp experience that won’t trade had built up like enough body of work that it

    it impacted their rates favorably. Correct. And if they were starting from scratch, even if they did somehow manage to transfer the contracts, they would end up having to charge much more or pay much more and therefore they’d lose money or be not competitive. Yeah. I mean, I don’t know a lot about workers comp. So I’ll just kind of grant your premise that that’s how it works. if that’s how it works, then that makes sense, right?

    there could be benefits to stepping into an existing company. I’ve also seen situations where an existing company has an easier time getting financing than a new company because if it’s history now, ⁓ that shouldn’t typically be the case because you should be able to show the bank that you’re taking over a going concern and that the revenue is basically then going to be and cash flows should be imputed to the new company. But depending on your underwriter, they may just look more favorably at, you know,

    a company name that has this history versus a buyer that’s starting from scratch. ⁓ OK, so for most, the most important part of the agreement is going to be the purchase price. ⁓ And we’re going to talk quickly about how we get to a purchase price. How do we, know, how much do we pay and how are we going to pay it, right? Two parts. in terms of how we determine how much to pay, ⁓

    It’s really not my area of expertise. You’re gonna probably wanna speak to someone like Gershon or to someone who’s an investment banker or broker or someone who’s in the business evaluating companies. But typically what we see is most common is a multiple of EBITDA is used to determine a purchase price. ⁓ will vary largely based on the industry that you’re in, the size of the business.

    Most typical is you see something in the range of four to eight times a multiple of EBITDA. Depending on the type of business and your type of buyer, you might use a multiple of revenue. One X revenue is the most common that I see. You also are going to want to factor in some sort of public research in terms of what are similar companies selling for the same way that a real estate valuation consultant would look at, you

    What are other properties in the neighborhood selling for? You wanna know what is a consulting business or a medical practice or a pharmaceutical company that does this type of revenue, this type of sales, this type of profit, what is that going for? Because as I said, the multiples, the variations can be different depending on geography, depending on industry. You also, depending on what type of buyer you are, this is more when you’re on a

    you know, on an add-on transaction or a corporate inquirer strategic, you have to think about potential synergies because you are not just buying necessarily this business for itself. There may be other things that this business brings to the table that fits into your existing business. ⁓ It’s not just that, you know, okay, they have a great business and we’re going to just acquire that cash flow. We may be able to grow the pie because we have other products, other services that we can sell now to a new customer base, maybe

    This company has some piece of IP that we can incorporate into one of our existing offerings. And that makes the company worth even more than how it looks on paper. ⁓ So that might also factor in. In terms of paying the purchase price, what are we going to give our seller? ⁓ Most common is we’re going to give them cash, right? But we also can frequently give them some sort of property. When we talk about property, what we are typically talking about is some sort of equity

    either in the buyer itself or somewhere in the buyer enterprise, what is called rollover equity. Very, very typical in the private equity context and becoming more and more typical in all sorts of &A contexts, especially as the price of capital gets more and more expensive over the last few years. ⁓ The ability to pay with something other than cash is very enticing to a buyer.

    There are, it’s also beneficial to seller in many ways because A, they get to defer taxes on any things that they take in equity and they don’t have to pay any tax on it until they liquidate that buyer stock. Number two is it gives seller potential upside. If seller believes in their buyer’s theory of the case, they think that this buyer is going to add value, whether it’s through infusion of capital, whether it’s through synergies, whether it’s through,

    professionalizing their business. The business that today is worth $25 million may very well be worth $50 million in three to five years. And frankly, that is what, if you’re selling to private equity, that is what they’re betting on. So this gives the seller the ability to take a piece of their ⁓ purchase price proceeds and roll it over, let it ride, and see if it can grow into even more. Similarly, buyers are often looking to

    pay whatever amount that they’re paying in cash sometime other than today. ⁓ For two main reasons. Number one, if you’re a financial person, obviously you understand fundamentally a dollar today is worth more than a dollar tomorrow. So to the extent we have an ability to defer the time when we have to pay a portion of our purchase price, that is financially beneficial. Number two is it provides you some sort of protection and whether

    We have our deferred payment being paid under a promissory note, whether it’s that we have money that is put in escrow or whether we make a portion of the purchase price subject to an earn out, which means that it’s not guaranteed. It is only paid if certain conditions are met, usually financial metrics about the business. That gives the buyer, as I said, protection because they have the ability to

    have money that’s available in the case something goes wrong. So if it turns out that this business is not what seller said it was and you have a claim against the seller, you don’t wanna have to be in a position where you have to go chase them and say, hey seller, pay me back my money. You wanna be able to say, good thing we have this escrow over here with $3 million in it that we can make a claim against or good thing that we have a promissory note or an earn out that is supposed to be paid next year that we can basically say to the seller, hey, that $2 million that we were supposed to pay you.

    we’re not paying it to you because we have a $2 million claim or we’re only paying you a million because we have a million dollar claim. ⁓ There is also typically going to be an adjustment component to your purchase price. ⁓ The two main types of adjustments, and you kind of think of this as the, you’re like kind of like your paycheck where you have the number at the top, which is the enterprise value. And then there’s the number at the bottom, which is what we’re actually paying. And

    those get adjusted either upwards or downwards ⁓ based on A, the cash and debt in the business, because most transactions are structured as what we call cash-free, debt-free, especially on a stock sale. On a stock sale, you would almost never assume long-term debt and you would almost never buy cash. I mean, it doesn’t really make sense to purchase cash, right? ⁓ It’s just, you know, I give you a dollar and you sell me a dollar. doesn’t really…

    Make any sense? So cash is typically going to always stay with the seller. Debt is always going to stay with the seller. And those get adjusted from the purchase price. So to the extent there is any cash left in the business, on a stock sale, seller doesn’t have to pull the cash out. We just increase the purchase price by the amount of the cash. And similarly, we would deduct for the amount of debt that is on the books. The more common and more complicated adjustment that we have to deal with is with respect to working capital.

    And the reason there is that buyers typically want to expect that when they buy a business, they don’t have to now write another check to fund operations of the business. They want to buy a business that’s viable and that runs itself based on its cash flows and working capital. So early on in the process, you’re always going to want to determine

    what is the working capital that this business needs? Usually you do that by determining some sort of trailing average, six months, 12 months, 18 months, and look at the history of the business and what does this business need on an average monthly basis to fund operations. And the seller is going to be expected to deliver a business that has working capital equal to that target average amount. If at closing the working capital is insufficient,

    there will be a credit towards the buyer and a reduction of the purchase price. And likewise, if the seller over delivers, they get a credit and purchase price goes up. And the working capital is usually done as an estimate at closing and then gets trued up, but they’re 90 days, 120 days down the road. ⁓ As always, I’ve front loaded the majority of this presentation. It looks like we’re… ⁓

    running low on time, so I’m going to try to make sure we get to some of the rest of this. The next section in your transaction document is going to be deal with the closing. ⁓ It’s a pretty mechanical section. It mostly just has like a list of items that needs to be delivered at closing. This is gonna be, and this is where you’re going to cover the various other transaction documents other than the purchase agreement itself.

    ⁓ So again, in terms of roadmap, this is where you want to think about what else do we need? Is there going to be a new lease that we’re going to enter into? Do we want to put in place employment agreements or equity arrangements for management? Do we need some sort of transition agreement for, you know, maybe there’s some component of the business that can’t be transferred right away and we need to figure out how that’s going to be managed during the interim. The most important consideration for this section, the closing section is

    whether or not the transaction is going to be conducted as what we call a simultaneous sign and close or as a bifurcated sign and close. A simultaneous sign and close is the more simple version and for pretty much any transaction, I would say let’s say under $100 million ⁓ is almost always gonna be the norm. And that just means the day we signed the purchase agreement is the day that we close. It all happens at the same time in one shot.

    By contrast, a bifurcated signing close is what is more common on a real estate deal, right? Think about when you bought your house. You signed a contract and then, just based on you seeing the house, and then you have to go get financing, you hire an inspector to do diligence. So in a bifurcated signed and close, we signed an agreement today with an agreement to close in the future. And it’s a real binding agreement. However, it’s subject to conditions, meaning

    seller is going to have obligations for how they operate the business in the interim and what we call our interim operating covenants. ⁓ Very important because if you’re agreeing to buy a business, you want to make sure that seller is going to conduct the business and your ordinary course that they’re not going to do anything differently. In the meantime, they’re not going to start selling off key assets or firing key employees. You want to make sure that the business that shows up at closing is the same business that we agreed to buy. The main reason why you would want to

    do a bifurcated sign and close is, as I said, if there are financing considerations ⁓ and some lenders want to see an executed purchase agreement before they will sign a commitment letter, you may also require various consents and you just want to have the ability to sometimes, sometimes you want to announce the transaction and start telling people that it occurred. So you want to have a signed binding agreement so that you can do that. ⁓

    I mentioned the hundred million dollar threshold. It’s actually a little bit higher, but I remember the exact number. If you need to get antitrust approval under the Hartscott-Rodino Act, which applies to any transaction over a certain size, that requires as well that you have a signed purchase agreement and then you have, I think, 30 or 60 days to go get that approval to make sure the transaction can proceed.

    The representations and warranties are almost always the largest section of the transaction. If you have, let’s say, a 50 page purchase agreement, you will often see that 25 to 30 of those pages are comprised of the reps and warranties. And the reps and warranties are in many ways the most important section because this is where the seller goes on the record about what the business is and what it isn’t.

    The reps and warranties, a good way to think about them is that they’re kind of your backstop to your due diligence. So you sign a letter of intent and that’s when the seller is going to start opening its books and showing you its records and telling you about everything about business, the good, the bad and the ugly and give you an ability to do quality of earnings on the financials, ⁓ review all their contracts, look to see if there’s been any litigation, any problems, any customer complaints, all of these things will be.

    uncover during due diligence. ⁓ The problem with due diligence, or I guess what would say, where due diligence is lacking is that your due diligence is only as good as what your seller gives you. When we’re dealing with private companies, there’s no public record of anything. You can’t go out and say, OK, we’re going to go. There’s no website where you can go and say, give me all of the contracts that this company is party to and tell me.

    all the problems that they have. You’re relying on the seller, the shareholders to own up to that stuff and produce it to you. Now, in a perfect world, would, know, I’m sure we’re all comfortable with the honor system and we don’t need any of this, but unfortunately that’s not the way the real world works. So what the representations do is they require the seller to back up the due diligence process by putting in writing what they’ve produced.

    So for example, you wanna know that seller has not been sued in the last three years, right? Cause I don’t wanna buy a company that gets sued all the time. So you’ll run your litigation searches. You’ll ask your seller to tell you, give me copies of any complaints of any letters that you’ve gotten from lawyers, any lawsuits that have been filed. ⁓ And you’re hopeful that they’ve complied.

    But what you wanna do in the purchase agreement is actually have seller put in writing, we’ve not been sued during the last five years, three years, 10 years, we’ve not been party to any lawsuits. During the last three years, none of our employees have made a claim of sexual harassment or discrimination. We’ve filed all of our tax returns and paid all of our taxes, things like that. So we kind of, I like to think of this process as three stages.

    You have your due diligence where you review everything, then you have your representations and warranties where the seller makes these statements. And then you have your disclosure schedules, which get attached to the representations and warranties. And that is where the seller does one of two things. Either they provide lists of things. So you may have a representation that says, set forth on schedule A is a list of all of our customer contracts.

    Set forth on exhibit B is a list of all of our employees and their salaries and their job title. You also would put on the disclosure schedules if you’re a seller, the exceptions to any of your representations and warranties, because I’ve yet to see a business that is able to make all of the representations cleanly without any exception, right? In a perfect world, a seller would be able to say, we’ve had no litigation, we’ve had no complaints, we’ve had no problems.

    But in reality, a seller needs to be able to say, have had no complaints, we’ve had no litigations, we’ve had no problems, except for the litigations, complaints, and problems that we’ve listed on exhibit C of the schedules. And that’s where it all ties together. So you have your diligence, you have your reps, and then you have your schedules. And the job of the buyer and his advisors is to make sure those all line up and that what we saw in due diligence is consistent with what?

    seller is now vouching for on the schedules because if there is something that a seller represented that was not true, buyers going to want to have the ability to get compensated for that. Our representations are typically grouped into different categories. We have our fundamental representations, we have our legal representations, and we have our business representations. Our fundamental representations, we call them that because they are

    fundamental to the business, fundamental to the transaction. Things like seller actually owns the business that it’s selling. It didn’t sell it to somebody else last week. The shareholders of the company are the three people that were claiming there’s no fourth person out there who’s going to show up next year and say, hey, I was an owner in this business and I’m entitled to a piece of the action. ⁓ The seller entity actually has title to all of the assets that it’s selling. There’s no.

    significant asset that is actually in some other entity that is in the personal name of one of the shareholders. The assets are not subject to any liens. There’s nobody else out there that has any sort of claim on anything that has to do with this business. Again, these are what we call fundamental. And the implication of them being fundamental is that typically they will survive indefinitely, which means no matter when buyer discovers that there’s a breach of one of these representations,

    And no matter the amount, buyer should be able to be made whole. Whether even if it’s in 10 years, if it turns out you didn’t really own the business, essentially a breach of a fundamental representation is another word for that is fraud. ⁓ So those will typically have the longest legs and the greatest ability to recover under. ⁓ Then we have our legal representations, which have to go towards.

    compliance with laws and these are the ones that as Gershaw mentioned earlier, at least some of these is where you may see successor liability. So you wanna be extra sensitive to these and this is why often on transactions, you will see a whole bunch of specialists get involved because these are, we’re gonna be very sensitive to a potential environmental issue or an employee benefit issue because of the successor angle.

    And then finally we have what we call our business representations. These are things that, yes. We’re running short on time. Does it make sense to continue this another time or should we just hold Q and A till 12 o’clock and wind down by then? I’m happy to do either. I’m happy to make myself available for another time if you think that makes sense. But yes, we are running low on time and there is more stuff to talk about. So it’s all super interesting and very valuable.

    We could also just continue like I am available. So it’s really up to you. Okay, so I got a 1230 no problem Well, I’ll stay and listen everyone we We generally wind these things down by noon. So we don’t want to hold you forever if any of you are interested in the In the recording so that you can get the rest of it reach out to Brittany. We are recording this and We can get you the recording

    I’m going to put up the poll now so that people, if you can answer that, that’s great. then whoever is able to stay, I will be staying. So ⁓ we’ll continue and we’ll all be in one place. Same price. Same price. Look at that. Buy one, get one 50 % off. ⁓ So I just put the poll up and I guess we’ll continue in a minute.

    Do we want to answer any questions in the internal before? yeah, that’s a good idea. Any questions up until now? We have one question, at least one question in the poll in the.

    in the chat. Have you seen situations where non-union companies purchased a union company through an asset purchase in order to not take on the liabilities? Yes. My understanding is that it’s impossible to get around. is. So I’m not sure what you mean by impossible to get around. ⁓ You can do. There’s really.

    Well, I wanted to make sure I understand your question right. So in a pension situation, there, if you sell the business, it will be treated as a withdrawal from the pension funds and withdrawal liability can become due. There are ways to structure a transaction as an asset sale when there are union liabilities. There’s a section of ERISA called section 4204.

    that allows you to, allows the buyer to assume the pension liability, ⁓ requires certain obligations. I think you need to post some sort of bond. You need the buyer needs to agree to continue contributing to the fund at the same rates for I think five years. ⁓ Seller remains secondarily liable to the fund. There’s a whole, there’s a bunch of hoops you have to jump through, but.

    an asset sale can be done in a union context. Is there a way to basically just shut out the union and the pension and make everyone walk away from the liabilities? No. ⁓ And more so on the seller side, meaning a seller can really never get away from potential liabilities of the union because they are party to the CBA and agreed to

    Apply with the CBA and make contributions to the union and they’re going to be liable for the withdrawal from the pension fund. If your question is, a purchaser avoid assuming. The liabilities, ⁓ the answer is yes. However, if they’re going to be hiring the union employees, then the union is going to require that you assume the CBA and take over that contribution.

    obligation under the pension fund. So I’m not sure if that answers your question, because I’m not sure if I completely understood it. So it doesn’t have to be a stock purchase. ⁓ It can be done as an asset purchase, but the asset purchase would almost certainly be done in a way so that the buyer is taking over the obligation. So I’m hoping I answered that. But if not, feel free to ask again or ask it differently.

    Is there any other questions? didn’t see any. Okay. So we’re talking about reps and warranties and our last category is our business representations. And these, know, unpredictably, they go to things that are more relate to the operations of the business, ⁓ the profits and losses reflected in the financial statements. ⁓ It’s very important.

    from the outset to, and this is why you wanna hire someone like Gershon as soon as possible ⁓ because financial statements are only as good as the paper they’re written on, right? You need to understand the financials. You need to dig into the financials. And very crucially, you need to understand the methodology that is used to reach the numbers in the financials. ⁓

    both from an accounting’s perspective, are they on cash basis or accrual basis? Are they done in accordance with GAAP? ⁓ Depending on the size of your business, of the business that you’re buying, the buyer will want the seller to essentially represent that the financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP. So that way we can make sure that we understand what these numbers mean. To the extent they’re not done in accordance with GAAP, what you would typically see is,

    something to the effect of this is again where the schedules come in, you would say the financials are prepared in accordance with GAAP except that set forth on schedule blank where we explain our accounting methodology. And that’s where the seller might say something like, we’re not in accordance with GAAP except we recognize deferred revenue in some weird way that is not in accordance with GAAP or we depreciate this type of asset in a certain way that again is not in accordance with GAAP.

    ⁓ And particularly when you are paying a multiple of something in the financial statements to determine your purchase price, it’s really, really important that you understand the financials and that the seller makes representations about its financials. ⁓ All the other stuff here on the list, ⁓ not as important necessarily as the financials, or at least not as fundamental to what a buyer cares about, but also really, really important to understand.

    Here’s a list of all of our contracts. We don’t have any other contracts other than these, because as a buyer, you don’t want to find out that later down the road, there was some contract that was never disclosed and was imported to this business that now you’ve not acquired the rights to. You also want the seller to represent that the contracts are all in effect, that there’s no defaults. There’s no reason to think there’s a default, right? You don’t want to

    step into a contract and then find out six months down the road that that customer hasn’t been paying in a year. And now you’ve factored into your financial analysis, the revenues from this customer that are real revenues on paper because we use a cruel method and when we make the sale, we treat it as revenue. ⁓ But if the customer doesn’t pay, that’s not worth as much.

    ⁓ So I thought according to some financial experts. Yes, Giles, did you agree with that? Yeah, if they don’t pay, it’s not revenue. That’s my position. But there’s something related to this that I, something you said a moment ago, that I once heard, was at a conference, we’ll give Anshin a shout out prior to COVID. And they had these people talking about buying and selling businesses. It was an &A conference. And they said, it’s very easy to agree on the multiple.

    The question is, what are you applying that multiple to? And that’s where all the real debate happens. Like we could all agree on four times, but if we don’t look at accounts receivable the same way, you think they’re gonna pay and I think they’re not, then what is that 4X applying to? Whether we multiply by four and that’s where all the fighting. Yeah, yeah. happens there, right. It’s it’s what is actually EBITDA, right?

    ⁓ In this business, and that’s where you want to have that rigorous quality of earnings done on your target because that’s where you’re going to discover things like. Add backs and deductions that should be made to even ⁓ based on, as I said, things that are sometimes included in the business in the financials that aren’t really part of the business and therefore should be removed. ⁓

    That’s where you may also find that there is a heavy customer concentration. You’re buying this business that has $25 million of revenue. But if half of that revenue is coming from two customers, then you’re putting, as a buyer, a lot of your eggs in those two baskets. And you’re relying on the fact that you’re going to be able to keep those customers. ⁓ And depending on whether or not your seller is sticking around and the relationships going forward, that’s not necessarily a sure thing. ⁓

    ⁓ Especially if one of those customers is seller’s brother-in-law or seller’s college buddy who’s giving him the business because why not? And now that there’s a new owner, maybe he’ll continue, maybe he won’t. And customer concentration adds risk for a buyer. So it’s really, really important to do that analysis properly, make sure you understand the financials of the company that you’re buying. ⁓ And then as we say in the reps and warranties,

    make sure that seller is willing to stand behind those financials. A seller that’s not willing to stand behind their financials ⁓ is a major, major red flag.

    ⁓ Okay, so that takes us through our representations. And these are the representations on the seller side. Buyer will typically make representations as well. Those are usually gonna be fairly plain vanilla. It’s gonna be kind of like the stuff that we talked about, the fundamental representations. know, buyer has the authority to enter into the agreement, et cetera, et cetera. To the extent that there is a rollover happening, seller may want

    some additional representations, because if you’re essentially telling them part of your consideration is the right, the opportunity to invest into the buyer business, then the seller has the decent right to say, well, then you need to tell me things about your business that I’m now acquiring 5 % of, or whatever it may be. So the buyer reps might get a little bit more.

    out depending on the situation, but usually they’re going to be pretty insubstantial.

    Okay, so next we are going to move to our covenant section. As we said before, these are the future obligations of the parties. ⁓ Generally speaking, we’re going to separate these into two main categories, the ones in the top and the ones at the bottom, the ones at the top, these first three, ⁓ we colloquially refer to these as restrictive covenants. These are essentially negative covenants. These are things that the sellers are not allowed to do.

    And this is good time to bring this up. So I mentioned earlier that even in an asset sale, you’re likely going to want the individual owners to still be party to the transaction, even though they are not really fundamentally part of the transaction, right? The fundamental transaction is occurring between the seller entity and the buyer. However, both because of confidence and also because of representations, which I should have mentioned that they are, and when we get to indemnification,

    you want the individuals on the hook personally as well. So you want them individually making the representations and warranties and being on the hook for indemnification, just because as a practical purpose, if you have a claim, you wanna be able to assert that claim against somebody other than the seller LLC or corporation, which pretty quickly after closing is not gonna have any real assets. Certainly by the time a claim arises,

    You could bring the biggest claim in the world against seller corporation. If there’s nothing there, you’re out of luck. So therefore you want to have the right to go after the individual seller and you want them to be on the hook. Same concept goes with covenants. You think about your non-compete. It’s not that I care whether or not your corporation is out of the marketplace competing with the business now. I care if you, the seller who has the reputation, has the goodwill who people know.

    has all the relationships, it’s you who I don’t want competing with me. So it’s an absolute must that the individual sellers are party to the agreement for purposes of these covenants. So non-competed and non-solicit. So most of, this is a very, probably the second most important part of what you’re buying, right? You’re buying a business. So you’re buying the assets that come with the business. But on top of that,

    What you’re really also buying is putting the seller out of business. You want exclusivity on this business. You don’t want your seller opening up a new business the next day that competes with you. That is a fundamental part of what you are paying him for. ⁓ So you are always going to have some form of non-compete. When we talk about a non-compete, we talk about three main different components.

    ⁓ in terms of what the non-compete applies to, what it restricts. We talk about the scope, we talk about geography, and we talk about duration. Duration, simple. How long does this last? How long is this restriction? ⁓ Most common starting point is five years. Five years, I would say, is probably also the most common endpoint, although depending on the situation, it can be negotiated shorter.

    very infrequently do I see it go longer than five years. But I would say three to five is really where you’re gonna end up with, I think five being the most common. Next is geography. Again, pretty straightforward. Where does it apply? If you’re a buyer, you want it to be anywhere, right? That’s, know, in an ideal world, you cannot be in this business anywhere in the world. ⁓ Now there are issues with

    There could be issues with enforceability ⁓ and there will likely also be issues with getting a buyer, a seller to agree to that ⁓ and whether or not it makes sense. And those kind of always go hand in hand. So typically what you want to think about is where has seller been in business and where is buyer going to be in business? And those are most crucial. So if this is a business that has been operating in the entire Northeast, then obviously you want the Northeast to be covered.

    If buyer has specific plans to expand into the Midwest or buyer, know, this is a strategic add on and buyers already in the Midwest. Same, same idea. You don’t want them competing with you, whether or not you can, you can extend it to places that, you know, are not really contemplated is a kind of a deal by deal basis. I mean, I, you know, when I’m on a buyer side, I typically want to see us start out as having a geographic scope that covers the entire United States.

    In 2025 with e-commerce and all that sort of stuff, again, depending on the type of business, it’s not what it once was to expand to a new market. It can be done fairly easily depending on the business that you’re in and you really don’t want to see your seller out there competing with you anywhere where you might potentially be doing business. ⁓ In terms of scope, that is going to often be the most

    heavily negotiated in terms of what are they not allowed to do? ⁓ And this is where it’s really important for us to define what is the business? ⁓ What is the business that is being sold? It is particularly important from a seller’s perspective, at least, if they are selling you only a division or a component, ⁓ or if they are in adjacent businesses that are doing something similar, the seller is going to want to be really careful to make sure that they are not

    prohibiting themselves from continuing their other businesses, right? If I have a business in related, in a same vertical, but it’s not part of this business per se, like, I sell car parts, but then I also operate a body shop and I’m just selling you the car parts business, you’re not buying the body shop. So you don’t get to tell me that I can’t fix cars, I just can’t sell parts anymore. So very important that those get negotiated and…

    very specifically drafted to, you really to protect both sides, just to make sure that everyone is on the same page in terms of what the settler is allowed to do and what they are not allowed to do. Crucial question in terms of enforceability. I know a lot of people have probably seen that there’s been, you know, developments in the law that, you know, non-competes are fading away. There was, you know, there’s attempts in jurisdictions, including the last administration tried to.

    ban them on a nationwide level. regardless of whether or not these individually hold up, there’s definitely a cultural trend against non-competes. ⁓ Importantly, almost nobody is seeking to eliminate non-competes in the context of a sale transaction. So when we talk about non-competes being banned, we’re almost always talking about them in the context of an employer-employee relationship. ⁓

    It would essentially, kind of for the reason we just talked about, it would almost destroy M &A activity if you ban non-competes in this context because who in their right mind would buy a business from someone if the person’s allowed to continue in that business? For a certain product, maybe you would, but anything that’s like a service business, you would never buy a consulting business or a law firm or a medical practice or anything like that if the doctor can just go.

    start a new practice the next day and say, hey, everybody, come see me at my new office. Stop going to my old office. It just wouldn’t make any sense at all. Non-solicit is a… How does this work with someone leaving? Leaving…

    There’s someone who I know, let’s not get too specific. There’s someone I know who was kind of like a partner in the business, not my business, but sort of a partner in the business and then left. Is he able to just tell all his clients, come with me? I’m- what contractual obligations are in place. ⁓ If he has a restriction against that, then certainly he’s-

    gonna be challenged for doing that. ⁓ Barring that, I mean, it would really, I’d say, depend on the facts and circumstances. You could conjure a case for something like torches interference with our business ⁓ and that sort of stuff, but it’s gonna depend on the facts. It’s gonna depend on how these customers got there in the first place. What did the person actually do? Because while we’re talking about soliciting,

    Soliciting has a very specific meaning. It means that I solicit you. It doesn’t mean that I do business with you. ⁓ And buyers want to prevent all of it. So when, if we’re on the buyer side, we want to see a provision that says, I’m not allowed to solicit your customers, but I’m also not allowed to even do business with your customers. And the reason for that is that solicitation is very hard to prove. ⁓

    you could claim, I didn’t solicit them, they called me. ⁓ And how are we going to establish that bar? Obviously, you could do depositions and discovery and all that stuff, and maybe you’ll uncover something, but it’s a lot easier to just say, I don’t care who solicited who, I don’t care how you ended up in business, the point is you’re in business now with each other, and I want to prevent that. ⁓ So we would say, no conducting business, I’m on the employee side, you wanna say no solicitations and no hire.

    Same reason. I don’t want to have to start digging into, know, did they just respond to an add on indeed and ended up with you or did you poach them? That’s gonna be really expensive and possibly impossible to prove. So I just want a restriction. You can’t hire my employees. Confidentiality is, you know, pretty straightforward concepts. You have a seller who’s been involved in this business for 25 years. They know everything about the business.

    You obviously don’t want them going out in the marketplace and telling anybody anything that’s proprietary or confidential about the business you just bought. So those are negative restrictive covenants. Then we have our affirmative covenants, our ⁓ obligations going forward that parties have to comply with. You may see some concept of a transition period. ⁓

    depending on your seller, depending on the business. you’re in a strategic add-on situation, you may not need this, right? If you were just essentially buying a customer list and just expanding a territory, you may be perfectly fine with your seller going away at closing as long as you have his head of sales or whoever. Or maybe not even, maybe you’re just, we got this. ⁓ But in many situations, you want some sort of time period that the seller

    is at a minimum available to you. ⁓ Now, you may have that under some sort of employment agreement or consulting agreement, depending on your business deal, but you may also wanna just have that as an obligation under the purchase agreement itself, that for a period of three months, six months, nine months, after closing, seller is going to assist with the transition of customers and the business. There might also be…

    As I said earlier, there might be specific assets or specific components of the business that are not transferable or for practical reasons doesn’t make sense to transfer. Last year I was on a transaction that was supposed to close on like November 28th and to transfer all over the employees onto new buyers payroll and benefits and all that sort of stuff on November 30th was going to be just like a massive administrative shit show.

    And it was, everyone agreed, just like it didn’t make sense to do that. The best time to really have the transition of the employees was going to be January 1st of the following year. So what we did is we built in a transition period where the employees stayed with the seller for that last 35 days. They were on seller payroll, seller benefit plan, seller everything, and buyer just cut a check to seller to basically cover the cost ⁓ of all of that ⁓ employee costs.

    ⁓ So, you know, that’s, you know, a perfect example of a transition arrangement where seller is still running a piece of the operations. In this case, payroll and employee everything, you know, HR, but buyer still owns the business. ⁓ When it comes to employees, that’s also a very important difference between stock sale and asset sale. In a stock sale, like everything else, employees stay where they are. They remain employed by

    the same employer. In an asset sale, the employees all are terminated at closing by the seller. And then depending on your business deal, usually are hired by the buyer. Now, buyer may or may not want to hire everybody. This is often going to be a point of contention. You have sellers that care and you have some sellers that don’t care.

    Every seller cares about liabilities and there’s all sorts of things that have to be done, whether it’s under worn or with regards to benefit plans or accrued vacation and PTO and various other things that are beyond the scope here that need to be done correctly in order to make sure that no one is assuming liabilities that they don’t want to. But there’s also just many sellers have the concern of they want to do right by their employees and they want to make sure that buyer commits to hire all of the employees, give them the same.

    salary and benefits at least, commit to keep them employed for some period of time. None of these are statutory obligations under the law. These are all would-be contractual obligations that a buyer would either agree to or not agree to. And it will depend on what the business deal is. Sometimes you’ll see that a buyer will agree to hire at least 90 % of the employees.

    or they’ll literally make a list sometimes. I’ve seen transactions where there’s a list of, we’re hiring everyone except for the eight people on the schedule. agreeing either we don’t need them, we don’t want them, or what happens a lot is these are people that are on payroll that just happen to be related to the sellers that are not necessarily providing value to the business that the buyer wants to pay. ⁓ So those are typically employees that you would see a buyer say, we don’t need those people.

    understanding what’s going on with those people also ties into the value of the business and what what it’s going to look like from a profitability standpoint going forward. If you have any amount of people who are not contributing to the business, the business might be worth more. You might be willing to pay more, ⁓ might be willing to pay more for it. on the other, depending on the type of business, the employees are the asset, right? You know,

    like we were talking about service businesses, that’s the main asset is the people that are the revenue comes from you having this group. ⁓ If you’re, you you’re some businesses, the sales team is, you know, this, have a rock star sales team and that’s what makes this business run. ⁓ And if we don’t have those people locked up, there is no business or at least the business is not what we think we’re buying. So, and that’s why you will frequently see the inclusion of employment agreements for key employee, the creation of an equity plan to incentivize, you know,

    key core members of management, whether that includes the seller or not, there might be a CFO, a head of sales, a head of operations who are crucial to the future operations of this business. And you wanna make sure that they are locked up, that they’re incentivized to keep producing and that they’re kind of on board with buyer’s vision to grow and improve this business and make it even more profitable. ⁓

    In terms of taxes that it really, that really just goes more to who is responsible for certain types of transfer taxes who’s responsible for filing tax returns for certain periods. ⁓ Not not something we need to dig into in great detail. And finally, we come to our indemnification section, ⁓ which is where we lay out the buyer. I mean, it’s really both sides, but.

    Typically we’re talking about the buyer because the buyer is usually gonna be the one, if there’s a claim, they’re gonna be the ones who have the claim. Indemnification provides the rights and the mechanisms under which buyer can be compensated and made whole in the event that seller reaches the agreement in some way. And the two main ways that a seller can breach an agreement, number one is they breach a representation. ⁓

    they made a representation about their business and it turns out that that was not true. So they said, you know, our financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAP. And it turns out that they prepared them in some other way and completely misrepresented what their EBITDA is. And you paid 6X at 3 million EBITDA, you gave them $18 million. And now that you run the numbers correctly, you realize that EBITDA should have only been 2.1 million and you now think they owe you $6 million.

    So that’s a breach of rep. Similarly, if they tell you, you know, all of our customer contracts are in effect, none of them are in default, turns out you call up the new customer and say, hey, good news, new buyer in town. And they’re saying, new buyer, we’re not doing business with you. You you guys sold us faulty product last year and we told the seller and they never fixed it and we’re terminating our contract. So same thing. Now you were counting on.

    $800,000 of revenue from this customer because you had a good valid contract with them, except it turns out you didn’t have a good valid contract with them because seller breached it last year. So seller is in breach of a representation. A buyer is going to have a right to be made whole. Other thing that a seller can breach is the covenant. Seller has an obligation to not compete with the business, not solicit customers, not solicit employees, but they do.

    You want to have a right to be made whole. You also will want to have some sort of equitable right to be able to go into court and get an injunction to prevent the action. So that’s a separate category. But in terms of your right to be made whole, you’ve now interfered with my business, caused me loss of revenue, and devalued it. So I have a right to bring a claim against you and get paid. And again here, who is responsible?

    very, very crucially, you want to have the individuals on the hook. mean, now, if you have a corporate seller and they have, you know, other divisions that are remaining and they have significant assets, there can be situations where you don’t need the individuals. When we’re talking about buying a closely held company, almost always you’re talking about a situation where they’re going to liquidate the corporation shortly after closing. So you need to have those sellers there to go after.

    Now, you’re also going to often have, as we talked about earlier, you’re to have your escrow, you’re going to have your deferred purchase price, you’re going to want to have the ability to go after that money that’s sitting there, but depending on the size of your claim, the escrow may or may not cover it. you know, typically you’re going to see an escrow of 10 to 20 % of the purchase price. You may have a claim up to 50 % of the purchase price. Although we’ll talk about baskets and caps in a second.

    The, when we think about indemnification, we, this is kind of like an exercise of the five W’s. So it’s the who, what, where, when, why, except not really the why or the where. So it’s the who, what, when. So the who is the company and the shareholders. The what, what are they indemnifying you for? For breaches, right? The when is, we talked about earlier, the difference between the fundamental representations and other representations. Your fundamental representations,

    the fraud-like representations. We really own this business. The company has title to the assets. You’re typically gonna see those lasting indefinitely. For a minimum, they’re gonna last as long as the statute of limitations runs. When it comes to all the other representations, those are usually gonna have a finite survival period. Most common range is between six months and 24 months with a year kind of being a good sweet spot, 12 to 18 months.

    which gives buyer that period of time to kind of suss out whether or not there are any problems with the business after closing. Frankly, to the extent that there’s a significant claim and a significant problem, it usually will be discovered fairly quickly. It’s pretty rare that this time period runs and it’s like three years later that you discover that there’s like some customer issue or employee issue that was not disclosed. So it’s usually fine.

    ⁓ But it’s, you know, obviously the longer that buyer can extend that period, the safer it is, the more time it has to make sure that it got what it bargained for. ⁓ There are typically going to be limitations. I just mentioned earlier caps and baskets. ⁓ A basket is a word that is often used in &A. It’s kind of similar to the concept of a deductible ⁓ in an insurance context.

    A buyer, a seller is often gonna say, sure, I’ll indemnify you, but like, don’t come nickel and dime me for ticky tack stuff. Like, don’t want, you can’t bring a claim against me for $500. There’s going to be a threshold at which once we pass that threshold, you could start asserting claims. Usually you see it around 1 % of the purchase price. So anything that’s immaterial, you’ll start accruing those damages, but until they cross that level, you’re not allowed to assert a claim.

    cap is on the other side of that. It’s the maximum amount that you could go after. And that is always going to be heavily negotiated. A seller wants to have some certainty that there’s an amount of their money that is completely safe. And whether or not they’re going to agree to a cap of the purchase price, which is if I’m a buyer, that’s what I want it to be. But you often will see it compromised at something like 50 % of the purchase price or 25 % of the purchase price.

    It really depends on the size of the deal as well. The larger the deal, the lower of a cap on a percentage basis that you can agree to because ⁓ if you have a $10 million deal, there’s more likely to be a 50 % claim on a $10 million deal than on a $1 billion deal. So caps are very important. And crucially, fundamental representations will typically not be bound by the caps. So when we said before, you know,

    They’re not bound by time. They’re typically also not going to be bound by these caps and baskets. there’s no, hey, I sold you the company, but I didn’t really own it. But you’re capped at 50 % of the purchase price. No, get the hell out of here. If you committed fraud and you sold me a business you didn’t own, I’m coming after you for the whole thing and more. Also my lawyer’s fees and whatever other costs I had, because you committed fraud, ⁓ you’re not going to be able to ⁓ avail yourself of any sort of cap. ⁓

    The last thing to mention here is the concept of representation and warranty insurance, ⁓ which has become incredibly popular in the last five, 10 years. ⁓ It is something that has become basically a staple of deals over a certain size. I would say, I can’t remember the last 50 million plus deal that I did that did not have representation or warranty insurance. And it’s becoming even more common.

    on smaller transactions as volume increases and insurers are becoming more comfortable insuring those deals. And what it does, it’s a really phenomenal product because it essentially ensures the breach of representations and warranties in a transaction. So rather than going after the seller for a breach, buyer goes after an insurance policy that covers up to a certain amount. Now policy obviously costs money,

    the insurance policy is going to engage its own law firm, that’s going to do its own due diligence and that’s going to cost money. So it can increase the upfront costs of a deal, but it makes everybody sleep a lot better and make sure that there’s money available in the case of a breach. ⁓ It’s also great for a buyer because it eliminates a lot of tension because frequently buyers will not even

    go after sellers or don’t want to go after sellers because it’s just like not a good look and it’s not good for business. Especially if you’re like, you if you’re a private equity buyer who’s like a serial acquirer of companies, you really don’t want to get a reputation for being a buyer that sues their sellers because then, you know, the next group of sellers are going to sell to a different fund. ⁓ This kind of allows you to have your cake and eat it too. You don’t need to bother your sellers. You don’t need to insult them. You don’t need to…

    affect their bottom line, but you can still get made whole because there’s an insurance policy in place. ⁓ So thank you. Thank you for bearing with me. I’m sorry if it went a little bit longer than people expected, but I think we covered a lot. This was valuable. ⁓ Certainly I would expect that there are questions. I’m happy to take those now if there are, but you can also feel free to

    reach out if there’s something you wanna talk about in greater detail. I’m happy to be a resource for anyone who is thinking about a transaction or just wants to learn a little bit more about anything we talked about today or any other related &A topic. ⁓ I’m happy to send my slides to Gershon and he can share them with the recording. that’s all I got. Please do, please send the slides to Brittany and I thank you all for joining. We had a few people request that story.

    Send that out. usually send out the recording to everyone, but whoever wants slides, we’ll get them that as well. ⁓ thank you, Avi, for a top notch presentation. And, ⁓ I learned a lot. I probably should listen to this again, cause I’m sure there’s, there’s some things I’ll get on the second round. ⁓ and yeah, if anyone listening to this needs help on the financial side of due diligence or needs a CFO reach out to us, we can help. we’ve got an amazing team.

    Then we’ll see you all next time. Thank you, Avi. It’s very good. Thank you. Avi, we’re going to see you tonight. I plan to. I plan to be there. All right. Looking forward to meeting everyone. Bye bye. Thank you all.

  • Click here for transcript

    Speaker (00:00)
    All right. Hello, everyone. Thank you all for joining us today. I’m Gershwin Margolis. I am the founder of Imperial Advisory. I want to start by thanking Christine for joining us today. We’re very excited. Thank you, Brittany, for all of your effort and for playing this together. And thank you to all of our guests and our team members.

    I only see two faces, so I will thank you both. Thank you, Dean. Dean is one of our CFOs. He has experience in multiple industries and technology, law firms, hearing aids. ⁓ Welcome Stephanie. Stephanie is one of our newer teammates. She has experience in a lot of really good experience in food manufacturing and working with a whole bunch of our clients now. And thank you, Tom. Welcome as well.

    Tom has experience in lots of fun stuff, ⁓ especially technology and technology manufacturing. And he’s a military vet, so that’s cool too. ⁓ Okay, so ⁓ welcome everyone. Like I said, I’m the founder of Imperial Advisory. Imperial Advisory is a fractional CFO firm. We go into businesses and…

    You know, in a large business, the CFO is one of the most trusted advisors of the CEO. And then a smaller business that perhaps doesn’t have the need for a full-time CFO, bringing on a fractional CFO gives them the same kind of benefit for, you know, a part-time price. And some people would say, you know, it’s a full-time commitment at a part-time price, but you really get a partner to help you grow. You just don’t necessarily need that on a full-time basis.

    ⁓ we get involved with our clients in many different ways. So we act as a trusted advisor. We do things for them, whether it’s, ⁓ helping them hire the right people on their finance and accounting team. We’re not recruiters, but we get involved in that in scoping out roles. We help with mergers and acquisitions. We help with obviously lots of advisory, but we help our clients run and grow their businesses. ⁓

    And then there’s this whole world of things that our clients need, which we don’t necessarily do, but we like to, to be aware of, ⁓ things that we may get involved in, but may not do directly. So, like I mentioned, mergers and acquisitions, when we work on that, we’re probably going to be working more on the financial side. But when the client’s looking to grow, one of the ways that they can grow is mergers and acquisitions. And when you buy a business quite often, part of what you’re buying, and sometimes all of what you’re buying is the people.

    And so I was speaking with Christine recently and she was telling me about some of the work that they’ve done recently, helping business owners who are going through transactions and some of the interesting things that come up on the HR side. Imagine if you bought a business and you couldn’t use any of the people in the business for some reason. ⁓ That would probably not be very good. So anyway, Christine runs an HR company. I think it’s

    I mean, she lives here on Long Island. believe the company is based on Long Island. I know we, she actually brought us into one of her clients based in Brooklyn. so we got to work together there for a while. That was, that was very nice. and we appreciate that. and she’s a real expert in ⁓ all things HR and we’re very excited to have her here. And without further ado, Christine, take it away.

    Thank you so much, Gershon. It’s a pleasure to be here. I’m excited to kind of go through this topic. And I think it’s relevant ⁓ to every business owner and their finance team to really understand what are some of the key areas in HR due diligence that you should be prepared for when you’re starting to even think about ⁓

    selling your business or even acquiring another business as a way to grow. I’m just going to share a little bit about myself so people can kind of get to know me on the human side. So I am the founder and principal of Compass Workforce Solutions. I have a lot of HR credentials and my background actually comes out of the Fortune 250.

    So I’ve spent a lot of time in venture capital-backed businesses, private equity-owned businesses, a Fortune 250, and education before starting my own firm back in 2009. And now we have a team of 13 people. That little handsome guy in the upper corner, that is my rescue Chihuahua, little pea. So I’m a huge animal lover, and I give him a lot of credit.

    for helping me to understand how to interact with people that are in high stress or traumatized by prior experiences because that’s what him and I end up doing at home. Also, my natural behavioral profile is I am a strategist. So a strategist is someone who’s very disciplined, a highly motivated self-starter.

    I have a high sense of urgency to get things done and to cross that finish line with my client, but that’s also balanced with a need to understand the details and the facts of the circumstances. I’m naturally curious and analytical and extremely thoughtful. So I tend to ask a lot of questions and I’m fascinated by understanding why people got into the business that they got into. And that’s part of what

    makes my work so interesting. A moment on compass. So we are a certified woman owned business. We’ve won awards several times for our expertise and our contributions to the Long Island and the New York community. And our work is focused on key areas where HR actually makes a difference in business profitability, business scalability, and business valuation.

    So compliance and operational controls as it relates to people, dealing with workplace conflicts and supporting our clients in developing high performance teams. So we’re headquartered in Long Island. We have quite a few clients in New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania and Connecticut, but we also have touch points across the United States where our clients do business or have offices.

    So we have employees that we service in about 30 states and that rapidly expanded ⁓ during COVID when it just became so glaringly apparent that people could really be productive remotely. So as we launch into this topic of mergers and acquisition and really how to enhance your multiple, I wanted to focus us on this quote by Stephen Covey.

    always begin with the end in mind. So a lot of entrepreneurs or business owners start a business or inherit a business from out of a passion or from their family. It’s something that they love to do. And we don’t always think about what that exit is, but that exit is part of your personal net worth.

    part of your legacy, it’s part of what you’ve invested years and hours of time that this is your opportunity to really get paid, right? So if you own a business, you know there’s a lot of things you do that you’re not gonna see that money for right now today. But if you do things properly, you do have that opportunity to really enhance that multiple.

    And so the M &A environment’s really interesting. I get emails weekly and almost daily from people that want to acquire my business. And also we do a lot of work with clients. So our clients are typically 20 employees to about 250. They’re privately held, they’re family-owned businesses, and they’re also, we do work in the not-for-profit space.

    So that is the space where we’re in and there’s a lot of activity in that space right now.

    So I’m going to launch into kind of what I’ve labeled the four P’s of acquisition, right? Why do people buy businesses? Well, the first one is relatively straightforward. They’re looking to enhance their profit. The second one is they’re looking to gain a product or proficiency or a service, which they don’t have access to right now, that can enhance rapid expansion.

    The third reason is they like the market position of the other company. So oftentimes that email list, that customer list, the positioning in the marketplace, the brand, the name recognition is compelling and enticing. And then last of all, it’s the people, right? If you’re buying a business, people are a prime asset that come along with it.

    And so to really be truly prepared to demonstrate the value of your business, you have to be prepared to demonstrate the value of your people, which directly ties to your product, right? Your ability to produce what you produce, that internal knowledge, your proficiency, your ability to deliver an additional skill or service that people don’t have access to right now.

    your market position, right? The brand, the messaging, the conversation, all of those things are really centered around your people. And how do you demonstrate the highest value of your people and position it? And sometimes getting this ready takes three to five years in advance of when you’re planning to begin that due diligence process.

    to go into a sale. So we’re going to dive into that and I’m just going to focus on key areas that we see a lot of challenges when businesses are looking at going through that transaction. And we’ve done work on the seller side. We recently completed a one-year project with a privately held business that was located in New York, New York City, and California.

    and doing all the due diligence to prepare them for a transaction in the next three to five years. But we’ve also been on the buy side of it where we’re coming in when something is an asset acquisition and we’ve prepared to onboard all of the existing employees into the new organization. So these are some of the things that we see. The ability of the workforce to continue to be employed.

    So one of the oldest regulations that we deal with is Immigration Reform and Control Act. This goes back to 1986, was signed into law by Ronald Reagan. And this is your I-9 form. This is the form that certifies that an employee is eligible to work in the United States. So if you’re not

    If you don’t have good records of this, right, or oftentimes in the due diligence process, when I’m talking to a COO or the office manager or whoever is in charge of employee records, when I say, where are you record keeping your I-9s? The look I get is the I what? What form is that? So,

    Understanding this form and understanding the significance of the form and the ability to demonstrate on paper in advance of a transaction that all of your employees are eligible to work now and can be hired into the future is significant. In the current business environment, the current administration is heavily enforcing this regulation using the power of Homeland Security. So these are people that are armed.

    They can go anywhere they want to go. They may need a warrant to request these documents, but the current administration is taking this very seriously. And if you don’t have this in place, there’s also significant fines and penalties that businesses can suffer. So anywhere from $2,700 a person all the way up to $27,000.

    if they believe that you’re knowingly employing undocumented workers. So oftentimes different industries have different challenges. When it comes to continued employment eligibility, I was on the buy side, right? The sellers acquiring new employees, they had acquired a large private gym kind of in the Long Beach area. This was years before COVID. They were very excited. ⁓ They had

    come into a large sum of money, a father and a son, and they were investing this money by buying a business and really creating an ability to continue to earn and grow a business. So we went into this environment and in the process of onboarding employees, out of the 70 something people that work there, 10 % of that population was not able

    to continue on and this included people that were doing facilities work. This included people that were manning the front desk. So the buyer was not allowed to bring these people forward and immediately was in a position where seven new employees had to be located that were instrumental to running this particular operation. In the work that we just recently completed,

    over the last year, so 2024 until recently, we were working with a distributor, again, located in New York City with a warehouse in upstate New York and warehouses in California, right? So warehouses on both coasts. The warehouse locations had been relocated over the last several years. And when we went to look at the I-9 documentation,

    there were no records to be found. So in the process of relocating those warehouses, those paper records and most of the employee files were not able to be located. So we were basically starting from scratch with two warehouses in remote locations, teaching and training frontline supervisors how to complete and verify I-9 documents.

    So the fine and penalty in that instance, ⁓ if either one of those companies would have been asked to produce ⁓ I-9 documentation, it would have been in excess of $50,000 just because documents were missing and not able to be produced in the relative timeline. So in industries like construction, warehouse, distribution, gyms, food service,

    Generally what we find is these records are missing or incomplete. And then in other types of industries, you have different challenges. So in your STEM industries, right, technology. So tech is very hot right now as far as acquisition. And so what you see there is people that are on a work authorization, they might be on an F1, they might be on an H1B. Are those visas being tracked?

    for their expiration date and the next critical event date in order to ensure that those employees are able to be moved forward into the new organization. So again, continued employment eligibility is a key area where time and attention needs to be given and it’s often overlooked. The next area that I’m gonna get into is employment classification. ⁓

    So when we’re talking about employee classification, we’re referring to is someone a 1099 or independent contractor? Is someone exempt from overtime? Are they a salaried employee exempt from overtime? Or are they an hourly non-exempt worker? So why does this matter so much? Well, the reason it matters so much is when the

    when the buyer is looking at the business, what they really want to understand is the total cost of payroll and benefits. And in a lot of business, this is the number one expense that the business has is payroll and benefits. If people are not properly classified, this number is not accurate. And I’ll give you some examples as to why it’s not accurate.

    So for example of 1099s and independent contractors, independent contractors, the business is not paying for any benefits or taxes. There can be a 30 to 50 % increase per 1099 if that person was to be on payroll. And the types of things that we see that bring this into confusion is people are getting a W-2 and a 1099 in the same year.

    because maybe they’re in sales and both parties, the employer and the employee say, well, if I get my commissions on a 1099, I don’t have the same tax obligation. Okay, that is a huge no-no. That is a huge red flag to have an individual that is getting a W-2 and a 1099 in the same tax year. And that person is also an employee.

    Yes, Gershon, you have a question. Yeah, quick question on that last point. Is it that it’s sometimes legal, but rarely and it’s a red flag, or is that automatically? Is it inherently impossible or are there cases where it’s OK, just you’re asking for trouble when you go down the If someone is an employee, they’re always an employee. So that is the rule of thumb. OK. ⁓

    you can’t give compensation on a 1099 and it also gets into certain benefit violations. So for example, if you have a retirement plan and total compensation is eligible for a match or a safe harbor, right? You’re not recognizing that comp and now you have an ERISA violation. So one of the things that you need to think about is

    when you sell a business, right? The goal is to take that money and to go home and enjoy and to sleep peacefully at night. But just because you’ve sold the business doesn’t mean that your liability is over. So when we’re talking about look back periods on things like wage and hour, they can be significant. for New York state, for example,

    is six years, okay? Connecticut is two, New Jersey is two, and Pennsylvania is three. So every state is different, federal is three. So you really want to understand just because you sold it and closed it, the officers or owners of that business have continued liability. And where this oftentimes comes into play is if an employee

    does not survive that transaction, meaning there’s not a job for them. They don’t perform well in the new company. They’re not a cultural fit. They’re not going to move forward. Their recourse, oftentimes under financial duress, is to figure out a way to get money from the former employer. So these are important and significant things. So who can be a 1099?

    is sometimes a bit of a moving target, right? The Department of Labor and the IRS agree to disagree. So we typically recommend that all businesses really look at what the Department of Labor is doing. And in May of this year, the DOL, the federal DOL clarified their enforcement guidelines and they are using something called the Economic Realities Test. So,

    At the bottom line, what the economic realities test means is if that 1099’s revenue, their majority of their revenue is coming from that business, the economic reality is they are not an independent business. They are not an independent contractor. They are not generating enough revenue outside that they would survive.

    without that business. So there was some real interesting case law several years ago around strip clubs, right? And if you’re ever wondering what your business has in common with a strip club, I’m going to share it with you. If the facilities and the location and the equipment and the machinery that 1099 is dependent on that, right? So think about strippers. They’re reporting to a specific location, even if they don’t have

    a strict reporting time, but they’re reliant on the marketing efforts. They’re reliant on the facility. They’re reliant on the different licenses that that business has, and they’re using that location to generate revenue. So if your 1099s are primary, if they don’t have an opportunity to make a profit or a loss, if they’re not investing,

    in their own team or their own equipment and they’re relying on your facility, they’re not a 1099. So I’m going to move on to classification, right? Exempt versus non-exempt, because this is another big area where we see a lot of misunderstanding. So we recently took on a distribution company that’s on a PEO on one of the big ones.

    They have 34 employees and everyone is paid on a salary, including the warehouse and the mailroom employees. Okay, this is not possible. They’re not using any type of time tracking or tracking of hours and record keeping. And these people are also not passing the salary basis test. So to be exempt from overtime, it’s a two part test. My baseline salary,

    that doesn’t fluctuate, I’m guaranteed this amount every week, regardless of how many hours I work, and then my job duties test, both have to pass. So each state has the ability to set a higher salary threshold than federal law. So we’ve recently seen movement on the federal salary basis test, right? It was supposed to go up January of 2025.

    then a Texas court threw it out, now we’re back down to the $6.84 a week is the salary basis test. But if you’re in New York, that salary basis test increased in January to $12.3750. That means in order to be exempt from overtime, you have to pass the job duties test and be making no less than $64,350 a year.

    in base compensation and salary. So there’s a lot of companies where we go in and this is not the case. People are on salary for $500 a week, 650 a week, 900 a week. They’re not passing that salary basis test. So it’s really important to understand what is that salary basis test in the city and state that that employee is working.

    So some states follow federal law, quite a few states do not, California does not, and different states have different requirements around who can be a salaried professional or a salaried person. So that’s significant. Again, why does this matter so much? Because if I’m buying your organization and I’ve got someone who’s coming over that was making $500 a week,

    I don’t know what that employee is going to cost me in my new environment. You’re not tracking hours and you’re not passing the salary basis test. Also, you’ve got that look back period where if that employee doesn’t survive the transaction, you’ve got to wage an hour claim. And that can be significant because it has the backwards look.

    back to two years, three years, or six years, right? Federal is three, New York is six, California is six, ⁓ with interest and penalties. So you’ve sold the business, but if you know anything, you’re not sleeping well at night. So this is a big area where there’s a lot of missteps and a lot of cleanup. And we spent a significant amount of time in the last distribution company. They

    We started out with 119 employees at inception. We actually ended up with 98 employees. And in order to defend your classification, you also need to have a job description, right? So where’s that documentation? And my final point that I want to drive home is, what is the value of your workforce?

    So can you demonstrate the value of your workforce, meaning your key employees, your leadership team? What’s their background? What’s their education? How long have they been with you? So for a lot of the clients that we work with, the record keeping system is not thorough. You don’t easily have access to create or to demonstrate these bios. What about the rest of your employee population?

    How many of them are from Harvard or from Wharton or from West Point? Who has a master’s degree? Who’s project management certified? Who’s got their HR credential? Who doesn’t? ⁓ And in certain sectors, right, technology, medicine, accounting firms, or CPAs, this record-keeping requirement, if you can’t produce it, you’re not able to demonstrate

    the value of your workforce, or you’re gonna struggle to put it together. So you’ve invested a significant amount of time and training and developing people, you’ve got to capture that information so that you can share the full value of what they’re worth. So what am I really talking about? At the end of the day, it all comes down to record keeping. And to be brutally honest,

    If this is what your records look like, you’re doing better than 70 % of the clients that come to us looking for help and guidance. We see records of employee files in garbage bags because they’ve recently moved, especially from COVID where, you know, people went remote. What happened to all those pieces of paper?

    So were they uploaded into the HRIS? Are they floating around in somebody’s email inbox and never to be saved or organized? We talked about companies moving and relocating and not really paying attention to where are the employee files? Where are the I-9s? Where are all these records? So a lot of times what we hear is, well,

    we can’t find it. I guess those got lost in the transition or we relocated offices or like I shared with you, we moved the warehouses and I guess those files just didn’t make it in the transition. And then you also have people that have gone through some type of natural disaster, right? So we just had ⁓ Milton and Helene in Florida, right? We’ve had September 11th in New York. We’ve had Sandy where

    Hundreds of thousands of employee files and all types of business records were destroyed if they were on paper if they were in boxes if they were in file cabinets When you’re moving to an online system, you’ve got to have a strategy for migrating the old files So we just took on a client in New York City ⁓ They have 58 employees they’ve been around since 2004

    They moved from one HRIS to another, also in the middle that everybody went remote during COVID. And the last five years of employee records are sort of MIA. And we’re going through the former HR person’s email inbox for onboarding documents, for offer letters, for all different types of credentials.

    that can’t be located. So these are the common things that people do, right? So just a little reminder, now is the time to invest and organize, right? We’re talking about employment eligibility is critical, often overlooked by the company that is thinking about selling. Employee classification, 1099 versus exempt or non-exempt, again.

    payroll and benefits is often the number one cost of operating a business. And then the value of your workforce, the credentials, the degrees, the certifications, the investment that you’ve made in training and development, are you able to demonstrate this ⁓ about your company? So I did leave. think I’ve left ⁓ time for questions.

    If you have a very specific fact, specific question, or you want ⁓ an online ⁓ Zoom or Teams consultation with me at no charge, you can scan the QR code and spend 15 minutes with me picking my brain or asking your specific question. Otherwise, there, Gershon, are there questions in the chat that are coming in that people have? ⁓

    I have one comment in the chat, but it wasn’t really a question. So far, no. But we can turn that over to the people here and see. See who’s got a question. I know that I learned a lot. I found this very interesting. I asked my questions as we went along. But.

    Well, let’s go around who anyone have any

    anything that they.

    that they want to know? Well, I have a general question. I have a client that hired someone to be the president of the company as a 1099. And I was reviewing the 1099 agreement. I practice a little law my my majority of time and Christine, we spoke years ago about ripple and, and talent engagement and all that kind of stuff. But my question about

    the client’s president is the president signed, she signed a 1099. And there was a provision within the agreement that said that she couldn’t bind the company because she was a 1099. So the attorney for the company was trying to be, I think, kind of cute because how can a president, how can you have a president who’s an officer of the company not be able to bind the company? But I know why the agreement stated that.

    even and I guess my question is, even if you have a provision that says the president can’t bind the company, practically speaking, you know, she signed she signs small contracts all the time without talking to the the chairperson and the CEO. Is that a red? that be a red flag? Or, you know, you can call yourself a 1099 if you want. But in in actuality from from a from a function perspective, you’re you’re not

    Well, mean, and it also, if you think about it from an acquisition standpoint, does that mean that all of those contracts under non-binding are going to be null and void? And if the customer wants to get out of it, they can get out of it. It’s not binding. So it usually is a best practice not to allow a 1099 to bind an organization without.

    a second signature like general counsel or finance. But if you think about the definition of a 1099, it doesn’t really seem to fit a president’s role because their ability to use judgment and discretion and drive the organization. I mean, are they doing this on a fractional basis? No, full time.

    Right. And she reports to the board. Right. And then you also have the question of ERISA violations, right? So what benefits is she not getting that she should be entitled to, and also the potential litigation in a transaction if she doesn’t continue on? And there’s certainly someone who acquires that business is not going to maintain her as a 1099.

    I find that, you know, there’s this thought that people have, especially people that practice contract law and not employment law, that if both parties agree, anything can be solidified in writing. And that is not the case with employment law. There are very specific rights that the employee cannot waive. Workers comp, statutory benefits like tax contributions.

    ⁓ your social security, your Medicare, overtime, unemployment. So it gets really ⁓ sticky. So that sounds like a little bit of a nightmare, quite honestly.

    Yeah, I agree. Christine, I have a question and also on the 1099 topic. You mentioned before that the part of the test of a 1099 is for them to be able to, I think you mentioned to make or lose money. Yes. So how does that roll through to a service business where someone is providing a service? What’s called losing money in a service business where

    Right like my attorney Let’s say he’s a solo attorney Um, I think he is well, whatever. Um, he used to be a solo attorney. So he’s So how does he lose money? What does that even mean? Is he my employee? So, I mean Everybody has some level of overhead, right? And so however He is setting his rate because the definition of a 1099 means the 1099 is setting the rate

    So let’s just say he’s an attorney, he’s charging you $400 an hour. But for whatever reason, that doesn’t cover the cost of his overhead, his technology, his security, his admin support, his data storage, right? That’s the ability to lose money or to bid on a project, right? To give you a fixed scope of work at a flat rate and lose money.

    So there has to be where a 1099 is making some type of an investment in facilities, equipment, support, technology, helpers to do the work. And also a 1099 would not, an attorney might not be integral to a fractional CFO firm, meaning you use him

    to support you, but he’s not delivering the day-to-day services. He’s not directly delivering fractional CFO services to clients. That would be integral to a business. So common examples are 1099s brought into construction sites that are doing primary functions like hanging drywall, putting up foundations. 1099s that are

    outside salespeople that are selling that business’s goods and services as a primary function with little or no other revenue sources, right? Or, you know, like the example that Noah gave, 1099 in a president capacity. So,

    It’s really the economic realities test, which does synchronize up with what New York State says. So if you don’t have other sources of revenue, you’re not available for business with the general public. There’s some type of ⁓ restriction about who that 1099 can work with, right? Is there any type of non-compete?

    They’re having to report to work at certain hours. There’s direction or control or training given and then the permanency of that relationship. So is this person working there for a year or for five years? Right? So there’s really six main factors that go into the economic realities test when you’re looking at 1099 classification.

    Thank you.

    It’s a common problem. Yeah. I know for a lot of the fractional firms, not just CFOs, that 1099 is a frequent route. And the employment attorneys sometimes go for it. But everyone hems and haws about.

    I mean, you’re not having a time, but other people. Well, and it depends, right? What is the structure of the business? So like, for example, if the fractional CFO service is a referral service, right? So you provide a business development and there’s some type of ⁓ structure in place, right?

    for providing that, then you might have it, then that fractional CFO has to be free to do work for whatever clients they want to, and also open to do business with the general public, right? So, you know, having a presence on LinkedIn, having a website, having some type of, you know, it’s kind of a…

    A lot of people don’t do it in professional services, but like a Facebook page or a TikTok that says, this is who I am. You can contact me directly. know, so, and then having that investment in their own equipment, security, technology.

    So if you look at different structures like Angie’s List, you’ve got a platform that really is an aggregator of referral services to facilitate the consumer finding someone faster and being able to reference data. But the people on Angie’s List,

    are free to get business by putting ads in Clipper or going onto Facebook or walking down the street and getting their own customer. So that’s kind of where that nuance might come into play. Did I answer the question? Yeah. Very helpful. Yeah. mean, a lot of times the things that we deal with in HR, it’s not always black or white. It’s super, super fact specific.

    Yeah, I think that’s that’s kind of the key point is really understanding the company that you have the dynamic, the operating costs and having all those records to substantiate why you’re operating the way you’re operating and how much it truly costs you to operate.

    Yeah If you ever really want to be you know sold and you want to go through a transaction Right, yeah I know someone who sold a fractional CFO firm and he told me that they the way that they did it I don’t know if this was because of issues like this he sold to an Accounting firm. He told me he shut down

    Basically, he shut down his business and everyone left and moved to the new business.

    So he left, the clients left, the CFOs left, and they all moved over to the new business. Right. But did he get anything out of it or he just really got himself a more secure job? I think he got, he probably got some kind of partnership at the accounting firm. Yeah. Which, I mean, quite honestly, you probably could have gotten that anyway if you were good. Right. So again, it depends. Like if your intention is

    I mean, some people run a business with just the intention to create kind of what’s called a lifestyle business, right? I enjoy this lifestyle. I enjoy the freedom and flexibility. I enjoy the income it brings me, but I’m not really intending to go through a transaction where the business means something without me.

    Right. there’s, there’s, I mean, there’s nothing wrong with that.

    So that’s why I brought up early on, you’ve got to begin with the end in mind and structure your company in a way that’s going to get you where you want to go, right? And increase that multiple or that investment in what you’re creating.

    Right. Yeah. I guess that’s true in many disciplines. It is. that to our clients for our things also. way you’re looking to run a lifestyle business, right? You’re going to invest in marketing differently. You’re going to look to maybe pull more money out in the near term. If you’re looking to build something much bigger that’s sellable, you’re going to invest in things that aren’t necessarily going to make money right away. ⁓

    but we’ll build the infrastructure you need so you can sell later.

    Right. Or some companies might actually be doing more of an employee stock purchase, right? They’re building up the company to then be managed at some point by the existing employees, which could look a little differently as well. So it’s, it’s important to, mean, you’re raising the issue that you’ve, you’ve got to start planning kind of a minimum of five years out. Right. Right. So that.

    that’s sort of the minimum to say, where’s my runway? And where do I wanna be in the next 10 years? So that, right, I’m methodically going through this process.

    Because you can accelerate it, but anytime you want to accelerate something, that requires a lot of money behind it. You want to get something done faster, it’s possible. But then you’ve got to put quite a bit of investment into making that happen. And some of the due diligence that we end up doing, usually in my initial conversation with leadership, I can ascertain

    what level of risk are we exposing and do we need to bring in a law firm to do this underprivilege? Because anything that I do, my team does is discoverable, right? So when we go through like our initial question set and if people are saying, like I said before, the I what’s, then I start to know that one, you don’t want this to be discoverable

    in a due diligence scenario. And two, we don’t want this to be discoverable if an employee brings a lawsuit or any type of allegation within the next statutory limit. So we do it under privilege, which then you’re kind of adding another layer of investment onto that. So. Right. Yeah.

    Interesting. Yeah, it is. It’s very interesting. I mean, it’s interesting to me. Let me ask you one more question. was something that unless we’ll let’s see that anyone else have any questions they want to ask Christine.

    I have a small question. Go ahead. I’ll ask another time.

    So one question I have, Christine ⁓ is if all of the, what is the, in how many cases have you seen the current or the new owner of a business go after the old business owners for like, you said like employee related relations and all that. just, worked for like a small PE backed company, Food and Beverage on Long Island. ⁓

    And we had lot of the same issues, the I-9 issues and all that. And we had a lot of problems with employees and I don’t recall that ever happening to us, but just curious, like in your experience, how frequently that happens within like the small business world. Right, so it’s usually the employee. So sometimes I would say maybe like 20%. So I mean,

    We’ve had situations in an asset transaction where we’re onboarding new hires and we’re going through a handbook and we’re talking about key policies like sexual harassment. And the employee sitting in front of us said, oh, really? My manager isn’t allowed to do X, Y, And it was the manager at a prior organization. So you have this complexity of, well, that manager’s

    coming into the new organization as well. Now immediately as an HR person, I’ve got to do something about it, but the liability sits with the prior owner. So if you follow New York, we now have a three year statute of limitations on sex-based harassment from the last incident. So if the last incident was two weeks before, you’ve got three years of issues and challenges. ⁓

    It’s more what generally happens is

    You have historical employees that maybe prior ownership has a kinship with, or kind of this connection because they were with the business for a long time, but their skills and abilities maybe haven’t kept pace. And now as the new acquiring business is kind of doing their own due diligence and requiring people to leverage more technology or other types of tools, this employee begins to struggle and may not make it.

    Yeah. And if they were improperly classified or, you know, anyone in financial duress, and we see this all the time, owners will say, well, that person’s worked for me for 20 years, they’re never going to do it. And sure enough, if there’s enough financial duress or the brother-in-law moves into their home because that person lost their job or somebody’s diagnosed with

    cancer or a child becomes addicted to heroin or opioids and they need money to fix that problem, they don’t, the employee no longer cares about that longevity. They look at you as someone who just went through a transaction, who just got a nice chunk of money and they would like their piece of it. So I would say about 20 % of the time. Interesting. Yeah. Thank you.

    Did I Mike? I’m not sure if I answered your question or. This is all very helpful. Thank you. I’m I had some interesting conversations last couple weeks. I’m coming in from like a there’s a patent. There’s a licensing agreement kind of situation and I’m learning now that. You know me guy sitting in my basement. Playing with some kind of system or some patent and then you have these like huge manufacturers.

    And, um, in your perspective, do you think it’s smarter to just be an independent contractor as opposed to a, you know, as opposed to a business owner who has to partner or negotiate with other people I’m learning? Uh, yeah, a big, I don’t know, broad question to throw out there. You mean.

    So are you asking if you should ever hire employees or not? Yes, sorry. That’s the best way to say it is, I, is it good to be planning in the future thinking about let’s hire, like I need to be planning to train, hire, people, or is it better just to be a solo individual who, who licenses stuff, gets a 5 % royalty kind of thing.

    Well, I guess it depends on if you really want to scale. are you like when we talked about lifestyle businesses and creating an income and a life where you enjoy the working hours and the work and the flexibility. ⁓ Is that the intention or do you want to create something that has a value to it that

    you know, and I’m not sure what your line of work is, but it’s really, that’s the question that you have to ask yourself. And what is your time horizon? So, you know, a lot of the stuff that you see on social media about people starting businesses to be sold, and that’s the end game to grow it and sell it as fast as they can. There’s a lot of myth to that.

    Most of the businesses that are sold for day-to-day kind of businesses, you’re talking 15, 20, 20 years of slow, consistent growth and investment. So I would also think about your time horizon. Some people want to create something they can pass off to their children. Other people have children that have zero interest in their business whatsoever.

    Like in the instance of the distribution company that we just did the project on for a year, the children wanted nothing to do with continuing the business that their grandfathers had started. So it really depends what you’re, like we said, you begin with the end in mind of what is your business goal.

    Yeah, correct. Yeah, for me, I just want like a lifestyle business. It’s sort of like my own job and I don’t scale it grow it and sell it. So you might want to get like a virtual assistant that does some admin work. Who’s the employee of someone else and all of their? Taxes and benefits are being paid, you know, just to help you and. Yeah. OK, thank you and I booked an appointment to.

    Dive deeper for 15 minutes. you for all the philosophy here and long-term thinking is good as opposed to. This is what Gershon I think had as a job title a while back, a business philosopher. So yeah, yeah, I did. All right. Thank you. Thank you all for anyone listening to this now or in the future. You can reach out to Christine. You know how to reach us.

    If have any issues getting in touch with Christine, we can help with that. We can help with that too. We have a quick poll here. If you’d take a second to answer, that would be helpful. For anyone listening on LinkedIn, thank you for joining. I didn’t check LinkedIn for questions, but we’re just about out of time. So thank you all, and thank you, Christine.

    Absolutely. And Gershon, they’re going to get a five page HR due diligence checklist that takes a deeper dive ⁓ into all of the things that they kind of need to be prepared for. Perfect. Yes. Thank you for reminding me. And anyone listening to this who’s not listening right now, you may be seeing this on YouTube or somewhere else, but reach out to us and we’d be happy or to Christine, and we’ll be happy to get you that HR diligence checklist.

    Absolutely. And again, thank you all for coming and thank you especially to Christine for everything. Thank you, Gershon. It’s been wonderful. This is great. Thank you so much, Christine. Really insightful. Thanks, Christine.

  • Click here for full transcript

    Speaker 2 (00:00)
    All right, welcome everyone. Thank you all for joining us today. I am Gershon Margolis. I’m the founder of Imperial Advisory. We are a fractional CFO firm. So we’re a team of CFOs and we go into businesses. Larger businesses, we work for the CFO, usually something relating to giving them extra bandwidth. And smaller businesses, we work as the CFO. So kind of taking the CFO role.

    off of the CEO’s or owner’s plate.

    When we get involved with the business, there’s, there’s a variety of things we do. Our people on our team, again, we’re usually going in either as or working for the CFO. it’s financially focused, but we get involved in all sorts of other things through our finance work. So for example, we do, we work on a budget with a client. Well, part of the budget is part of the conversation around the budget is what’s your sales forecast?

    because if we want to know how much revenue they’re going to have, we don’t want to just say, well, last year it was 10%, this last year it was 10 million, this year it will be 12 million, or last year was 100, this year it’ll be 105 or 150 based on what. So we end up getting in these conversations with clients about how are you going to control growth? And, you know, we get involved, sometimes people is the bottleneck, sometimes sales is the bottleneck. There’s a variety of different things that can come up, but we always like to…

    including our education and our educational series here, our webinar series, we like to include other things that are going to be really important for helping our clients and our network achieve their goals and aspirations. So that’s kind of the reason why we have Tyler here today. I’ll talk more about Tyler in a minute, but it’s going to be a, let’s call it sales growth oriented webinar. I just want to take a moment to

    welcome Dean from our team who is here. Always good to have you. We have someone else whose picture I can’t see. ⁓ We also have Brittany. Thank you, Brittany, for helping put this together. And thank you, Dean, for finding Tyler, actually. So besides for coming, you also helped find the speaker. So I’m very much looking forward. So anyway, Tyler actually, believe it or not, used to work at a fractional CFO firm. That’s fun fact. But besides for that fun fact, today,

    He is a sales coach and I have experience with his system a little bit, because I read another book by the guy who designed Outgrow. So it’s a sales approach. I’m sure we’ll hear more about, about sales and sales growth from Tyler, but anyway, Tyler has been involved in sales for quite a while. And like I said, he is a sales coach and we’re so excited to have him here. Tyler, would you introduce yourself and then.

    Teach us some good stuff.

    Speaker 1 (03:05)
    Absolutely. Thank you for the invite. And yes, Dean, I appreciate you coming to my life about a few months ago. That was a fantastic ⁓ collision of just meeting another awesome human. So thank you. ⁓ I do have a little bit of about me in one of my slides. So we’ll get to that in a second. But hello, everybody. Thanks for joining this morning. I’m going to share my screen now. Just hopefully everyone can see it. Did that come up Gershon?

    Speaker 2 (03:34)
    All I see is outgrow a predictable revenue for revenue growth.

    Speaker 1 (03:40)
    Yep. Awesome. Okay. So let me get into it and then I’ll introduce myself. So for today, what you’re going to learn is why most organizations are totally reactive and how to immediately stand out from competition. Why two thirds of your revenue growth starts with your mindset and why don’t you don’t need to add complexity, pressure tactics or friction onto your customers or prospects.

    and then how to infuse something called confidence, optimism, positivity and enthusiasm into your entire customer facing culture to sustain repeatable behaviors that generate revenue. So as the introduction and the LinkedIn post said, this is about how to turn all of your customer facing people into revenue drivers. So a lot of this will be covered here today.

    And I really would love any interaction. prefer people to start, just interrupt me, ask a question. I prefer that rather than a chat. I will not bite. So feel free if you’re scratching your head, if you need some clarity, just ask, please.

    This is me way back when I had hair. ⁓ I am a Outgrow certified advisor. My name is Tyler Nicolets. I focus on growing mindsets and growing revenue. I have entrepreneurial roots. I see my dad has joined the call here. I can thank him for growing up in a home that has an appreciation for the SME business owner operator. I’ve been in business development sales for a while as Gershon said.

    It’s 28 years and counting as of this year, very fortunate for my background. And that includes some marketing stuff, some client relations stuff, leading myself, leading teams, very fortunate for the background I have been involved with public, private and startup. As Dean mentioned, work for another fractional CFO company. That is a company that I helped start up and scale up a few years back.

    I’m an industry agnostic person, very fortunate again from my background with many different business models and industries. have a lot of depth in. am a previous, regardless of being an owner today in my twenties, ⁓ my first failure happened ⁓ and I’ve learned from it. And if anybody knows John Maxwell, I look at it now as a failing forward exercise, which took me many years to get over.

    so I can relate to anybody that’s gone through that hardship and mental fitness coach and thinking partner so I take my years of experience in sport and business and ⁓ Integrate it into my outgrow practice and integrate it into just helping any human under any personal professional title Still good on the screen Gershon All right, so quickly I’ll go a little bit into outgrow ⁓

    Speaker 2 (06:45)
    Yeah.

    Speaker 1 (06:52)
    I’m happy Gershon talked about knowing about the practice. The gentleman we have to thank for Outgrow is Alex Goldfein. He’s on the right. So this book called Outgrow was released on April 8th. ⁓ It is now number two on the planet behind the top of habits in the business book category. So his background is a sales consultant for many, many years.

    He built this model on over 400 companies and proved it for over 20 years straight. And every business that ran on outgrow achieved 15 to 30 % predictable annual revenue growth. He’s an author of seven books, besides what you’re seeing on the screen. And three of them are Wall Street Journal bestsellers.

    I do not have that ⁓ writing and book credibility behind me, but I’m very fortunate to have the depth in the business development sales experience. I said, ⁓ Alex is just a gift, I think to some of what Gershon was talking about with predictability and sales and revenue growth for small to medium sized companies.

    Here is the compilation of Outgrow. These four books. Take a screenshot if you’d like.

    Three of these have become Wall Street Journal bestsellers. I can see the three on the right. Pick up the phone and sell is his latest one before outgrow.

    And Outgrow, believe it or not, I’m not here to train you how to do sales. It’s about the knowing versus the doing and doing what you know. And what I mean by that is simplifying the sales process for everybody beyond just the sales department to contribute.

    And one thing that’s near and dear to my heart that resonates with me is the three simple truths about revenue growth. And that is phone calls are more effective than emails.

    Would anyone disagree?

    Thumbs up if you agree.

    Referrals are the best way to get new business. Again, disagree or thumbs up if you agree.

    Speaker 2 (09:31)
    Quick question.

    Speaker 1 (09:33)
    Yes, sir.

    Speaker 2 (09:34)
    So referrals are very good. And a lot of our business is built on referrals. But what I’ve found is if you find somebody not through a referral, often they’re not talking to multiple people. A lot of people who refer will refer to three people at once as a matter of policy. So referral is like a higher quality intro, but in some ways.

    Couldn’t other things be really powerful? More powerful perhaps?

    Speaker 1 (10:07)
    For sure, sorry, I want to be clear, what’s your question?

    Speaker 2 (10:12)
    think I’m interrupting too soon. We’ll talk about this later. don’t want to derail this. are amazing. I love Rappers.

    Speaker 1 (10:20)
    They are, yes sir. There’s a way to ask for them too. ⁓ And you cannot communicate less and sell more. Again, thumbs up.

    Alright, let’s move along. If we know these things, all these three, why don’t we do them?

    What stands in our way?

    Beer. At the heart of it all.

    Fear is the precursor to our procrastination, asking people how we can help them more, asking for the business and so forth. It’s okay. I have it and I’ve been in this profession for almost three decades. It shows up with me every day.

    What are we fearful of? We’re fearful of rejection. It is not the easiest thing to hear no in our ear hole. I’ve had that again my entire life. Whether it’s at the grade eight dance when you ask your girl to, like the girl that you have a crush on to go dance and she says no or vice versa.

    It is in the sales profession. It’s all through our life and it’s a very difficult thing for us to live with. It’s the strongest emotion and sales is a rejection profession. Boil it all down. The best, most successful salespeople get the most nose.

    That’s ⁓ that’s as lived experience sharing it with you early on. don’t know it when you’re starting in this world. You don’t know it if you’re a non-traditional salesperson, like we’ll talk a little bit about today, but it is a rejection profession and that’s okay. We just need to have people put in the effort and be okay with hearing no. That’s a difficult thing to do, which is why

    Most of revenue growth work is two thirds mindset. So with respect to going back to just even my own experience, resetting every day, no matter what, if I’m leading myself or leading teams, making sure that I’m showing up with a mindset that will serve me and serve others is a constant thing that you need to develop and work on.

    And when you show up, or sorry, when you show up consistently with a mindset of serving and helping, you grow confidence, you grow optimism, you grow positivity and you grow enthusiasm. Right here on this screen is at the heart of outgrow. Regardless of my CFO friends on this call that want to see those, the data.

    and the predictability and the revenue growth and meeting budgets and exceeding budgets. Those are all fantastic things. Within our minds, when we develop these four critical components, you and others can show up consistently. This fades in a day. This fades in a week. Sustaining this over time is one of the most challenging things for us to do as human beings.

    especially in the rejection profession. When we can develop this and maintain this type of mindset, we will show up with more gratitude, we’ll be happier, we’ll persevere, and we’ll be more bold.

    and bold in a way, we’re just going to be able to be confident what it is we’re doing and what it is we’re offering. And this takes time.

    Helping to reduce the fear, COPA help with. When the fear goes away, we can get people to systematically communicate with customers and prospects when nothing is wrong, repeatedly, systematically, every day.

    The starting position of all customers is they want to be helped. If we know that at the root, why can’t we lead that way? What I’m focused on today is your friendlies. So whatever business you’re in, think about the people that already know you or you know them.

    So I’m not focused on cold calling here, which is a part of business. It is the most difficult way to grow business. I’m focusing on the friendlies and most of who you’re dealing with and past prospects, past customers, the starting position is they want to be helped.

    Questions so far? I know everyone’s a little quiet. I don’t want to rush through without giving a moment. And again, feel free to interrupt me.

    Speaker 2 (15:53)
    Question. Does the idea that people want to be helped have an application? Is that like a primary thing when you think about cold calling?

    Meaning, can you approach that with the same mindset or does that this mindset of go help the people you know, does that does that type of thing translated into cold calling or not necessarily?

    Speaker 1 (16:16)
    Absolutely.

    Absolutely. does. You’re just again, choosing a very, the most difficult way to build revenue, grow your business is by speaking to somebody that doesn’t know you or you don’t know them, but a hundred percent. Most of those people don’t realize, meaning the people outbound calling prospecting that those people want to be helped.

    There’s a way to approach it. So yes, this can be overarching with cold calling. I’m not here today to focus on that, but yes.

    People are not.

    Thank you. So outgrow all customer facing employees, not just the sales team. Super important. ⁓ Michael Scott in the office, if anyone’s watched the office, which we’re watching again in our home, I love that show about 15 years ago, they had this concept in that business to have it all of their employees, including their people and their distribution facility. ⁓

    help their customers more from a sales perspective. Why not? Why can’t everybody generate revenue?

    We’re just doing sales. We’re not trading sales.

    Focus on the positive, not the pain. Super important. So again, we don’t need to create friction. We do not create tension. We do not induce and create fear and then position ourselves as a solution to the fear people have or to the, to the, ⁓ to the pain. ⁓ people have enough pain in their life. So for outgrow focusing on the positive, not the pain is at the heart of it all. Positive psychology.

    absolute roots of positive psychology. And when we do this, we create a revenue growth culture of everybody swinging the bat, like we like to say in outgrow. Why not? Why can’t everybody be a revenue driver? Some people I know have a fear even deeper than what I’m sharing today, and that’s okay. We can help them along the way.

    Baseball is at the heart of my sporting life. So you’ll hear me speak a little bit about swings of the bat. We focus and I personally focus in my career with respect to business development sales is effort. Put in the effort.

    Measure what matters. Get up and swing the bat. Who cares if you hit the ball? Just swing the bat. That’s what we focus on. That’s what compels effort. And that’s what we reward is effort. Our KPIs are very different than most. We don’t focus on the results every week. We focus on the effort every week. And when you do that,

    Your confidence, optimism, positivity and enthusiasm amongst all of your customer facing people grow because the results will happen if the effort is there. Super critical, especially in the rejection profession.

    So in the helpful revenue growth mindset, be aware of your great value and behave accordingly. Your mindset, so your, your behavior, the mindset that you create, your behavior follows. So if you show up and if you think you’re, perhaps you make a phone call and you think you are a burden to that person or they’re too busy or all the things that perhaps get into your

    way before you even make that call or have that conversation, you will show up that way.

    When you realize that person wants to be helped and why can’t it be you? No matter who you are in an organization, you have all this great value to offer. Behave accordingly. What’s the worst that’s going to happen? They’ll say no. They might ignore you. You tried. You’re coming from a helpful mindset. Why not try to help more?

    So what an outgrow client does, super simple, target actions every week, communicate, log those activities, you receive data and analytics, and most importantly, we celebrate the stories and the recognition of the effort and obviously results if they’ve happened. Super simple, this is the cadence. And I know a lot of other companies, ⁓

    Follow something similar, perhaps. KPIs are different, but simple works. Simplify, keep it simple, focus on effort. Helpful growthful mindset work, or sorry, revenue growth work is focused on bad as averages. Going back to Alex Goldfein who created this for over 20 years and over 400 companies. The statistics is what’s at the foundation, which is what

    any of you can take into your practice or your companies today. You’ll learn some things coming up besides what I’ve shared, but most importantly, statistics of knowing the batting averages. The next page will show you at the heart of what I’m talking about are the most important things of doing sales versus training sales. And it’s this simple folks.

    Go ahead and take a screenshot. This is in the book. Anyone who’s read it or you will read it, but the batting averages is what we focus on. So again, going to effort versus results.

    These data points are derived from over 100 million swings of the bat for over 20 years.

    from a variety of companies, from a variety of industry. Voicemail to text, did you know questions? Reverse did you know? Pivot to the sale, pivot to the next conversation. Percentage of the business, internal referral request, external referral request. I’ll share a little bit of context on that as we go forward. We’re doing okay for time.

    So one in particular, all of you can take, take whatever you want from my sharing today, but this one in particular, two or three voicemails followed by text communicate back.

    Fascinating, hey? When you don’t send a text after a voicemail, that drops to one third.

    Leaving a voicemail for an example is, Hey Sarah, it’s Tyler. I was thinking about you the other day because I was talking with a customer that reminded me of you. They’re buying some things from us that I would like that I think would really work well for you and your business also. Let’s talk about that and catch up to hear the latest in your world. Short, sweet, make it your own, your authentic voice. This is just a super brief example for you to see the simplicity of a voicemail. Then once you do that,

    send a text and your text is something like per my voicemail, how’s Wednesday or Thursday at 1pm.

    Two thirds of people will communicate back in that type of mechanic. Make it your own. Make it your authentic voice.

    Questions? Ah-has? Agree? Don’t agree?

    Speaker 2 (24:37)
    I’ve been doing this. I have not been properly tracking it. The, but I have definitely seen this type of thing work very well, much better than calling and not leaving a voicemail, which when I read the, one of the books you had on the screen before, that’s what he says. Most people used to do, or most people do you call and you don’t need a voicemail because you don’t want to sound annoying.

    So when you call, leave the voicemail, send a follow-up text, I have seen a dramatic uptick in responses.

    Speaker 1 (25:10)
    Yeah, there you go. Simple. If they don’t respond, they don’t respond. In that moment, you can try again.

    Love as lived experience. Thanks, Gershon. So on that note, ⁓ maybe because you’re interacting or I’ll throw it to anybody. When was the last time anybody here got a proactive call from a supplier when nothing was wrong? Somebody in your business that supplies you something without them asking anything besides calling when there wasn’t a problem.

    There isn’t anybody, maybe Gershon?

    Speaker 2 (25:56)
    No, it doesn’t happen to me. But I’ll tell you that we try to do this. And this is the first time I’ve ever heard of Alex Goldfein. We have something on our team where we’ll go in proactively. We have a second person calling the client like once a month, basically, trying to ask them just what’s going on. And Dean actually does this a bunch like what’s going on? How are you? How’s everything going? How’s it working out with whoever your team is?

    Etc, etc. Just trying to understand, make sure things are good. What else could be doing better? Do you need this? Do you need that?

    Speaker 1 (26:33)
    Excellent. love that. Good on you, Dean. Not surprised. It is amazing though how much they open up, right, when they have a set of eyes and ears to open up to. So it is very helpful. Yeah, for sure. ⁓ Just considering time, won’t go in too much depth to this, but the point of what I wanted to get to, and if I was live, we’d have a different conversation. It is what it is on the webinar, but

    When you do what I just suggested with the call and text, you stand out.

    Most people will email.

    Most people will volunteer themselves into the trash with respect to a sales driven reach out or email for a check-in. Why not pick up the phone? Nothing’s wrong. Pick up the phone. Human to human. We are all human to human. I don’t care if you’re a B2B, B2C, non-profit organization on this call. It does not matter. We’re human to human. Pick up the phone. Stand out. Most people are not.

    Most people are fearful. Most people are stuck in this loop. So you have all of this amazing, your culture is amazing at solving problems and the urgency of what’s happening in your business. Manufacturing, healthcare, construction, professional services. We all have that. We are professional problem solvers. We’re really good at the client experience.

    but we forget about the 80 to 90 % of your customers. They’re quiet and they’re happy. They don’t hear from us. Outgrow is about reaching out to those people when nothing is

    I love this quote. You know, if you have to eat a frog, eat it in the morning. If you have to eat two, eat the biggest one first. Get over it. Pick up the phone, make something happen. What’s the worst that’s going to happen? Somebody says no or ignores you.

    20 % of Did You Know questions closed.

    This is as simple as, how much time? Yeah, we don’t have a lot of time. So if you have 15 customer facing people in your organization, for example, you have five, did you know questions in a week? You want those 15 people to ask. That’s 75, did you know questions in a week? Four weeks in a month. That’s 300, did you know questions in a month?

    12 months in a year, that’s 3,600 did you know questions in a year. 20 % of those will convert into a new piece of piece of business. That’s the power of this because we know the batting averages. So just ask the question, 20 % will close. It’s not hope. It’s fact. You get more people swinging the bat. This is what will happen.

    Batting average is over 100 million data points from people swinging the bat for over 20 years. 80 % of reverse did you know questions close. So those are the what else questions. Go ahead.

    Speaker 2 (30:07)
    The the did you know questions are basically did you know that we also do blank is that yeah?

    Speaker 1 (30:14)
    I’m

    sorry, I was rushing there. Yes, it is. So if you have, ⁓ you know, multiple ways that your CFO services are offered Gershon. Yes. Did you know if you have a CFO, we can work for that CFO. Did you know we also offer ⁓ controller services? Those are all examples of very basic, did you know questions?

    You are firing a bullet at the customer, meaning you’re telling them what it is you offer in all the different varieties. But it’s, yes, that simple.

    A reverse did you know is asking them what else? Asking them what else they need. And when you do it that way, you’re not firing that bullet at them, like the product or service that you offer we just spoke about. You are asking them a what else question and 80 % of the people tell you. So why not ask them? And I have some examples in the next slide coming up of some call mechanics.

    But what else are you doing with my competition that I can help you with? That’s an example of a reverse did you know question.

    A grocery chain story from myself early on in diapers and business development and sales, I’ll call it in my early twenties. ⁓ Not knowing that some of the principles you’re learning about today, I was embodying going to a grocery store up north in my province of Alberta here, going to every single department representing a company that had a product or service for every single department in a grocery chain.

    consistently showing up to every single department asking them, did you know we offer this? For example, a bakery department, had a packaging solution for all the different baking items. Did you know we offer this container? Is a did you know question. A reverse did you know question. What else do you have going on this month with respect to birthdays that I can help you with?

    birthday cake conversation happens. All of a sudden there’s new packaging opportunities. And then it progresses to other departments. And then it progresses to other ⁓ people in the organization and other locations. All from showing up asking, did you know questions consistently? Reverse did you know type questions? What else are you working on that I can help you with? What else do you have coming up that I can supply you consistently?

    Every three weeks led to me servicing 12 different grocery stores within a chain. That’s at the heart of what Outgrow is, consistently asking questions from a helpful mindset and showing up.

    25 % of pivots lead to a yes. So why not pivot to the sale? When would you like me to send that? How many would you like? Ask for it. Know when to pivot, pivot to the sale, ask how you can help and when. 25 % of those will lead to a yes.

    Call mechanics. Gershon, doing, you wanted about 15 minutes at the end?

    Speaker 2 (33:56)
    No, keep going. Let’s leave five minutes at the end.

    Speaker 1 (33:58)
    Okay.

    Okay. Call mechanics. Sorry. Go ahead.

    Speaker 2 (34:03)
    No, go ahead. I’m learning a lot.

    Speaker 1 (34:06)
    Awesome.

    So again, this is very, ⁓ some of this is in the book, but this is a very simplified version. It’s not exactly what would happen in the conversation, but to show you how simple this can be applied and you can operationalize opening, catch up with somebody against somebody, you know, current customer. was thinking about you. How’s your family?

    When you shift to business in that conversation, could be the first minute, could be five minutes. What are you working on these days that I can help you with is a example of a helpful question. I would like to help.

    Let them talk. During that conversation, you can throw in a reverse did you know question. What else do you need help with? Again, you are asking them 80 % of the people will tell you.

    Did you know we also offer X or do Y or Z? A did you know question in one conversation, you already have two actions from Okro that could happen.

    Another reverse did you know question, what is happening that we are not working on with you?

    and let them tell you.

    You’re building a relationship in these conversations. You are helping, you are not selling. You’re helping people that want to be helped.

    Pivot to the sale when that happens in that conversation. When would you like us to do this?

    Pivot to the next conversation. We never leave a conversation without knowing what the next action is. No matter if that’s just a general conversation with somebody, you’re building a relationship. None of this is happening. You never leave a conversation without knowing what’s next. That’s as simple as when would you like to talk again next? Put it in the calendar. When do you want me to follow up with you? If you’ve sent a proposal, for example.

    and somebody says what date that is and you say, great, if I don’t hear from you, is it okay to follow up with you on Monday? Never leave a conversation without knowing the next step. As simple as that. No pressure, no friction, helpful mindset. I’ll stop there. Gershon or anybody else?

    Speaker 2 (36:43)
    I’ll just say one thing to add on that last point that you made, take it to the next level. What we try to do is we set up a follow-up call. If we’re sending out paperwork, we send up a call to do our best to set up a call to review it. Because not just we’ll call you if we haven’t heard from you, we’ll cancel if we do hear from you.

    Speaker 1 (37:06)
    Will, sorry, say that last part?

    Speaker 2 (37:07)
    Instead of, call you if we don’t hear from you, we set up the call and then it’s, we’ll cancel if we, if we really heard back from you and everything’s good, then we can cancel that call.

    Speaker 1 (37:16)
    Fantastic. That’s an example of what I just went through and that works specifically for your business. Make it your own. But that’s a perfect real life example of never leave a conversation, excuse me, without knowing the next step. Fantastic. Make it your own. So let’s be helpful. Help more people more. Why not?

    some stats on some of what I shared and I put this on, especially for my CFO friends that have joined me today. ⁓ Typical companies where sales that happened to them, you’ll see representation of a typical year up and down, up and down versus sales they created. And this is just where outgrow was inserted into an organization that was more reactive.

    versus proactive. So they started picking up the phone when sales were created. They started doing some of those actions that you’re learning about today. And lo and behold, consistently happened, consistency built, effort was rewarded, results were driven over time.

    Reactive selling versus proactive selling.

    That’s as simple as it gets folks. And most of the business are stuck in that loop servicing, doing a wonderful job, solving problems and doing the best they can with client experience, reacting, reacting, reacting, and not spending time proactively selling and helping their people more customers, prospects, past customers.

    Speaker 2 (39:03)
    In a service business, would you be putting service professionals on these type of calls or would you have a separate sales team going and calling everyone up? Hey, how are we doing? What else could we be doing better? What else do you need?

    Speaker 1 (39:18)
    So everybody, so in that situation, especially what you’re referring to, and I can think of your organization, Gershon, I’d consider that question in your type of environment as seller doers, meaning people that are delivering the work. Why can’t they also ask how they can help and sell more? So call that service person company, a seller, doer of the product or service you provide. So that makes sense.

    Awesome. What we doing for time? Okay. ⁓ this one. I forgot I concluded this. Caribou coffee. So I won’t get into the full story, but Alex ⁓ has a beautiful story about his experience at Caribou coffee at the Minneapolis airport, where an example of a did you know question happened for him when he went to get some coffee. So between flights shows up young lady at the counter.

    Um, you know, the order transaction is specifically for a cup of coffee. And she asked him, would you like a bottle of water to go with that, sir? Now it’s not prefaced with, you know we have water? It’s a form of a, you know question, but that simple question led to Alex purchasing a $5 bottle of water. When Hudson’s gift shops.

    right down the corner and that same bottle of water is $3.50. He’s exactly in that environment where she, in this case, was trained to ask, did you know questions? So that customer is exactly, Alex is exactly where he needs to be for that person to engage and ask, did you know we also offer something else? He bought the bottle of water. So

    Now I know some statistics.

    I think they’ve almost doubled or tripled their sales in this business on a tertiary product called water, not coffee. Because that simple question leads to most people buying a bottle of water on top of their cup of coffee. That’s a simple real life example of

    We don’t need complexity. We don’t need friction. No matter what the product or service is, just ask the question.

    My ⁓ as lived experience, which is why I put this story up here, happened in early April this year where I was going through that same airport and I saw that coffee shop. I was so excited to go in there and be asked this, did you know question? I would have bought two bottles of water. I know it’s not to me, that’s a very powerful story.

    But I went in, I needed some coffee, wanted some coffee, and I was so ready to be asked if I wanted a bottle of water. I was not asked.

    I walked out, went to Hudson’s and spent $3.50 on a bottle of water.

    You know, inside I was a little disappointed because I thought it was just something that was going to experience and it’s going to relate to me. But there’s a power of that person and grace for him, whether he’s new or not or nervous or just forgot or what have you. He just didn’t ask the question when I was there fully prepared to buy a tertiary product, if he asked for them to double their sale with me.

    So simple cadence.

    Week one, ask for a quantity of specific actions. So that could be five proactive phone calls, picking up the phone when nothing’s wrong, calling a customer, calling a past prospect, calling a past customer. Five did you know questions, five reverse did you know questions. This could be an example of one human in your company.

    where you would want them to do these actions in a week, whatever works for them. They can do some of them. The did you know could happen in one conversation. But this is an example of setting actions. Super simple, one step. Go do that action. Log the action.

    In Outgrow we use a specific form because it’s revenue generating activities. We don’t get people lost into a CRM, which are fantastic, super critical tools. We focus on revenue generating activities. Tracking that is where those statistics come from. Effort not result.

    Metrics look like this. So step four is looking at the data of the people of who’s doing what, who’s not doing so much. Going back to confidence, optimism, positivity, enthusiasm, that cope acronym. We are never going to lead with a stick. We are never going to tell somebody they’re doing something wrong. If they’re doing, if they’re trying, we’re going to help them with their mindset. are going to, we are going to encourage the behavior that eventually

    Rewards the results that you’ve been learning about so people doing so much are not doing a lot and people not doing so much We lift people up. We pull people together built on positive psychology meaning reward the effort build positivity

    Data from a CFO friends, when we start tracking this type of data, predictability in your revenue growth happens. It’s not a hope, it happens, period. When you start to put in these effort, you’ll see the leading indicators, which helps you plan, which helps you plan your human capital. You don’t need to add people in this work. You make all of your return on investment with every customer facing person increase.

    You build their mindset. Everybody’s contributing. It’s a team sport, not just the sales department. Some may not do it and that’s okay. We’ll build them up over time, but leading indicators of what is possible when you do this type of work. This is a beautiful slide to show you. So this is all that step four component. And then critically we celebrate.

    and recognize success. Here’s an example of an engineering type company where you have seller-doers Gershon, people that would do and perhaps design, also helping and selling, customer service, technical support, product manager, celebrate every single week.

    Target actions, go do it, log it, get the data, celebrate it.

    So predictable loop of revenue growth. That’s at the heart. Positive psychology, we don’t build pain, we build positivity. Perseverance and resilience happens because of that. It’s been proven time and time again that…

    perseverance and resilience will supersede skill set. When you have a mindset that can overcome obstacles and challenges, whether it’s ⁓ created within yourself or others, how you show up and deal with that is at the heart of consistency, helping you persevere and be resilient in any and all situation, especially in the rejection profession.

    Quickly a story about an RFP. I know Gershwin, you talked about healthcare being one of a lot of clients that you have in manufacturing. You have a variety of your industry agnostic yourself. ⁓ But going quickly to a story many years ago for myself in healthcare ⁓ sales. I had spent a lot of time with my team submitting an RFP to a health region. Unfortunately,

    We were not rewarded. We were second runner up call it when that decision happened. ⁓ I’m pretty relentless as a human, ⁓ especially when I believe in something and I’m very helpful mindset focused in this circumstance. ⁓ there was something within my competition that was more about it, not aligning with standards.

    and ⁓

    I’ll just leave it at standards, for example, and the efficacy around what they had positioned. So I started having conversations with people, part of these decisions and going back to the pivot to the next conversation, never leave a conversation without knowing what the next step is. Led me to overturning this RFP decision a month after it was rewarded to my competition. I never cut up the competition from ⁓ a standpoint of

    you know, intentionally doing something, ⁓ shady per se. It was a situation where there was a misalignment with standards and the product that they had aligned with the RFP. So pivot to the next conversation with decision makers, users of the product a month straight, they ended up rewarding and, ⁓ turn the RFP over to me a month later, which doesn’t happen often.

    ⁓ I’m not sharing it any other way, ⁓ in a way to say, know, I’m super successful. Look at me. It was just the power of.

    I’m going to persevere through this decision. I know there’s something here that perhaps was missed. Maybe it was on me. Maybe I need to talk through this more. Let’s talk to people and never leave a conversation without knowing the next step left to them overturning the decision in a month. Super powerful stuff. More of the story, but I’ll stop there. Last quote, many of life’s failures are people who didn’t realize how close they were to success when they gave up.

    Mr. Thomas Edison, super famous quote. And that is actually on my desk every single day and near and to my heart. Four minutes left. I’ll stop.

    Kyle, that was great. I had one quick question as you’ve rolled this out numerous times. What do you feel is the biggest obstacle for a company to actually implement?

    ⁓ going back to this being for all customer facing people, for everybody realizing that they can contribute to revenue growth in an organization. Number one, ⁓ some people that are very experienced in sales, ⁓ will typically say, I know that. And so there’s sometimes a natural resistance, which is fine.

    ⁓ we take those people and help them be leaders and mentors in the company because that’s awesome. If they know now let’s go do and let’s all of us go do. And that is a very difficult thing for somebody that typically would say, yeah, I know all that. I do it already, but it’s consistency. So there’s a natural resistance from salespeople that have been in this and doing this work for a while to say, I know it. Don’t need that. Don’t need the help.

    And then others that don’t realize, you know, a safety company or organization could be a part of generating revenue because of their relationships. That’s the biggest thing is realizing how much the current traditional salespeople and the non-traditional people can work together to create a culture of consistent revenue growth. ⁓ Thank you. Yeah.

    I see Curtis has a question. Hey I’ll jump in here. time listener, first time caller. Good to see you. Maybe that was kind of my area of question and this might be over a coffee to go deeper on it, but it does sound like flags on culture there being like we’re a service-based organization, all client facing, maybe historically this type of work was happening and now it’s not. So there’s some kind of red flags, green flags on.

    Speaker 2 (52:36)
    Hahaha

    Speaker 1 (52:56)
    Like, is there a culture buy-in like before you dive into these types of things and start saying, okay, everybody, here we go. We’re going on this journey. Just some high level thoughts there. yeah. Thank you. Great question. And like I talked to Gershon, I’m not here to go through all the operationalizing of Outgrow, but that’s why Outgrow works because we spend three months

    When we start working with a client, there’s three months of buildup before anybody starts swinging the outgrow bat. And what I mean by that is there’s things that we do with clients, customers, and then we have a full launch day workshop where a lot of what you’re seeing today is where the mindset gets built. And that’s a full day with all their customer facing people to start creating that culture. And then beyond that day, people start doing this work because

    What you just said, it would fail 100 % of the time all the time if we didn’t do that.

    Does that answer your question? Yeah, for sure, Awesome.

    Speaker 2 (54:06)
    All right. I have one question, but we’re going to put the poll up in a second and people, if you can answer.

    actually.

    Anyway, ⁓ anyone would like to get in touch with Tyler, please be in touch with myself or with Brittany and Thank you all. Thank you all for joining I’ve got Like I said, I have one more question, but I know that we’re at a time So if anyone wants to hop you’re welcome to hop I wanted to ask and if anyone wants to stay Tyler, do you have a few more minutes if people

    Speaker 1 (54:47)
    Yeah, you bet.

    Speaker 2 (54:49)
    So if anyone has more questions, you’re welcome to stay. have one question, which is you touched on referrals earlier that when you ask for referrals, those things tend to work well. You didn’t expound that much on that. Is there any, any quick pointers on that? Anything to add to that? Or it’s just what it sounds like.

    Speaker 1 (55:14)
    Yes, absolutely. ⁓ Again, super high level. Didn’t give you all the kernel secrets, but referrals. Great question. ⁓ one thing to know is we never use the word referral when we ask. It would be as simple as, ⁓ you know, an external referral request. So a company you’re working for today and perhaps there’s, you know, somebody externally in their network. You want to ask them, it would go something like.

    Speaker 2 (55:27)
    Okay.

    Speaker 1 (55:42)
    Hey, who do know I can help the way I’ve helped you? And that’s it. Not, hey, I would love a referral from you and then get into a deeper conversation. Who else do know that I can help the way I’ve helped you or the way we’ve helped you?

    So I’ll leave it at that. Hopefully it answers your question, but we never use the word referral.

    and keep it simple.

    Speaker 2 (56:16)
    Sounds good. Anyone else? Any questions?

    All right. Thank you all. you. Great having you today.

    Speaker 1 (56:31)
    Thank you, Tyler. Thank you.

    Hello, thank you very much, appreciate it. Thanks everyone. You have a great day. All right, see ya.

    Speaker 2 (56:40)
    Bye.

  • Click here for full transcript

    Speaker (00:00)
    Welcome everyone. Thank you all for joining us today. My name is Gershon Morgulis. I am the founder of Imperial Advisory. We are a fractional CFO firm. So we’ve got a team of CFOs and we go into businesses that need help. Some businesses we work for the CFO, if there is one. We help them with things like audit readiness, financial planning and analysis, mergers and acquisition, support.

    And for businesses that don’t have a CFO, we go in as the CFO and we give them access to a top notch CFO on a part time basis. And we work on everything with the smaller businesses from strategy straight through to execution. So we work with your team or we take care of things that your team can’t take care of as well as obviously leading and working with the CEO on planning and charting.

    the path of where the business needs to be.

    I’m going to take a moment to welcome the people from our team. see we have a few people. I don’t see that many faces. So welcome to all the people who do not have faces and also welcome to Dean. Welcome to Stephanie and welcome to Brittany who gets these things all set up. Thank you very much for all of your help. And again, welcome to everyone who’s all our guests and people on our team who I don’t see.

    So back to finance. One of the things that we view as the role, as a piece of the role of the CFO is protecting the assets of the organization. I don’t know if reputation counts as an asset, but we can just say protecting the reputation as well, right? So company needs to make money. They got to, they have to sell, they have to sell profitably. But in order to do that, you need to have

    the right systems and processes in place. And that applies to all sorts of things. You got to the right marketing in place. You got to have the right people in place and you have to have the right IT in place.

    If you end up in trouble that can cost you money, could ruin your reputation, can hurt your clients, which is obviously the worst thing. thinking about IT, while we’re not experts, thinking about IT and making sure that that is something that clients are thinking about is something that’s very important to us as well. so therefore it’s appropriate to have IT and cybersecurity related things as part of our webinar series.

    We are appreciative to Dean for inviting Steve to join us on this webinar. And we look forward to Steve’s insights on cybersecurity and everything else he’s gonna tell us about.

    So I’m ready to go. You guys ready? And I’ll kick things off if that’s okay. Yeah, introduce yourself and. All right, well, yes. Steve Stasiukonis, Secure Network Technologies. was the managing partner, I’m a founder of the company. Started it back in 1997. We’re essentially professional white hat hackers. We test network security from all aspects of it too. Like we’ve got a full blown red team.

    I mean, we do everything from the aspect of being a threat actor. We just go in there as a, almost like the adversary to show the weaknesses of a company’s network. We do things very much like the bad guys do. ⁓ And doing this over the course of several years, we’ve learned a lot, but the real learning part came from becoming an incident response business. And this is where we come in when somebody was compromised and they were taken over or there’s a ransomware activity, some redirection of payment.

    is this email compromise. And that actually makes us better pen testers. When you learn from the adversary, you’re seeing what’s happening from how the threat actor does what he’s doing. And it gives you a better understanding of what you need to do to protect your environment. And we share all that information with our client base and so on, so they can go out there and harden things properly. Last thing you want to have happen is getting compromised. This presentation is all derived from stuff that we’ve seen that’s actually happened.

    So, hopefully you’re going to learn a lot about what you’re up against. And really the problem we’re seeing now is hacking versus protecting. And I’ve got one slide here that I’m going to show you that’s rather interesting. was done out of a group on Boston, Boston Consulting Group. And they did it around 2020 and what they showed was something really interesting. The cost to hack a network is getting cheaper. If you’re a bad guy and you want to get into the world of crime and make bank, all you got to do is figure a couple of things out.

    leverage some skills from some other people, and you’re going to be off to the races to make some serious money. The problem in today’s world, because of that, is it’s getting harder and more expensive to then protect your network and protect your business as well. So this is unfortunate, but the data that we have to show you really kind of backs things up. And ultimately, the threat actor today is getting really smart. So…

    Everybody always asks the question, who are the bad guys? The first thing that happens when somebody gets compromised, they don’t understand it. Like, well, who are these hackers? And we call them threat actors now. We don’t call them hackers, but threat actors are essentially the group that we’re after. And what we try to show them is that it’s now known as the advanced persistent threat. And this was the term that was coined by the US government and the Air Force on really labeling the threat actors or the slash hackers on who they are.

    and they’re broken down into three groups. And these three groups are foreign national nation state bad guys. And how does this work? So you’re living in Russia, China, the Middle East or some other country where, you know, they state sponsor bad guys. What you do is you tap a young individual early on, you find out that they have promise and you bring them into the world of offensive security. You train them to be hackers. And the country is like Russia and China. They’ve got campuses of individuals.

    that they bring into the fold and they give them the tools and the capabilities to become cyber warfare machines. And that’s our first group that’s out there. The other groups are hacktivist and anarchists. And those are individuals that band together much like Lulz Sack, or if you’ve heard of anonymous, Cult of the Dead Cow, Lizard Squad, Wolf. These are groups that are out there that essentially band together and if they have an ax to grind with somebody, they go after them. But they got some political views they don’t like, they go after individuals or organizations. But that’s our second APT.

    But the third one is the one that’s raising really the problems that we’re seeing across the globe. And that’s the organized cyber criminals. And these are the ones that band together. They actually, I’ve had a theory that’s out there that I actually had vetted from an individual that was one of the ex directors of CIA. I had said, you think some of these nation state guys are getting old and retire and becoming the organized cyber criminals? And he said, without question. And he goes, that’s what’s feeding the machine. And they bring other people into it. They train them, they show them.

    They have the relationships with the countries and there’s big money in it. And with the invention of cryptocurrencies that are out there and you’re pseudo anonymous, in some case anonymous, well like Monero, you’re able to then have that payment made to you, launder that money into a fiat currency and it’s incredibly lucrative. And that’s why this has gained so much momentum. Now, the thing about the countries that are actually sponsoring it, like China, this is Xi Jinping, we all know that.

    And ultimately these guys have more hacker groups that are out there that are hacktivist, anarchists, as well as their organized cyber criminals. But there’s groups like Hafnium, there’s Deep Panda, there’s going to be TA428. There’s a group called Bronze Starlight. There’s another one called Bolt Typhoon, Salt Typhoon. There is a boatload of them. And the groups get larger and larger and larger. And the cyber machine of the country is really cranking out these individuals and these groups that are out there hacking.

    So there’s no shortage of them. And in fact, these guys are out there once again hacking on behalf of their country. They’re bringing currency into their country and know, she’s got no beef with it. So it continues to happen. Brighting thing about these groups like Bronze Starlight is they’re using hacking tools that my pen test team uses. They’re using, you know, Metasploit, they’re using Cobalt Strike, they’re using Mimikatz, they’re using all these other crazy tools that my guys use and they’re using those against us.

    So they’re well trained and they’re well versed and they understand our environments very well. The other group that’s out there is this guy. And if you don’t know who this is, this is the leader of North Korea, this is Kim Jong Un. So Kim Jong Un has been sanctioned by who knows how many countries, his father, his grandfather, same boat. They’re always making money based on some sort of illicit trade. Ultimately, they’ve got groups like Lazarus. ⁓ They’ll hack anybody, infrastructure, financial services, anyone for anything if there’s money to be made.

    There’s groups like Kim Suki, there’s Temp, there’s Kermit. ⁓ Anybody that’s a company now, say, know, predominantly financial services, these guys actually broke into an organization. I forgot the bank that was in the Middle East someplace, but they almost swindled about a billion dollars. There was a transaction that did go through. They did capture some of that money, North Korea did, but they didn’t get the whole, the whole, you know, whole billion. But ultimately this is how

    Kim finances his missile program. According to the FBI, 50 % of the money that North Korea brings in from ransoms actually goes into their missile program. So that’s a lot of money. The other group, this is kind of the 800 pound gorilla right here, it’s Russia. And since the war with Ukraine has been happening, we’ve just seen a lot of new organized cyber criminals coming out there. There’s Fancy Bear, Cozy Bear, Berserk, Conti Klopp. I mean, the list goes on and on and on. These guys will hack.

    anyone for money. They don’t care. And why not? They’re successful at it. They’re bringing crypto into Russia. They converted it into a cryptocurrency, into a fiat currency. And ultimately Russia wins. it’s very difficult to stop this type of activity where they’re sheltered in a country where there’s no extradition. And know what? Putin’s got a lot to smile about because once again, I think what we see what’s happening right now, they tend to be winning. So with that,

    we’re seeing the threat actors that are expanding. And this is kind of an interesting thing that’s out there. So as I’ve been in this industry for almost 30 years now, I’ve seen the trends and activities of bad guys, but the popularity that’s gaining right now is almost frightening. And we’re seeing things where hackers are franchising their brand. And what happens is, this is kind of interesting. If you have a group that’s ransomed a few organizations, you’re deemed successful,

    and you want to make the next step, you join an affiliate program. And this is an example of an affiliate. So LockBit 3.0 is a gentleman named Dimitri. Dimitri out there goes, okay, join my program and I’m going to take 10 to 30 % of the ransom. But in the meantime, I’ll teach you how to do some certain things. And then that’s what’s been happening. He’s actually gaining or giving them the tools to be successful to then branch out and then, and once again.

    ransom more companies, more businesses, because he’s just making the money on the backs of other threat actors that are out there. He’s doing things like this. He’s teaching them how to negotiate. And this is a great example. So with LockBit, if you join his LockBit environment, now called Dark Vault as well, they’ll teach you how to negotiate. They’ll say, listen, break into the organization, get the certificate of insurance, understand the limits that they have.

    you know, when you’re dealing with the incident response people, it’s almost like a course. It’s ⁓ a training session on how to make sure you’re get the most out of a ransom. So once again, he’s giving them everything they know they need to be successful, because he’s making more money if they’re successful as well. Frightening thing, the guys at Darkside, these guys had hacked into a lot of places. I believe they hit Colonial Pipe back, way back when. But when you went to their wall of shame, when they were still posting their stuff,

    They had said this, they were like, dear victims, we don’t cooperate with any of the following recovery companies, which are incident response companies like Coldware. They said, you can contact any other recovery company or write to the guys at Darkside and they’ll refer you to an incident response company. So they know who they want to negotiate with, who they don’t want to negotiate with, and clearly this is how they do their deed and how they do their business. ⁓ If you want to go back and look at this wall of shame here,

    This is typical of everything that’s out there. It gives you the ransom. They’ll say, okay, this is a million five. It’s going to be based on this many Bitcoin. ⁓ But if you pay now or if you wait, it’s going to be doubled. ⁓ And then it shows you the time left. And then there’s a leak site that’s going to show you the data they exfiltrated. This is everything to do to create as much fear and panic in a victim to then have them pay as soon as possible. And this is kind of the, the MO for all the bad guys that are out there.

    The site may appear to be look different, but usually the content is always the same. Threat actors are now looking to fix their problem in the job market. And the reason is, is that they’re looking to obviously get talent, just like in the IT world, in our world, ⁓ there are sites that do job placement. And this is a group out there that says they want to become a freelancing site. So this is how this works. Let’s say you want to join a crew of bad guys and you want to be able to say,

    I add value because I understand Active Directory really well. So you would go to this site, you give them your handle, you probably have to give them a few examples of some of the things you’ve done. They may test you and then they’re going to place you within a ransom group or you might join their particular group that they’re a part of. But essentially it’s a job board. And it’s kind of frightening because this is what’s happening on not just this site. You go to the dark web, you see a bunch of amounts out there, looking for this, looking for that.

    if you have a certain skill set, very interesting times. Once again, they have a labor issue as well. The crime work kits and the hacking tools are really interesting and I’ve always had an interest in them, but now we’re seeing some momentum. And the momentum is this, it’s like the dark markets are getting better and better. So if anybody’s been to the dark web,

    There’s markets, some are scam markets, some are legit, but for the most part, like this is a site that I consider legit. We’ve bought things and we’ve bought, you know, crime work kits, we’ve bought malware kits, we’ve bought all sorts of data that’s on there. The experience of buying on a dark market is very Amazon-esque. And in fact, you can get whatever you want. It’s not just hacking tools. You want to get drugs, you want to buy a machine gun, you can buy anything you want. And the experience is rather professional. I mean, you look at what’s out here,

    For example, you could buy a hacking toolkit to become a millionaire. It’s $312 in Bitcoin. How these transactions typically work is you have a shopping cart, you put it in your cart. Oh, but before that, you have to escrow money within the market. So you have to load it up with some crypto, whether it’s Bitcoin or Monero or Ethereum. And at that point, what’ll happen is, you you shop, you buy stuff, and then at some point when you check out,

    the market then clears the money and you’re supposed to then get, for example, here a link to download your crimeware kit. I’ll tell you, I bought kits on here before and one time I got burned by a vendor and I went right back to the administrator and I complained and within less than five minutes they refunded my crypto. So really interesting customer service, fabulous, almost better than Amazon. So these guys are once again creating their own little industry, basically on the backs of hackers and threat actors that are out there.

    And there’s tons of markets out there. Interesting thing too that’s happening is if you’re not that skilled at being a bad guy, there’s services now that allow you to do things that are essentially automated. And this is a really interesting service that’s automated. So you go online on the dark web, this is fully indetectable ransomware, they got a typo there. But ultimately what you do is you give them crypto, you pay for it, and then you fill out. It’s like software as a service, it’s ransom as a service.

    And essentially this form comes up, you put in, now you wouldn’t put your real email in, just to let you know you put an alias in there. ⁓ And then at this point, you’ve got your ransom note, you got your victim details about what you’ve just done to their network. ⁓ And at this point, the ransom amount, the payment details that you want, probably your crypto key of where they’re gonna pay the crypto ransom that’s there.

    And then you could then create the malware of your choice, whether it’s Windows, whether it’s for an Apple or for Linux platform. ⁓ And then the file type, it essentially creates whatever you want. You order it, they deliver it. And at that point, you have what you need. So you don’t have to be a developer. You don’t have to be a skilled programmer anymore. You just have to be able to handle a few simple steps here, be able to then move your crypto from one place to the other. And at that point, you’re off and running.

    So this is an example of some of the ransom services that are out there. The other services that are out there, so let’s say you just bought your malware and you now want to do some sort of phishing excavate to break into an organization or to launch that piece of malware, this is a site called Robin Banks. So you actually go to Robin Banks and you can create a phish of whatever you want. if you want to create a transaction to a user that says that they have an issue with let’s say the bank of your choice here.

    You drop and drag whatever logo you want. if you don’t have a logo or send a bank, you could just dump the logo in there. And then the language is built for you. It’s incredibly articulate. It’s really well written. There’s not a lot of typos inside there. And then you once again, just create the list of the individuals that you want to send this to. And you put out a rather sophisticated fish. This isn’t even AI. It’s a bit AI right now, I think, but they’re.

    that when this first came out, it was mostly just a lot of decision-based stuff that was in there. The new tools are a little bit more frightening that are out there. But this is what you’re going to see. You’re going to see things like this become, they’re expanding on becoming ⁓ a lot more clever in terms of how to get that fish into an organization. And I’ll tell you right now, you can go to a boatload of forums that are on the dark web and they know all about the training services like Noble 4 and they know about Hook and.

    you know, all these other types of security services that train the users and they’re doing everything to like, once again, bypass those. They’ll even use a noble for fish. Heck, my guys have done noble for fish is not being noble for and then they trick the user thinking that they’re going through a training course. So the bad guys understand what we’re doing and every step of the way they’re trying to bypass us. So you’re a bad guy. You just bought your malware, the fully undetectable ransomware.

    You built yourself a fish, but perhaps you want to have faster access to the inside of a network, you go to an access broker. And an access broker is almost like a cottage industry for the bad guys. So what these guys will do, the access brokers re-break into places and then they sell the connection for the threat actor that gain access to it. So this is an access, or this is one of this is one of my RDP. ⁓

    And these guys out there sell connections that have already been broken into. So you’re looking at a bunch of Comcast, Roadrunner. I mean, these are AT &T, who knows where they’re all over the globe, but essentially these are pre-broken in places. You add it to your basket, you pay in crypto, and then they give you, let’s say the RDP connection, remote desktop, and now you’re off to the races. You have a connection that’s already been made into the business, and now you do whatever you got to do. Hunt around, move around, find any data stores.

    and then at some point leverage whatever malware you wrote and then encrypt that data. or exfiltrate the data by the way, cause you want to take a copy of it, you know, make things especially painful. And at that point you leave a ransom note, you know, for the individual to then go off to the wall of shame. So ultimately it’s interesting too. It’s like the threat actors that are out there are creating these small little industries for other bad guys to once again feed the machine.

    Now, artificial intelligence. Believe it or not, if you use chat GPT or co-pilot or grok or granite or whatever else you’ve seen that’s on the regular internet, yes, the bad guys have dark AI. And dark AI is a pretty frightening thing because it’s essentially jailbroken artificial intelligence off of a large language model. So good example, there’s fraud GPT, there’s shatbot are evil, there’s demon GPT. There’s another one called, I think onion GPT that’s on the dark web right now. But for the most part,

    I believe that these are just jailbroken versions of let’s say deep seek or some other artificial or large language model that’s been made available to them. And ultimately with tools like this, once you gain access to it, it does everything that you could do in a world of crime without having to like try to jailbreak chat GPT. So for example, you could then gain access to let’s say darkest GPT, you could build malware.

    There’s like no tricking it. You just say, hey, I want to build a piece of malware that’s going to bypass Sentinel-1 or CrowdStrike and it does it. Remote access Trojan development. Once you gain access to a network, give me a piece of code that allows me to gain access to the inside of a network. It gives you criminal ideas and you know, once again, ways of thinking outside the box. Exploit analysis and suggestions. I mean, ultimately these guys are thinking of every way to hide your identity to essentially move through a network that’s stealthy.

    and not get detected and to bypass the controls. And then once again, any sort of script or custom tools, there’s just ask it and it does it. And essentially, even if you wanted to do something like this in some of the available tools that we have today, like the large language models, like chat and so on, you can still jailbreak them. But for the most part, you might as well go to DeepSeek in China and you know what, they’ll let you do most of this stuff without any sort of questioning what you’re doing.

    And if you want to get around it, you just ask it politely and usually the engine will coincide. It’ll say, yeah, no problem. Just go ahead and we’ll do this for you. Very interesting world right now. Hard to put guardrails on a lot of this stuff, ⁓ especially, once again, with these engines continuously learning. So the bad guys have this. They’re leveraging it to their best capability. So once again, we’re fighting the fight. This is an interesting problem as well.

    So if you’re familiar with what happened with the MGM grant, you know, the threat actors actually called the help desk, a password reset. ⁓ In that particular group, I think their English is rather good. Perhaps they can hide their dialect, but for threat actors to use artificial intelligence to speak and to then do some sort of voice phishing, ⁓ it’s rather interesting. So it’s really simple. ⁓ The key behind this is that you can generate content

    based upon somebody’s ⁓ current voice. And what you would do is you would do a snippet of somebody’s voice, you dump it into this thing, you would then enter your text of what you want that person to say, and then you can add the tone of whatever you need the person to sound like. So they can actually speak slower, they can speak faster, you can create a sense of fear or anger or concern, and then the engine actually generate it and sound just like that.

    You know, it’s an interesting little test I did. My mother’s from Germany. She’s 89 years old, very heavy, but very in accent ⁓ with a 10 second snippet of her voice. I dumped into this. I can have her say whatever I want. And that’s what happens in today’s world where, you know, individuals, especially the elderly are called up and they’re like, yeah, my grandson just called me. He’s in a wreck and he needs 2000 bucks to get out of jail. Cause he’s got a

    a pending, you know, driving, you know, while intoxicated charge. And at that point, the person is tricked. This stuff works. I mean, if you want to sound like a little boy, an old woman or Joe Biden, it works. And I’m frightened by it because here’s the problem that we’re all experiencing with the tool like this is that when you get a mobile phone call and you hear that pause, and then all of a sudden you say hello and there’s a hang up.

    You got to wonder if they’ve recorded your voice, they’ve matched it up to your phone number into some database where they know it’s you. And that’s going to be used or sold on the dark web for some other nefarious task. And that’s why I think when you get a phone call now on your cell phone and it’s either anonymous or a number you don’t know, I think your best bet is just to wait for somebody else to speak first. ⁓ Because it’s right now, to me, it’s a big concern.

    This thing works. There’s a bunch of them out there on the open internet, not just on the dark web. So once again, I don’t think there’s any guardrails put around this stuff yet. So just word of caution, when you answer that phone, I would just wait for somebody else to speak. And if you hear that half a hello, it’s a boiler room someplace, I’d just hang up. It’s probably not important. So we’ve talked about the malware that these guys are making. We talked about their job boards. We talked about how they have cottage industry brokers of services like

    know, pre-broken in places and so on. But there’s a market for everything. And if you ransom a company and you happen to take their data and they don’t, I guess, pay the ransom for the destruction of it, where you don’t pay them at all, your data will get sold. And here’s a great example of this. So your data gets brokered. Nothing is for free on the dark web. In fact, everything is pretty much sold. And this is dark leak market, for example.

    So everything that’s out there that was ever compromised as a result of, let’s say, a breach or a ransom or whatever, it gets then taken and it gets put into a bucket and then it’s brokered. And cell phone data is a perfect example of it. So T-Mobile’s taking their lumps, US Cellular, AT &T took a big hit last year, I think twice as a matter of fact. So all those mobile phone numbers and that data that’s tied to the individual, that’s perhaps why you’re seeing the uptick in all the reasons you’re getting phone calls on your cell phone.

    It gets in the hands of threat actors. They put a boiler room together. They start calling people for whatever nefarious purpose. It could be for tricking you into some bill that’s from the utility company. It could be getting a snippet of your voice to do something different. It could be for another reason, to validate the database so they could sell it to some other threat actor saying that they were finding into this. So everything is for sale. And whether it’s the data that ties back to an individual, to corporate information,

    everything has value. ⁓ So once again, when your data gets leaked, it ends up someplace. Even when the people pay the ransom, my gut says that they’re criminals and that they’ll probably use it someplace else and they’re gonna sell it. So this is unfortunate. You’re gonna see more and more of this stuff pop up.

    So this is a really big frightening part about today’s world. We told you about the affiliate programs that these guys have, but as they become more advanced and more sophisticated, the managed service provider model is really something that these guys look like they’re striving for. And if you don’t believe me, I just have to tell you that I saw it happen firsthand in an incident and the threat actors began to behave just like an MSP to the point where I thought at some point,

    They’re going to ask for like, you know, an annual agreement with the statement of work and service level agreement as well. So DragonForce was the group that hit this organization. And when we started looking at what they were doing, we realized, you know, they talk about added security features to their site. They’re advertising what they can do in terms of being the better affiliate program. Really an interesting thing that I saw here. They’re taking what was out there with like LockBit to the next level.

    And the other thing that they started to talk about was how they actually helped a threat actor group they were in competition with. So there was a group that was out there that got hit. They got taken down by law enforcement. ⁓ Ransom Hub was the group. And so while Ransom Hub was trying to get back on their feet because the law enforcement guys took their site down, not the means that they’re going to stop them. They just took their site down. Dragon Force came to the rescue, partnered with them to help them.

    so that they can continue to negotiate with their victims and bring money in. And at that point, I think the light bulb went on for Dragonforce and then this happened. It came all out into like, here’s what we’re gonna do for anybody else that’s in the same boat or wants to partner with us. They invite them to partner with them. They’re gonna take a certain percentage fee of only 20 % and they’re gonna provide 24 by seven support monitoring. So if you, for example,

    ransom a company, you can then, once again, partner with DragonForce, you lead your victim off to their site, you do all the negotiation there, you share the victim’s data that you just stole, all the back and forth goes into the protected chat session there. And then when it’s all done and the victim pays, these guys at DragonForce pay 20%, the ransom group takes on the balance of the money, and they move on to their next victim.

    They talk about their enhanced capability in encryption modes. What does that mean? The malware they hit you with or they encrypted your data, they’re constantly changing it, they’re manipulating it in a way so it’s harder, stronger and tougher for the incident response people to get past if there was any chance of saving that data. Multi-platform support, what does that mean? That means that they’re going to go after anything that has any sort of like Linux based solution, Windows based, it could be a VMware solution.

    anything that’s out there that they can go after, these guys are going to once again leverage the capability of what DragonForce has already put an investment into. And then finally, they were talking about marketing and apparently there was a Russian site that was out there talking about how DragonForce is doing that. And they gave them kudos and thanks to say, listen, we appreciate your help. And once again, spread the word. Guys at DragonForce are really interesting. They said that they can also

    let you have your own identity within their site. So they’re ranting groups and saying they’re eliminating the white label. You know, if you’re a ransom group and you’re happy that you’ve got a cool logo and you just took down 20 companies, by all means, keep your cool logo. Just use the DragonForce site. And they talk about it. So once again, it allows you to keep your identity and then continue to make money. DragonForce is make money.

    And once again, they’re creating this model that’s becoming attractive to other threat actors or the threat actors that want to get into the biz. So the threat actors out there have learned a lot. And the interesting thing that they’ve learned from is they’ve learned from how law enforcement goes after them. And every time they get taken down, it’s interesting how quickly they bounce back. And I look at it from the perspective of every time they get hit or they see one of their colleagues get hit,

    they harden their environment to make it that much tougher for law enforcement. And there is a perfect example of this. So Lockbit 3.0 is the guy named Dimitri that I talked about. And at one point, this was the wall of shame that you would go to. And his site, it’s interesting. He’s quite active that’s out there and he’s still up there right now. So one day I’m looking at his site, seeing the victims that are out there. What you’re seeing in red are the victims that have time to negotiate.

    When it goes to green, that means that things didn’t go so well, they published your content. So I went back one day and I’m looking at the LockBit site and lo and behold, LockBit site’s gone. It turns into this. This means that the law enforcement or agencies across the globe banded together, took them down. And then what they did is they throw this up to say, hey, LockBit, guess what? You’re not working today, we took you down. And then in an effort to kind of like really kind of expose the LockBit guy and to kind of

    you know, make fun of them. But law enforcement agencies did this. They actually took the lock-bit site and they modified it and they changed all the victims into things they did to them. So for example, they published decryption keys, they put rewards for reporting the victim or the people tied to them. They supposedly had indictments. They’ve got some activity in Ukraine they found out. They made some arrests in Poland. They’ve got some other things happening. Well, you you look at this and you say, this guy’s done. He’s out of business for sure.

    No, in fact, the lock bit guy was back up and running in like one day. He put his site back up there. He published some stuff about the FBI. And then he made a point. He made a point to say this. He said, you know what? I’m going to publish a white paper. And in his white paper, he talks about everything that happened. And when February 19th on 2024, you know, his servers were compromised. He said, you know what?

    My bad, it was my mistake. And ultimately he explains that he will remediate, make sure this never, never happens again. He said he became complacent and that he realized that his mistakes cost him time and money and his business, as well as some of the other ransom groups that were tied to him. This is an interesting white paper. If you guys reach out to me, I can dig this thing up and let you read it because it’s incredibly articulate. He’s very intelligent. He talks about what he does and how he does it.

    and he’s making hundreds of millions of dollars and he discusses it. ⁓ So there’s too much money at risk to go away. And this is the one thing that I’ve learned from this guy. So clearly the bad guys practice strict cybersecurity. And that’s the interesting thing. And that’s the point of my presentation here or my webinar is that they’re doing it. Everything that they see that happens to our victims across the globe, they learn from.

    and then they start hardening their environments to make sure that they can’t get taken down. Unfortunately, most organizations don’t follow the same thing. And that’s the sad part because organizations out there and they do things where they’ll say, well, I bought all this stuff and I did this and they did that. And they throw money at a problem, but they’re not fixing the problem. And that’s the difference. And I think what they need to do is they need to pen test and they don’t.

    just waste time scanning a network and getting back a bunch of documents with high, and lows. You need to test it, you need to punch that network in the throat as hard as you can to understand your vulnerabilities on what a threat actor is going to do. I’ll tell you something else. No threat actor is going to go to your network and start running tools like Nessus and Nmap and anything that’s loud and proud. In that’s the last thing they want to do. They’re going to touch a box, they’re going to go away, and they’re going to do it ever so softly and gently without

    raising any sort of like, you know, attention to themselves. Why would you want a tool like that when you’re going to give yourself up? That’s the first thing. Test it like a bad guy. The other thing is remediate the problem. I see so many companies out there just drag their heels, have a report on their desk, wait to get somebody in there, talk to their boss about, know, we need to fund this or do, no, you need to do something now because if you get hit, you’re going to be down, count on two to three months.

    And if you’re lucky to be back up and running at that point, talk to your customers because they’re all going to hate you. They’re not going to trust you. For the most part now that’s happening too is people are starting to become complacent, but nobody wants to go through the hell. And the other problem that you’re going to see when you get hit is every lawyer jumps on the bandwagon now to create a class action lawsuit saying that there’s some sort of personal identifiable information that was exfiltrated. So now cough up more money. So that’s an interesting thing.

    Other companies need to do this. Do a purple team. Do some sort of exercise where you’re looking at your network from the aspect of if you have somebody in there, how do you stop them? Good example on purple team. The best analogy I have is that game Battleship. It’s you against somebody else. And if your team is able to stop the threat actor while they’re in your network, that simulation will give you a good understanding of how good things are or how bad things are. I think more organizations need to do that, cost a little bit of money.

    but it’s worth a lot. Tabletop’s pretty good too, but it’s mostly a simulation that’s occurring in a dialogue. And frankly, the rubber meets the road when you actually do things on your network. Cyber insurance. Frankly, I think it’s something that you have to have now. If you’re in business and you’re connected to the internet, you got to do it. If there’s anything worth protecting inside your network, you definitely have to have it.

    Organizations now have figured out that, okay, this is going to be expensive. But if you fix your network, if you start testing it and doing the right things and you don’t lie in the form, it’s not as bad. That premium can be somewhat absorbed into the business. And once again, the worst thing that have happened is actually have to use it. So once again, it’s really important. Last thing I think most people have to do in organizations is train the users and educate them on security so that they understand that it’s not just protecting the business, you’re protecting them. Make it relevant.

    You know, when the company’s down, I see it happen. Company’s down for two months, nobody’s getting a paycheck and they’re all freaking out. You know, people got to pay their bills. They got to make their mortgage payments or rent payments. And frankly, know, complacency sets in because you think it’s just the company that’s taking the hit. No, the individuals take the hit as well. Trust me, I’ve seen it. So once again, educating the users, making them understand the consequences as well as what they need to do and make it relevant to them in terms of human beings to when they go home. yeah, cause they don’t have an IT department at home.

    they might want to pay attention. So it’s an important thing that they do. So the outlook for 2025 is that I think you got to be on your game and you got to know what you’re doing because right now the threat actors are definitely on their game and they’ve got a really well organized plan and they’re executing it right now. So it’s unfortunate. With that, Hirsham, I think we got some time for Q &A if that’s okay with you. Dean, if you guys have any questions.

    So Steve, from my perspective, that was amazing. It’s a lot to digest there and ⁓ certainly hits home and ⁓ gives a slice of reality to all of this. appreciate that. I’m assuming everybody else is feeling the same. And Gershon, we should definitely find a way to maybe get this out to some clients and prospects because I think it’s quite critical. Yeah. Can we ask a question?

    Yeah, Steve, I understand the thrust to organizations. How about high net worth individuals and their protection? Same deal. It’s the same thing. And in fact, you know, it’s not just ransomware to organizations. Threat actors are there once again, leveraging the high network individuals, not from a perspective of rancid me it, but from a perspective of taking advantage of any sort of

    Let’s say a transaction, a good example is a ⁓ transaction with a wire. So, you know, somebody’s buying a property, they think they’re communicating with, let’s say the person who’s gonna be, you know, sending that wire and that threat actor will intercept that communication, change the account details, the bank account number, you know, the routing number, and that’s how money gets moved. Trust me, nobody’s exempt, nobody’s exempt, but you know, if I was a…

    if I was a high net worth individual, I can assure you, you better take some precautions. Definitely. Hope that answered your question. Yeah. Definitely. Do you know if cyber insurance is offered to the high net worth individual? That’s a great question. I’m sure there’s an insurance company out there that will insure anything, but will they insure that individual personally for cyber attack like that?

    I will definitely find out and get back to you on that.

    And Steve, further to the individual, obviously there’s a lot of things that companies can do to mitigate, right? Probably not going to eliminate, but to mitigate. What can individuals do to mitigate? Is there a lot there? I’m going to tell you right now with individuals, you got to get a password locker and create the most convoluted password, pass-free schemes that you can, and then let the password locker do its business.

    If there’s something you need to know at that point, all you need to know is one long passphrase to get into that locker. But right now, I don’t think anybody has any business trying to think they can store every password in their head. There’s no way. I don’t do it. I don’t want to do it. And frankly, that’s where I look at what’s happening in today’s world. My team of guys, they grab hashes all the time. I got a bunch of gear back there that cracks passwords day and night.

    And the capability is getting better and better to do it. think it starts with credentials and managing them better. Don’t put them in smarty password locker. Got it. Steve, I heard somebody, I don’t remember who, someone told me a while ago that if you had good two-factor, and we actually have this, I think on all of our networks, both our Microsoft and our Google. But somebody told me a while back that if you had

    two factor authentication that you would save yourself from like 99 % of these kind of issues. Is that true? A little true or just? No, it’s true. It’s true. It’s the big deterrent for the bad guy. I mean, there’s ways around it, but it’s work. But for the most part, you know, two factors pretty darn good. And it’s been around for years and I think it’s gotten much more mature.

    better. mean, starting out, remember years ago, secure ID from RSA, you know, it’s come a long way since that. And frankly, I think it’s good. And I try to put two factor on everything we have here. I’m so paranoid about getting hit. Trust me. I mean, any place that it’s offered, it’s usually free. Why would you take advantage of it? You know, So yeah, definitely.

    Has our government and the FBI, cetera, become more adept at putting these people out of business? I mean, is this a priority?

    I don’t know. That’s a great question. You know, it’s interesting because, you know, my colleagues will tell you the same thing. When somebody gets hit, we just had a company and Megan, who’s on this call can back me up on this. The customer was like, well, you know, before we send in some more resources, we’re going to talk to the FBI to see who they send in. And I was like, do you want to break the news to them? Because I’m tearing, they’re not going to roll in and roller shirt sleeves up. It just doesn’t work that way.

    You know, if you’re a business and you think that there’s going to be bunch of G men with like dark sunglasses and black suits helping out, it doesn’t work that way. They’re going to ask you for some IP addresses. They’re going to write a bunch of notes down and they’re going to walk. And that’s what happens. And the resources that we have at SZA, I think that organization has been gutted. I mean, it doesn’t, right now you’re on your own. You got to take matters into your own hand, put a plan together for your own hand. You can’t rely on anybody.

    That’s the truth. Maggie, you got something to add? Yeah. So I’m the, work alongside Steve. I’m sales manager at secure network. And I think one of the biggest takeaways that organizations need to do, it’s a work in progress when it comes to cybersecurity. So I think a lot of companies assume, Hey, if you do a pen test, you’re good. you have an incident. You’ve gotten back on your feet. You’re good. You need to keep your network up to date. You need to focus in defense and depth. need to pen tester network.

    You need cyber insurance. You need legal counsel that’s aware of cyber policies. So to actively put in that effort day in and day out, that’s the key to all of this.

    And Catherine in Gargolia, she’s on the call as well. She’s with iPower Technologies. It’s the reason we work through the channel and we work hand in hand. The last thing we want to do is provide a pen test. have all these gaps and now it becomes liability. We want to make sure you have the resources to go day in, day out and feel like you can be productive at work, you can be productive at home, and you’re not going to be stopped by a threat act.

    ⁓ There’s always a risk of them stepping inside your network, but if you can put that active effort, that’s what’s going to put you in a better position.

    Thank

    I’m sure there’s teams from the government agencies that are going to step in, but it’s always going to be infrastructure. I think it’s always going to be stuff that’s like mission critical to keeping a city, a town, a village of, you know, something that keeps the people working and running. You know, we saw them at a breach at an airport and you know, they came in and they also left while we still were in the middle of something. So, you know, they only have so many people to go around and that’s the other issue we’re dealing with.

    Several years ago, I was on the board of a large hospital network that got active and they brought down their ⁓ real time surgical services, paid a big ransom, had the FBI and everything else. We learned that there were a number of the same things that were happening simultaneously by Eastern European ⁓ actors. They also went after universities during the ⁓

    ⁓ When students came back to school and took down the ⁓ services that ⁓ enrolled students, they also went after cities. I mean, a number at the same time. We don’t necessarily hear about it in the news.

    No, a lot of it never makes the news. I mean, it’s just very interesting. Unless it’s big enough that, you know, once again, it impacts the country, you rarely hear about it, you know? But, you know, I will tell you, it’s interesting too, like nobody is exempt. know, ⁓ Megan and I were involved in a redirection of funds where a retirement fund for a group of nuns was hit and they lost $5 million.

    If you don’t care about stealing from a nun, then you’re a pretty bad person. So I mean, those guys are going to hell for sure. But I mean, that’s what you’re dealing with. So most sophisticated, sinister criminal I think I’ve ever had to deal with. So.

    Any other thoughts or questions or anything else we should discuss? Well, I’m kind of curious. I don’t know if this is the forum, but what do you charge to do pen testing? That’s a Megan question. I’ll let her respond. Steve, you can always answer, but I’m happy to. it really depends on the size of the network. I would say an average pen test cost can be anywhere from $10,000 to $20,000.

    But again, there’s number of services. You can test your web apps. You can test your perimeter and insider network. You can train your employees. You can do a physical break in. There’s a lot of different things and avenues you can go for. There’s two important things. It needs to one, align with your business objectives. And two, as we all know, budget. I’d love to say that every company has an unlimited budget, but we know that’s not true.

    I think the point is, you know, having this initial conversations, knowing all the services are a la carte, it’s a stepping stone, right? You can budget for 2026. If you can’t do things now, maybe you can do one of those services. It’s a lot more cost effective. But really having the conversation, seeing your options, seeing the posture of your network, that’s the most important part and then building it up from there.

    Got it. I know that when talk about how to come up with our pricing and our approach, sometimes the assessment is just a fraction of what it costs to fix it. But the assessment is the first step where you kind of get people in the door. You know, it’s a good starting point because you want to know where your gaps are. You want to know what threat actors could take advantage of, the tactics, techniques, and procedures they’re doing to date.

    But yes, does. want it’s important to pentest. It’s just as important to remediate. What I can tell you is this going to be a whole lot cheaper than getting hit with ransomware or having redirection of funds. So and you know, especially with compliance regulations and cyber insurance, this is already being a push today. You rest. You rather stay ahead of the curve along those lines with these engagements and do the proactive.

    Steve, have you identified the characteristics of a profile that various groups go after? In other words, the type of business, ⁓ the collection of individuals, is there a profile that helps target activities? That’s a great question, because I think there is a profile that they go after. And there’s a couple of forums that I participate in, ⁓ obviously through an alias.

    but you’ll see they discuss things like tax season came around. Interesting. And one of them was a Russian guy that was going, so we’re gearing up to go after CPA firms. Typically lots of communication with all the individuals back and forth for companies that are doing their taxes to close out. And they said, you know, a lot of things can be then slipped in saying that they can get a fish to go through to get a foothold into a business.

    Then they’ll discuss schools. They’ll say, yeah, schools are good. They’re good targets. They have good cyber insurance. They’re always covered. And they have horrible IT networks in terms of security. They say that all the time. They’re still saying that right now. And if you go to some of the sites on the threat actors, you’ll see a boatload of schools that are in there. Then for a while it was trucking company. Megan will tell you this. We saw trucking logistics companies getting hit. Why? Because the trucking companies will put more money in a vehicle.

    than they would ever consider putting into their network. And when they get hit, they’re complaining that, geez, I can’t believe this happened. We can’t move a truck because they don’t know where to send it. And they’ve realized that trucking companies also have good cyber insurance because they pay so much for insurance already on the aspect of all the vehicles that they have to cover. And gosh, who knows what that costs as a result of, you if have one fatality under your belt or something. So they’ve profiled and figured out places they want to go.

    And when they learn about places to hit, they share the information and then you’ll see spikes and trends, you know, of where they go after. Manufacturing as well, believe it or not. So really interesting, you know, as things develop over time, you’ll see a pattern and they figured it out.

    If you ever want to see the stuff on the open internet, go to a site called Ransom Watch or Ransom Look. Ransomwatch.telemetry.com. Ransomlook.io. And go to the recent posts. Just look on there and you’ll see every recent post. It’ll show you the threat actor, show you the name of the company, who’s locked up, who’s living the pain right now. And that’s going to be the eye-opener for you. And the variety of businesses, it’s interesting, you know?

    Could be a trucking company, but they could be in Germany or one in like, you know, Italy or someplace. They’re not just in the U S they’re all over. So they learn quickly, they adapt quickly and they’re really smart and they should be respected because frankly, I think they, ⁓ like I said, they’re incredibly incredibly intelligent. Well, if national ⁓ operators are using them offensively,

    Why wouldn’t it be appropriate for our ⁓ defense system to be offensively going after them?

    I don’t know about my pay grade. you know, I can’t answer that. I have no idea. But, you know, I would hope that there’s somebody out there. Frankly, I’ll be honest with you. You know, this is a problem. But the stuff that I worry about are the threat actors that are going after the infrastructure like Typhoon or Salt Typhoon. I mean, those things you take away electricity and power from somebody, you know, things go to, you know, hell in a handbag real quick. ⁓

    I think they’re learning a lot by what goes on in Ukraine.

    yeah, those people are fighting the fight every day, physically as well as on the digital side. So yeah, it’s gotta be miserable. But I think you’re gonna see threat actors up in their game. And my big fear is the ransomware attack that comes across an electrical grid that takes an entire grid down and then they hold that utility and that city or that agency hostage to restore it.

    That could be detrimental. That could be a big, big, big issue. They’re trying it with the cell phone companies, but I don’t think they’ve really had the success that they wanted yet. All right. This is going to end up on our YouTube. If anyone is listening who’s not here live or anyone on the LinkedIn live ⁓ who wants a copy of the presentation, do we have a copy of it, Steve?

    No, I’ll get your copy. You’re go please send Brittany a copy in case anyone needs it and Like Dean said we probably have a bunch of clients who should see this We got it for sure get it over to them ⁓ By the way, even former clients, know, like this is yeah, there’s this great clients clients and prospects. Yeah, it’s definitely put her out there. So Steve, thank you very much was

    Great having you. Yes, thank you. was great. thank you again to Brittany for setting it up and Dean for making the introduction. Thank you. Thank you, Catherine as well. Thanks, guys. care. Bye bye.